l/( Botanical Abstracts A monthly serial furnishing abstracts and citations of publications in the international field of botany in its broadest sen ■ VOLUME III JANUARY-JUNE, 1920 PUBLISHED MONTHLY UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE BOARD OF CONTROL OF BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, Inc. BOARD OF EDITORS FOR 1920 AND ASSISTANT EDITORS Editor-in-Chief, Burton E. Livingston The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore Associate, Lon A. Hawkins U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. EDITORS FOR SECTIONS Agronomy. C. V. Piper, U. S. Bureau of Plant Indus- try, Washington, D. C. — Assistant Editor, Mary R. Burr, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. Bibliography, Biography and History. Lincoln W. Riddle, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massa- chusetts. Botanical Education. C. Stuart Gager, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, New York.— Assistant Editor, Alfred Gundersen, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, New York. Cytology. Gilbert M. Smith, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin. — Assistant Editor, Geo. S. Bryan, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin. Ecology and Plant Geography. H. C. Cowles, The University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois. — Assistant Editor, Geo. D. Fuller, The University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois. Forest Botany and Forestry. Raphael Zon, U. S. Forest Service, Washington, D. C. — Assistant Editor, J. V. Hofmann, U. S. Forest Service, Wind River Experi- ment Station, Stabler, Washington. Genetics. George H. Shull, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey. — Assistant Editor, J. P. Kelly, Pennsylvania State College, State College, Pennsylvania. Horticulture. J. H. Gourley, New Hampshire Agri- cultural College, Durham, New Hampshire. Miscellaneous, Unclassified Publications. Burton E. Livingston, The Johns Hopkins University, Balti- more, Maryland. Morphology, Anatomy and Histology of Vascular Plants. E. W. Sinnott, Connecticut Agricultural College, Storrs, Connecticut. Morphology and Taxonomy of Algae. E. N. Transeau, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. Morphology and Taxonomy of Bryophyies. Alexander W. Evans, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut. Morphology and Taxonomy of Fungi, Lichens, Bacteria, and Myxomycetes. E. W. Olive, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, New York. — Assistant Editor, H. M. FnzPATRicK, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Paleobotany and Evolutionary History. Edward W. Berry, The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland. Pathology. G. H. Coons, Michigan Agricultural Col- lege, East Lansing, Michigan. — Assistant Editor, C. W. Bennett, Michigan Agricultural College, East Lans- ing, Michigan. Pharmaceutical Botany and Pharmacognosy. Heber W. Youngken, Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. — Assistant Editor, E. N. Gathercoal, University of Illinois, Urbana, Illinois. Physiology. B. M. Duggar, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Missouri. — Assistant Editor, Carroll W. Dodge, Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island. Soil Science. J. J. Skinner, U. S. Bureau of_Plant Industry, Washington, D. C F. M. Schertz, U. S. Bureau Washington, D. C. Taxonomy of Vascular Plants. J. M. Green-man, Mis- souri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Missouri. — Assistant Editor, E. B. Payson, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Missouri. Assistant Editor, of Plant Industry, BIBLIOGRAPHY COMMITTEE FOR 1920 J. R. Schramm, Chairman, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York II. O. Buckman W. H. Chandler A. J. Eames R. A. Emerson H. M. Fitzpatrick R. Hosmer L. Knudson E. G. Montgomery D. Reddick I.. W. Sharp E . M . Wiegand BALTIMORE, U. S. A. WILLIAMS & WILKINS COMPANY 1920 -If Copyright, 1920 Williams & Wilkixs Company Baltimore u. s. A. CONTENTS Board of Editors and Assistant Editora for volume I II Page i Sections: Agronomy Entries 162-203, 458-488, 872-920, 1324-1 I Hi. is;,;; 1897 Botanical Education Entries 204-210, 489-502, 921-927, 1417-1418, 1896 1929 Cytology Entries 1930-1943 Ecology Entries 1944-1986 Forest Botany and Forestry. .Entries 1-17, 211-215, 503-584, 928-970, 1419-1469, 1987-2070 Genetics Entries 18-77, 216-308, 585-672, 971-1048, 1470-1523, 2071-2220 Horticulture Entries 78-90, 309-336, 673-689, 1049-1097, 1624-1563 Horticulture-Products Entries 1564-1566, 2392-2407 Floriculture and Ornamental Horticulture Entries 2221-2299 Fruits and General Horticulture Entries 2300-2380 Vegetable Culture Entries 2381-2391 Morphology, Anatomy, and Histology of Vascular Plants. Entries 91-93, 337-340, 690- 693, 109S-1116, 1567-1576, 2408-2458 Morphology and Taxonomy of Algae Entries 694-698, 1577-1582, 2459-2465 Morphology and Taxonomy of Bryophytes. Entries 699-704, 1117-1119, 1583-1589, 2466- 2479 Morphology and Taxonomy of Fungi, Bacteria, and Myxomycetes. Entries 341-382, 705 -732, 1120-1138, 1590-1596, 2480-2499 Paleobotany and Evolutionary History. Entries 94-95, 733-736, 1140-1144, 1597-1621, 2500-2520 Pathology Entries 96-122, 383-421, 737-799, 1145-1201, 1622-1669, 2521-2790 Pharmaceutical Botany and Pharmacognosy Entries 123-126, 422-432, 833-840 New Plants for Pharmaceutical Uses Entries 1670-1673, 2791-2792 Medicinal Plant Culture and Preparation Entries 1674-1689, 2793-2798 Commercial Supplies Entries 1690-1695, 2799-2803 Anatomy Entries 1696-1699, 2804-2809 Adulteration and Pharmaco-Analysis Entries 1700-1710, 2810-2811 Plant Chemistry Entries 1711-1734, 2812-2817 Poisonous Plants and Insecticides Entries 1735-1737 Plant Chemistry and Pharmaceutical Assays Entries 2818-2821 Physiology: General Entries 433, 1202, 2822 Protoplasm, Motility ; . Entries 1738-1740, 2823-2824 Diffusion, Permeability Entries 434-435, 800-801, 1203-1207, 2825-2826 Water Relations Entries 436, 802-803, 1208, 1741-1742, 2827-2829 Mineral Nutrients Entries 437, 804, 1209, 1743, 2830-2832 Photosynthesis Entries 1744, 2833 Metabolism (General) Entries 127-133, 438-446, 805-814. 1210-1228, 2834-2863 Metabolism (Nitrogen Relations) Entries 447, 815-816, 1745-1752, 2864-2877 Metabolism (Enzymes, Fermentation). Entries 134-135, 448, 449, 817-821, 1229-1230, 1753-1754, 2878-2883 Metabolism (Respiration) Entries 1231-1235, 2884 Organism as a Whole Entries 136-137, 450-451, 822, 1236-1241, 1755, 2885-2892 Growth, Development, Reproduction. Entries 452, 823-825, 1242-1244, 1756, 2893- 2896 Movements of Growth and Turgor Changes Entries 826, 1245-1247, 1757, 2S97 Germination, Renewal of Activity Entries 289S-2901 Regeneration Entries 1248, 2902 iii IV CONTENTS Temperature Relations Entries 453, 827-828, 1249, 1758, 2903-2907 Radiant Energy Relations Entries 2908-2910 Toxic Agents Entries 138-140, 454, 829-831, 1250, 1759, 2911-2914 Electricity and Mechanical Agents Entries 1251, 2915 Miscellaneous Entries 455-457, 832, 1252-1260, 1760-1762, 2916-2919 Soil Science Entries 841-871 General Entries 1763-1778 Fertilization Entries 1261-1268, 1779-1792, 2939 Fertilizer Resources Entries 1269-1270, 1793-1800, 2940-2942 Biology Entries 1271-1275, 2930-2938 Methods Entry 1276 Soil Classification Entries 1277, 1801-1802, 2949 Nitrification Entries 1803-1806 Acidity and Liming Entries 2920-2926 Alkali Salts Entries 2927-2929 Fertility Studies Entries 2943-2948 Moisture Relations Entries 2950-2953 Miscellaneous Entries 1278-1280, 2954-2958 Taxonomy of Vascular Plants: General Entries 1807-1815, 2959-3029 Pteridophytes Entries 1281-1285, 1816-1821 Sperm atophytes Entries 141-161, 1286-1323, 1822-1S42 Miscellaneous, Unclassified Publications Entries 1843-1852, 3030-3061 Index to Authors' Names appearing in volume III Page 447 Vol. Ill JANUARY, L920 No. l ENTRIES i mi Botanical Abstracts A monthly serial furnishing abstracts and citations of publications in the international field of botany in its broadest sense. PUBLISHED MONTHLY UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE BOARD OF CONTROL OF BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, INC. EDITORIAL BOARD Burton E. Livingston, Editor-in-Chief The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland John Hendley Barnhart, New York Bo- tanical Garden, New York City, Editor for Bibliography, Biography and History. Edward VV. Berry, The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md., Editor for Paleobotany and Evolutionary History. J. H. Gourley, New Hampshire Agricultural Experiment Station, Durham, N. K., Editor for Horticulture. H. C. Cowles, The University of Chicago, Chicago, 111., Editor for Ecology and Plant Geography. B. M. Duggar, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo., Editor for Physiology. Alexander W. Evans, Yale University, New Haven, Conn., Editor for Morphol- ogy and Taxonomy of Bryophytes. C. Stuart Gager, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, N. Y., Editor for Botanical Education. J. M. Greenman, Missouri Botanical Gar- den. St. Louis, Mo., Editor for Taxon- omy of Vascular Plants. Henry Kraemer, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich., Editor for Pharma- ceutical Botany and Pharmacognosy . E. W. Olive, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, N. Y., Editor for Morphology and Taxonomy of Fungi, Bacteria and Myxomyceles. C. V. Pipkr, U. S. Bureau of Plant Indus- try, Washington, D. C, Editor for Agronomy. Donald Reddick, Cornell University, Itha- ca, N. Y., Editor for Pathology. J. R. Schramm, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y., Editor for Morphology and Tax- onomy oj Algae. George II. Shtjll, Princet'n University, Princeton, N. J., Editor for Genetics. E. W. Sinnott, Connecticut Agricultural College, Storrs, Conn., Editor for Mor- phology, Anatomy and Histology of Vas- cular Plaiits. J. J. Skinner, U. S. Bureau of Plant In- dustry, Washington, D. C, Editor for Soil Science. Gilbert M. Smith, University of Wisconsin. Madison, Wi<., Editor for Cytolog Raphael Zon, U. S. Forest Service, Wash- ington, D. C, Editor for Forest Botany and Forestry. WILLIAMS & WILKINS COMPANY BALTIMORE, U. S. A. THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS FETTER LANE, LONDON, E. C. Entered as second-class matter, November 9, 1918, at the post office at Baltimore, Maryland, under the Act ol March 3, 1879 Copyright 1919, Williams & Wilkins Company ( $6.00 Domestic Price, net postpaid, for the two annual volumes < $6.25 Canada ( $6.50 Foreign Current Volumes : land II 1920 Volumes: - III and IV CONTENTS Entry noa_ I * irest Botany arid Forest ry 1- 17 Genetics 18-77 Horticulture 7S- 90 Morphology, Anatomy and Histology of Vascular Plants 91- 93 Paleobotany and Evolutionary History 94- 95 Pathology 96-122 Pharmaceutical Botany and Pharmacognosy 123-12-6 Physiology 127-140 Taxonomy of Vascular Plants 141-161 BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS A monthlj serial furnishing abstracts and citations of publications in the international field of botany in its broadest sense. UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE BOARD OF CONTROL OF BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, INC. Burton E. Livingston, Editor-in-Chief The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland Vol. Ill JANUARY, 1920 No. 1 ENTRIES 1-161 FOREST BOTANY AND FORESTRY Raphael Zon, Editor 1. Gtjyot, Ch. Jurisprudence. [Legal affairs.] Rev. Eaux et Forets 57: 60-62. 1919. — The decree of November 26, 1918, regarding the application of the law of July 2, 1913, provid- ing that private owners may voluntarily place their forest lands under management by the State, offers hope that the law will be administered in a liberal spirit, and that local forest officers will not be too bound clown by rigid regulations. It is to be hoped that the amounts received from private owners to pay for the management of their lands by the State will be largely or entirely turned over to the local forest officers to recompense them for the additional work entailed by the law. — S. T. Dana. 2. Doe,Fr. La conversion en futaieetl'oidium. [Conversion into high forest and the oldium]. Rev. Eaux et Forets 57: 53-59. 1919. — The fungus oidium appeared in several departments of the Province of Champagne about 1907. Several species are affected but particularly oak. The spread of the disease is favored by humidity, especially in the spring when vegetation is starting. Young trees are most seriously affected, particularly coppice shoots of the current year. These are killed back year after year until they finally succumb. Seedlings, in spite of the theory as to their superior vigor, suffer equally if not worse. No remedy for the disease has yet been discovered. — This new enemy threatens to make the conversion of coppice stands into high forests, already sufficiently difficult, entirely impracticable. The advisability of this system of forest management, which has recently been in considerable favor in France, is also questioned by the author on other grounds. In his judgment if oak is to be grown at all in the region with which he is familiar, the system of coppice under standards will have to be used. Until sentiment on this point crystallizes he advises doing away with reproduction cut- tings or making them as light as possible. — S. T. Dana. 3. X. L'Administration des eaux et forets pendant la guerre. [The administration of waters and forests during the war.] Rev. Eaux et Forets 57 : 45-52. 1919.— At the outbreak of the war the bulk of the personnel attached to the Administration of Waters and Forests joined the vari- ous services in the army, leaving barely a sufficient force for the administration of the French forests. As the demands for wood for military purposes gradually but steadily increased, each service in the army proceeded to satisfy its own needs with no regard to the action being taken by other services or to the future of the forests. Seeing the danger to the forests in this method of exploitation, the Minister of Agriculture succeeded in securing the establishment of an Army Forest Service (Service forestier d'Armee) which exercised general supervision over all utilization of the forests within the zone occupied by the army. Back of the lines 1 BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, VOL. Ill, NO. 1 2 FORESTRY [Bot. Absts. in the interior of the country foresters were gradually attached to the various organizations using wood and finally a general committee on wood (Comite general des Bois) was established to coordinate and control all matters relating to the utilization of wood. The actual conduct of the necessary operations was centralized in a General Inspection of Woods (l'lnspection Generale des Bois). — As a result of the enormous demands for wood for military purposes, private forests suffered more severely than national and communal forests, which were pro- tected by the Administration of Waters and Forests. In the Landes, which suffered from unusually intensive exploitations by the Allies of the French, a special Commission was cre- ated to exercise general supervision over all cuttings in this region. — One important outcome of the war has been the inauguration of a complete inventory of the available resources of the French forests. This work is being continued since the signing of the armistice, since the information being secured by it is essential to determine the extent to which the French forests can be used in the reconstruction period. — S. T. Dana. 4. Federal Horticultural Board. U. S. Dept. Agric. Amendment No. 1 to regulations supplemental to notice of quarantine No. 37. Service and regulatory announcements 60: 21-22. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 399. 5. Federal Horticultural Board. U. S. Dept. Agric. Amendment No. 2 to regula- tions supplemental to notice of quarantine No. 37. Service and regulatory announcements 61 : 33. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 400. 6. Federal Horticultural Board. U. S. Dept. Agric. Nursery stock, plant and seed quarantine. Notice of quarantine No. 37 with regulations. Service and regulatory announce- ments 57: 101-110. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 401 . 7. Detwiler, Samuel B. Status of white pine blister rust control in 1918. Rept. White Pine Blister Rust Control. Amer. Plant Pest Committee Bull. 2: 4-11. 1919. — See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 396. 8. Metcalp, Haven. Summary of the white pine blister rust situation. Rept. White Pine Blister Rust Control, Amer. Plant Pest Committee, Bull. 2: 16. 1919. — See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 411. 9. Boulger, G. S. [Rev. of: Webster, A. D. Coniferous trees for profit and ornament: being a concise description of each species and variety, etc., etc. XX + 298 p., 28 plates. Constable & Co. [Date not given.] [The title is very long, many of the chapter headings being included.] Jour. Bot. 57: 102-103. 1919. 10. Marsh, C. D., A. B. Clawson, and H. Marsh. Oak leaf poisoning of domestic ani- mals. U. S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 767. 36 p., 19 fig. 1919.— At Salina, Utah, during summers 1915-1918 inclusive, experiments were conducted in feeding cattle with scrub oak (Quercus gambelli) and at Monahans, Texas, 1917, with "shinnery" oak (Quercus havardi) . Marked symp- toms are constipation, emaciation, hardened feces containing mucus and blood, and edema. The small losses, estimated between 2 and 3 per cent should not cause stockmen to overlook the fact that exclusive oak feed tends to injure cattle permanently and prevent normal weight gains. Exclusive oak brush diet can be eliminated by not admitting cattle to such ranges before grass has started growth; danger of oak poisoning is small when some other forage is present. A bibliography of the subject dating back to 1662 is appended. — A. R. Bechtel. 11. Anonymous. The use of wood for fuel. U. S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 753. 40 p., 5 pi. 1919.— Abundant supplies of wood suitable for fuel are widely distributed over the United States, particularly the eastern half, and inability to secure coal should not. result in suffering during the winter. By extending the present wide use of wood in rural districts, coal and cars can be saved for more essential uses. Wood can be substituted for coal with greatest public benefit in places where rail-hauled coal can be replaced with wagon-hauled wood. Long dis- ,J\ ,!M:v. 19 D| FORESTRY 3 tance rail transportation of wood is not economical. Domestic consumers in rural districts and small cities can most easily substitute wood fuel for coal. Most type ol tovi and fur- naces can he adapted to the use of wood. Excepl in case of plant- which u -e t heir own wood refuse, or others in the close vicinity of plants, wood fuel is less economical than coal for fac- tories. When coal can not be had, « I can be used with fairly satisfactory results, am cheaper than shutting down a plant. The widespread use of wood for fuel, if only such woo I as is best fitted for the purpose be taken, will be of great benefit to our forests as well as a source of revenue to their owners. Organized effort by community, municipality or State organizations will be required to promote the general use of wood fuel. Such effort will have to stimulate the demand for wood and its production, as well as direct organization of the producing, the transporting, and the marketing of fuelwood. Where a possibility of fuel shortage exists, reserves of fuelwood should be established, preferably in the nature of muni- cipal wood yards. The comparative fuel values, and their percentages in terms of short ton coal values, both for air dry and green condition, are presented for 135 species of American woods. — C. H. Guise. 12. Larsbn, J. A. Comparison of seed testing sand and in the Jacobsen germinator. Jour. Forest. 16:690-695. Oct., 1918. — In an argumentative article, the merits of the Jacobsen germinator are set forth. It is pointed out that the sand tests are not uniform and that the only factor in the sand test which is not a variable is the sand itself, and in addition, this is the least important of the germinating factors. In the Jacobsen germinator, the external fac- tors are controlled to a large degree. Moisture is regulated by the height of water in the tank, the size of the water wicks and the amount of air admitted. Heat can be controlled by the use of either gas or alcohol burners, or by hot water systems beneath the tank. Through two seasons tests of germination with species of Larix, Pinus, Picea, Pseudotsuga, Tsuja and Thuja, the germinator gave the much higher percentage of germination, and all except Tsuga a greater maximum rate and earlier beginning. It is claimed that by using the germinator, more uniform results are secured, the work can be duplicated and standardized, while in addi- tion, the light, heat and moisture can be controlled and measured, and conditions in the tests observed at any time, the seed being removable at will. The germinator possesses the eco- nomic advantages of low initial cost and upkeep, and is adaptable to a variety of uses and conditions while at the same time being comparatively mobile. — Why the germinator should give the best results is largely a matter of conjecture and it would appear from the elimina- tion of the other factors that it might be due to the w r ater vapor, the greater heat energy moist air causing the very rapid germination. — E. N. Munns. 13. Smith, Franklix. Pulpwood consumption and wood pulp production in 1917. U. S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 758. 17 p. 1 fig. 1919. A total consumption in 1917 of 5,4S0,075 cords of pulpwood was reported by 241 establishments, an increase of 251,517 cords or 5 per cent over the estimated total consumption in 1916. Spruce formed 56 per cent, hemlock 14 per cent and poplar 7 per cent of all pulpwood consumed. Yellow pine, tamarack, Douglas fir, basswood, white pine, beech, birch, chestnut, and maple were consumed in quantities considerably greater than during the previous year, but their use is confined to the regions to which these species are indigenous. Of the 5,480,075 cords converted, 28 per cent went into the production of ground wood pulp, 53 per cent into sulphite, 15 per cent into soda, and 4 per cent into sulphate. Spruce is about evenly reduced as between the mechanical and sulphite processes, while S9 per cent of hemlock is reduced by the sulphite process and 93 per cent of the poplar by the soda process. Average cost per cord of wood advanced from S8.76 per cord in 1916, to SI 1.10 per cord in 1917, f.o.b. mill, though individual costs range from $6.00 to as high as $25.00. Taking the states as a whole, approximately 54 per cent of pvdpwood was transported under 150 miles, and another 35 per cent between 150 and 400 miles. In 1917, 1,031,934 cords of pulp- wood were imported, at an average value of SS.30 per cord, an increase of 27 per cent over the cost of the previous year. Imported spruce and aspen formed 14 per cent of the quantity used in 1917 in comparison with 15 per cent of the year before. The production of wood pulp totaled 3,509,939 tons, an increase of 74,938 tons, or 2 per cent, over the 1916 reported total output. Of the total output ions, or 44 per cent, was manufactured by the 4 FORESTRY [Bot. Absts. mechanical process, 1,451,757, or 41 per cent, by the sulphite process, 437,430, or 13 per cent, by the soda process and 84,799 or 2 per cent by the sulphate process. Selling prices f.o.b. mills averaged $43.33 per ton, an increase of $7.86, or 22 per cent, over the 1916 average. Imports were 1 per cent less than in 1916, though the average increase in price was from $42.02 in 1916 to $69.36 in 1917, an increase of 5f> per cent. — C. H. Guise. 14. Smith, Franklin H., and Albert H. Pierson. Production of lumber, lath, and shin- gles in 1917. U. S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 768. 1-44. Fig. 1-3. 1919.— The quantity of lumber reported cut in 1917 by 16,420 mills was 33,192,911,000 board feet. This excludes the output of 2,652 mills, cutting less than 50,000 board feet each. There were reported 2,470 mills as being idle. The reported cut shows a decrease of 4.6 per cent from the 1916 figures, the num- ber of mills reporting a decrease of 4.9 per cent, and the estimated total production, a de- crease of 10 per cent. An increasingly larger per cent of the total production is being contrib- uted by the bigger operations, 61.81 per cent of the total for 1917 being furnished by mills cutting over 10,000,000 feet annually. Tables showing all phases of sawmill operation and production are presented. For 32 of the most important commercial species, separate tables show the reported production in 1917. Yellow pine produces nearly 38 per cent of the aggre- gate cut of all woods, though this is a decrease of 10 per cent under the production of 1916. Douglas fir ranks second with 16 per cent, an increase of 3 per cent over the figures for 1916. Oak, white pine, hemlock and western yellow pine, each furnish about 6 per cent, all other species furnishing per cents considerably below this figure. The average value of lumber f.o.b. mills in 1917 was $20.32 per M feet board measure, the highest that it has ever been and 33 per cent higher than the 1916 figure of $15.32. Figures from Alaska, presented for the first time show that 43 mills cut 33,160,000 board feet, with an average value per M feet of $21.19.— C. H. Guise. 15. Badotjx, H. Ueber die durch die Kleine Fichten-Blattwespe (Nematus abietum) in den Waldungen der Schweiz verursachten schaden. [Damage in Swiss forests caused by the small pine moth (Nematus Abietum)] Schweiz. Zeitschr. Forstwesen 70: 1-10. 1 pi., 10 fig. 1919. — The life cycle of the pine moth (Nematus abietum) is known to be completed in one or more years. The cocoon stage is indefinite, depending on weather conditions. It is also . shown to be a polyphag, since it was found to complete its life cycle on the native larch as well as on the pine. — The control measures are still in the experimental stage. Control by means of parasites, ants, birds, and spraying have been tried. — The attack of the larva is re- corded by increment measurements which show that the growth is reduced to zero by serious attacks, and often the trees are killed. — Up to the present time the only remedy known is to avoid planting the species subject to attack. When any species is planted in localities out of its natural range, the unthrifty growth often leads to more serious trouble. Consequently, the policy followed is to plant only such species as are native in the region reforested. — J. V. Hofmann. 16. Fischer, Ed. Ueber einige im botanischen Garten in Bern kultivierte Schlangenfich- ten. [A cultivated snake fir in the Botanical Garden at Bern.] Schweiz. Zeitschr. Forstwesen 70: 10-13. Fig. 1-2. 1919. — A new form of fir (Picea excelsa, Lk., lusus virgata Casp. ap- peared in the Botanical Garden at Bern, noted by Chief Gardener Schenk. This form did not produce any latteral branches, and seed from the tree produced one seedling true to type. Other seedlings, which apparently assumed the same form, reverted to the branching habit when they were transplanted. — /. V. Hofmann. 17. Helbling, C. 1st der Holzwert eines Walden als Gemeindevermbgen den Fondsgel- dern gleichzustellen? [Should the stand of timber of a forest be considered the capital of the community?] Schweiz. Zeitschr. Forstwesen 70: 13-15. 1919.— Prior to 1917 timber valua- tion was not considered in land valuations in the Canton of St. Gallen. Other communities held that the timber valuation should be considered as the capital of the community. When the valuation of the timber is not considered it leads to either exploitation or interferes with the land exchanges desired by the community or the governnent. The remedy lies in a fair valuation of the timber in addition to the land value. — /. V. Hofmann. Januahy, 1020] GENETICS 5 GENETICS George H. Siiull, Editor. 18. Anonymous. Disease resistance in plants. Card. Chron. 65: 192. Apr. 19, 1919. — See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 586. 19. Baertiileix, K. Uber bakterielle Variabilitat insbesondere sogenannte Bakterien- mutationen. [On bacterial variation, especially the so-called Bacteria mutations.] Centralbl. Bakt. 81 : 369-475. 1918. 20. Baldensperger, Ph. J. Punics and parthenogenesis. Amer. Bee Jour. 58: 376- 376. Nov., 1918. — Largely refutation of a former writer's assertions regarding merits of Punic bees. Punics and Syrians are unable to rear workers from a virgin. — R. J. Garber. 21. Broderick, F. W. Hardy apples and plums for the Canadian Northwest. Minnesota Hortic. 46:393-399. 1 pi., 1 fig. Nov., 1918.— Brief review of history of early fruit intro- ductions with special stress on hardiness. Apple introductions from Russia, and crosses between standard varieties with hardy crab stock have given promising results. Russian seedling apples being tried. List and description given of several varieties of plums of Primus nigra and P. americana which are entirely hardy and of fair quality. Hardy varieties can, perhaps, be developed by: first, plant breeding (crossing); second, selection from native stock; third, introduction from outside sources. — E. L. Proebsting. 22. Brown, N. E. The defertilization of flowers by insects. Gard. Chron. 63 : 4. 1918. — See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 604. 23. Bruce, J. L., Pedigree live-stock. Development of breeding in New Zealand. New Zealand Jour. Agric. 17:65-70. Aug., 1918. Points out probable world-wide demand for pedigreed stock soon as transportion is available and shows New Zealand is well situated as distribution centre in Pacific. Emphasizes value of pedigreed stock and consistent use of pedigreed sires. — H. K. Hayes. 24. Burkholder, W. H. The production of an anthracnose-resistant white marrow bean. Phytopath. 8: 353-359. 1918.— Rev. by H. A. A. Van der Lek in Genetica 1: 156-157. Mar., 1919.— [See also Bot. Absts. 1, Entry 293.] 25. Castle. W. E. Siamese, an albinistic color variation in cats. Amer. Nat. 53 : 265- 268. May- June, 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 236. 26. Chamberlain, C. J. Chromosomes in Carex. (Rev. of: Heilborn, Otto. Zur Embryologie und Zytologie einiger Carex-Arten. [Embryology and cytology of several species of Carex.) Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 12:212-220. 14 fig. 1918. (See Bot. Absts. 1, Entry 1329; 3, Entry 38.)] Bot. Gaz. 67:448. May, 1919. 27. Correns, C. Die Konkurrenz der manlichen und die weiblichen Keimzellen und das Zahlenverhaltnis der beiden Geschlechter. [The concurrence of male and female germ cells and the numerical relations of the two sexes.] Die Naturwiss. 6: 277-280. 1918. 28. Crandall, C. S. Apple bud selection: Apple seedlings from selected trees. Illinois Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 211: 181-264. 43 fig. 1918.— See Bot, Absts. 3, Entry 242. 29. Cutler, G. H. A dwarf wheat. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 11: 76-78. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 171. 30. Dahlgren, K. V. O. Coloration of plants as affected by crossing varieties. Svensk. Bot. Tidskr. 12: 103-110. 3 fig. 1918. 6 GENETICS [Bot. Absts. 31. Daxfortii, C. H. The developmental relations of brachydactyly in the domestic fowl. Amcr. Jour. Anat. 25: 97-116. 5 fig. Mar. 15, 1919. — Writer finds close correlation between booting of shanks and brachydactyly (reduction in size and number of bones in fourth, and sometimes third toe) in at least certain strains of fowls, and probably also pigeons. A rooster which was heterozygous in dominant characters, booting, brachydactyly, Polydactyly and broad comb (walnut) was crossed with white Leghorn hens of strain in which these traits had been wholly absent. Polydactyly and broad comb (walnut or rose) segregated out, among the chicks, independently of each other and of booted shanks and brachydactyly. The latter two characters, however, were almost perfectly correlated. The fact that there was correlation in degrees of booting and brachydactyly as well as in their mere presence, is taken to indicate that relation is physiological rather than one of genetic linkage. A study of the embryology revealed that brachydactyly could often be recognized at the ninth day of incubation, before the laying down of all of the cartilages of the phalanges (tenth day) and before the appearance of down rudiments (eleventh day). Author considers that neither condition can be a direct cause of the other but that there is some common factor. He suggests that study of the early functioning of endocrine glands might throw some light on the question. — Sewall Wright. 32. Davenport, C. B. Annual report of the Director of the Department of Experimental Evolution and of the Eugenics Record Office. Carnegie Inst. Washington Year Book 17 (1918) : 103-126. 1919.— Many of staff and assistants have been in war work but special effort has been made to maintain breeding strains.— Riddle experimented on pigeons with drugs urotro- pin and quinine to note effects on development and sex; results not given. Analysis of brains of supposedly ataxic pigeons showed them "chemically undifferentiated or juvenile;" this line of work may throw light on chemistry of hereditary mental diseases. — Banta reports find- ing sex intergrades in additional lines of Daphnia longispina; selection within sex intergrade strains to produce more normal females or more decidedly sex-intergrading ones proved fairly effective. Banta discusses earlier evidence pointing to causal effects of environment on appearance of males or on shifting of degree of sex intergrades. — Metz reports discovery of several new mutant characters in Drosophila virilis and their linkage relations. Further analy- sis of sex-linked characters in Drosophila virilis continue to show correspondence with sex chro- mosome condition in D. ampelophila. — -MacDowell's experiments show that rats of non-alco- holic parentage are superior to offspring of alcoholic as revealed by memory and association tests. Second generation of alcoholized rats average less than normals in weight, and number of litters is scarcely half number born to normals.— Blakeslee's investigations mostly in adzuki beans (Phaseolus radiatus) primarily a practical problem but some study of seed-color may be of theoretic interest; 40 new lines of adzuki beans were introduced into his cultures; a unifoliolate mutation occurred in one inbred line; chemical properties of beans and dietary characteristics are being investigated by specialists. Dwarf Portulaca is a simple recessive, and normal branch sports proved heterozygous, giving 3 normals : 1 dwarf. In Datura globe mutant selfed or used as female parent with normal gives about 3 normals to 1 globe, while normals X globes gives about 38 normals to 1 globe; mutant complex is only slightly trans- mitted through pollen; no pure race of globes is yet obtained. Weeping habit in mulberry is a simple Mcndelian recessive. — Harris investigated dry weight and water content of seedling leaves of beans showing structural variation and found physiological differences accompany- ing structural variations. Harris made studies in pure statistical theory, and on variation and correlal ion in inilorescences of Spirea, sporophylls of Ficaria, depauperization of ascei ants in relation to descendants in beans, vegetative characters in relation to fruit charactc biometrical aspects of plot-testing and of egg-production. — A review is given of work of past eight years of Eugenics Record Office, lately taken over by Carnegie Institution; it lias become repository for pedigrees of better families and of t hose in custodial institutions; it has accumulated a large index of separate inborn characteristics of American families; it has traii.ed field workers and maintained a field force which has gathered eugenical data on "Ishmael" tribe of Indiana, Amish sect, the "Xnnis" and "Jukes;" on color in albinos, and i:i negro-white crosses: diseases of chorea and pellagra; consanguinity; Indian hybrids, human are, and hare lip: it has cooperated with other institutions, and advised on eugenic i] fit- ness of proposed marriages. — J. P. Kelly. January, 1920] GENETICS 7 33. Gxttherz, S. Zur Lehre vom Ursprung der tierischen Keimzellen. [To the doctrine of the origin of the animal germ cells. | Arch. Mikroskop. Anat. 92 2 : L-40. Spl.,1 fig, L918. — Aut Imr finds mil osea among oogonia of Die na marmarata (Locu bida include t lint oocytes do not arise, ;is Wjdovsky liad assumed, directly from cells of terminal 61 i nent of ovary without Intervening oogonial stage. A huh- thai germ cells of this form dial vox i from and wholly independent <>!' terminal Glamenl - or epil helium. -Well defined oogo- nia, of indefinite number of cell general ions, arc demonstrated in domestic cat. Ob lead to conclusion that primary genital cells of cat ("sex cells" of ■ r ei her become oogonia directly, or l>ecome indifferent epithelial cells which are then capable of b ■■■ i n- ing oogonia. Shows that absolute genetic distinction of germ and follicle cells, ted by Rubaschkin, is not universal. — Work is regarded as qualified confirmation of Nussbaum'fl theory of origin of germ cells. — A. Franklin Shull. 3-1. Hall, Prescott F. Immigration restriction and world eugenics. Jour. Heredity 10: 125-127. Mar., 1919— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 1001. 35. Harlaxd, S. C. The improvement of the yield of Sea Island cotton in the West Indies by the isolation of pure strains. West Indian Bull. 17: 145-161. 1919. — Yield is dependent on many factors, both morphological and physiological. Selection must aim to obtain type with high yielding ability for certain environmental conditions. — Self fertilized seed of individual plants was used for selection studies. Types were isolated with higher mean values for number of ovules and seeds per loculus, number of loculi per boll, weight of lint per 100 seeds and average seed size. Small-seeded strains were as vigorous as larger-seeded sorts, but large seeds are desirable because of greater potential lint-bearing surface. One strain, when compared with ordinary Sea Island cotton, gave increase in weight of lint per boll, of 31 per cent. — H. K. Hayes. 36. Harlaxd, S. C. The inheritance of immunity to leaf-blister mite (Eriophyes gossypii, Banks) in cotton. West Indian Bull. 17 : 162-166. 1919. — Two varieties of cotton used. Immune St. Vincent crossed with susceptible Southern Cross Upland gave intermediates in Fi inclining toward susceptible parent. Segregation occurred in F 2 while in F 3 immune bred true and non-immune again segregated. Author briefly summarizes his former breeding investigations anent immunity to Eriophyes gossypii. — R. J. Garber. 37. Hayes, H. K., and E. C. Stakman. Rust resistance in timothy. Jour. Ame \ Soc. Agron. 11 : 67-70. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 107. 38. Heilborn, Otto. Zur Embryologie und Zytologie einiger Carex-Arten. [Embryology and cytology of several species of Carex.] Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 12:212-220. 14 fig. 1918. [Through review by C. J. Chamberlain. Bot. Gaz. 67: 448. May, 1919.] — Oogenesis and spermatogenesis have been studied in several specie < of Carex, special attention being given to chromosome numbers, which vary greatly in this genus. The gametophyte number- in the forms investigated are as follows: Carex pilulifera S, C. ericetorum 16, C. digitata 24, C. caryophylla and C. flava 32. Juel had already reported 52 for C. acuta, and Stout 37 for C. aquatilis. C. pilulifera has the largest chromosomes, and in species with higher numbers the chromosomes are correspondingly smaller. Attempts to cross the various species have not yet proved successful, but the work is still in progress. See Bot. Absts. 1, Entry 1329.— G. H. Shull. 39. Herwerden, M. A. van. Over eenige nieuwe opvattingen in de celleer. [On several new discoveries in cytology.] Genetica 1: 130-133. Mar., 1919. 40. Humbert, J. G. Tomato diseases in Ohio. Ohio Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 321: 157-196. 12 fig. 1918.— See Bot, Absts. 2, Entry 767. 8 GENETICS [Bot. Absts. 41. Htjtcheson, T. B., and T. K. Wolfe. Relation between yield and ear characters in corn. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 10:250-255. Sept., 1918.— Authors find correlation between yield and many points emphasized on the score card. Yield is positively related to length, average circumference, both of ear and cob, uniformity of exhibit, shape of ears and trueness to type, character of tips, uniformity of kernels, shape of kernels, and size of germ. — Ears of Boone County White for planting were selected at random. Correlations as obtained are based on comparison for seasons 1916 and 1917, of 10 or 12 high- versus 10 or 12 low-yielding strains. — R. J. Garber. 42. Jaffe, H. [Rev. of: Dresel, K. Inwiefern gelten die Mendelschen Vererbungsge- setze in der menschlichen Pathologie? (To what extent do Mendelian laws of heredity hold in human pathology?) Virchows Arch. 224: 256 p. 19— ] Zentralbl. Physiol. 33 : 286-287. 1918. 43. Johnson, James, and R. H. Milton. Strains of white Burley tobacco resistant to root rot. U. S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 765. 11 p., 4 fig- A P ril 18 > 1919.— A semi-popular discus- sion of the results obtained in Kentucky from the use of strains of White Burley tobacco (Nicotiana tabacum) resistant to the root-rot disease (Thielavia basicola). The tests carried on for three years in Kentucky have shown that greatly increased yields can be obtained on infested poils by the use of resistant strains. The quality of these strains does not seem to be inferior to the ordinary strains grown. The importance of the disease is discussed and resist- ant strains recommended where growers suspect the disease to be present. It is poi nted out that the well established practice of growing only two crops of tobacco in succession in the Burley district as compared with continuous culture in some other sections where other varie- ties are used has come about largely as a result of the extreme susceptibility of the White Burley variety to the root-rot disease. [See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 403. [— L. R. Jones. 4A. Johnson, Roswell H. The determination o c disputed parentage as a factor in reduc- ing infant mortality. Jour. Heredity 10: 121-124. Mar., 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 1006. 45. Ktjiper, K. [Rev. of: Haecker, Valentin. Entwicklungsgeschichtliche Eigen- schaftsanalyse (Phanogenetik) . Gemeinsame Aufgaben der Entwicklungsgeschichte, Verer- bungs- und Rassenlehre. [Embryological analysis of characters (Phaenogenetics). General results of embryology, genetics and eugenics.] 8 vo, 344 P-, 181 fig. G. Fischer: Jena, 1918.] Genetica 1: 164-170. Mar., 1919.— See also Bot. Absts. 1, Entry 1216. 46. Lehmann, Ernst. Uber reziproke Bastarde zwischen Epilobium roseum und parvi- florum. [Reciprocal hybrids between Epilobium roseum and parviflorum. Zeitschr. Bot. 10 : 497-511. 7 fig. 1918.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 266. 47. Lehmann, Ernst. Uber neuere Oenothera-arbeiten. [Recent works on Oenothera.] Zeitschr. Bot. 10:517-551. 1918. 48. Lehmann, Ernst. [Rev. of: Stout, A. B. Fertility in Cichorium Intybus: Self- compatibility and self-incompatibility among the offspring o self-fertile lines of descent. Jour. Genetics 7: 71-103. Feb., 1918. (See also Bot. Absts., 1, Entry 243.)] Zeitschr. Bot. 10: 551-552. 1918. 49. Leightt, C. E., and T. B. Hutcheson. On the blooming and fertilization of wheat flowers. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 11: 143-162. 2 fig. 1919. 50. Lippincott, William A. The breed in poultry, and pure breeding. Jour. Heredity 10:71-79. Fig. 10-16. Feb., 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 1011. 51. Lombarteix, Jean Marie. Les semis comme moyen de combattre la degenerescence de la pomme de terre. [Seeds as means of combatting degeneration in the potato.] Rev. Hortic. 90: 170. Oct., 1918.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 645 January, 1920] GENETICS 'J 52. Lotsy, J. P., met medewerking van II. V Kooiman en M. A. J. Goed De Oenotheras als kernchimeres. [The Oenotheras considered as nuclear chimeras.) G tl: 7-69, 113-129. Jan. -Mar., 1919. — First of a series which Lotsy hopes to publish under colli tive title "Proven en beschouwingen over evolutie," ["Experiments and considerations on evolution."] The hypotheses with which he works precedes. — Content-, of first article are as follows: All Oenotheras produce mostly gametes of same kind as those out of which they have been built up themselves; in other words passing through thousands of divisions and e the reduction division the original gametes are supposed to keep intact their individuality and to lie near each other in diploid phase independently like the composing tissues of, e.g., a Solarium chimera. Following the system of Renner author has given names to the different gametes with which his experiments are concerned. Most of the so-called Oenothera species, if not all, produce principally two kinds of gametes and are themselves the result of union of two different gametes. Therefore, Lotsy summarises that all Oenotheras with which Renner and he himself have worked are neither species nor hybrids, but nuclear chimeras. There is a certain restriction to be made: Author remarks that absolute nuclear chimeras do not exist since gametes will influence each other now and then in some degree. Of the more important inter-influences Lotsy mentions that the plurichromosomal mutants come into being when one of the chromosome complexes takes one or more chromosomes of the other in the reduction divisions. Exchange of chromosomes, or even of qualities, gives rise to aequichromo- somal mutants. When these exchanges are seldom they result in the mutations of de Vries, and when they are frequent, to mass mutations. — In last chapter author treats problems of the gene and develops following hypothesis: Chromosomes cause characters and there are as many groups of characters as there are chromosomes. It is therefore superfluous to assume existence of independent genes; mere chance distribution of the chromosomes will explain normal Mendelian segregations. Problem of duplicate factors is solved when we accept that chromosome causing a special characteristic is represented more than once in one of the gam- etes of the individuals crossed inter se, instead of assuming that different genes have similar effects. Series of gametes present themselves forming reduplication series but these have nothing to do with real reduplication, coupling or repulsion. The data which remains unsolved are those of real coupling and repulsion, as chiefly given by the school of Bateson and of Morgan.— Briefly formulated Lotsy's hypothesis of the nuclear chimeras involves a coupling of chromosomes more or less extensive. — H. N. Kooiman. 53. Love, H. H., and W. T. Craig. The synthetic production of wild wheat forms. Jour. Heredity 10:51-64. 9 fig. Feb., 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 1012. 54. MacCaughey, Vaughan. Race mixture in Hawaii. Jour. Heredity 10: 90-95. Feb., 1919— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 1013. 55. Magnusson, H. Geschlechtslose Zwillinge. Eine gewohnliche Form von Hermaph- roditismus beim Rinde. [Sexless twins. A usual form of hermaphroditism in cattle.] Archiv Anat. Physiol. 1918: 29-62. 3 pi, 8 fig. 1918.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 1014. 56. Matouschek. [Rev. of: Vogtherr, Karl. Uber die theoretischen Grundlagen des Variabilitats- und Deszendenz-problems. (On the theoretical foundations of the variability and descendence problems.) Zeitschr. indukt. Abstamm. Vererb. 19:39-72. Mar., 191S.] Zentralbl. Physiol. 33 : 287-288. 1918. 57. Miyazaw'a, B. Studies of inheritance in the Japanese Convolvulus. Jour. Genetics 8:59-82. PI 2, 1 fig. Dec, 1918. — Original material for experiments was of two types: — A, leaf yellow (chlorina) and flower white with throat tinged magenta; B, leaf green and flower dark red. Fi plants from reciprocal crosses between these types had green leaves and light magenta ("red") flowers with white margins, latter factor supposed to have been borne by white parent. F2, F3, F4, progenies and back-crosses between Fi plants and parent types gave further data supporting theory that green leaf color is dominant to yellow, and white margin of corolla to full color, and colored flowers to white, all allelomorphic characters segregating 10 GENETICS [Box. Absts. in F2 in 3: 1 ratios. No homozygous green plants with ''red" [lowers were found. In off- spring derived from green plants with red flowers leaf color always segregated into green and yellow, while segregation of flower color gave "reds" to dark reds as 2:1. Author assumes that in presence of a gene D, flower is dark red or some other color according as green factor G is in either homo- or heterozygous condition (or absent). Fi hybrids (GgDd) thus always bear flowers of red ( = magenta) color. — E. E. Barker. 5S. Molz. Uber die Ziichtung widerstandsfahiger Rebsorten. [On the breeding of resist- ant varieties of grapes]. Jahrb. Deutsch. Landswirts. Ges. 33: 166-204. 1918. 59. Moore, Carl R. On the physiological properties of the gonads as controllers of somatic and psychical characteristics. I. The rat. Jour. Exp. Zool. 28: 137-160. 5 fig. May 20, 1919. 60. Mtjrbeck, Sv. En saregen blomanomali hos Capsella bursa-pastoris. [Abnormal flowers in Capsella bursa-pastoris.] Ark. Bot. 15'- : 1-8. 1 fig. July 25, 1918.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 274. 61. Remlinger, P. Contribution a l'etude de 1'immunite hereditaire contre la rage. [Contribution to the study of hereditary immunity against rabies.] Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. Paris 82: 141-144. 1919. — Rabbits whose parents either were naturally immune to rabies or h:ul been inoculated were subjected to one, two, three, or four inoculations in muscles of neck or under dura mater. Others from parents not immune were similarly treated. Rate of mortality was only slightly lower among children of immune parents than among controls, indicating little or no inheritance of immunity. — A. Franklin Shull. 62. Renner, O. Oenothera Lamarckiana und die Mutations-theorie. [Oenothera La- marckiana and the mutation theory.] Die Naturwiss. 1918: 1-25. 1918. 63. Renner, O. Weitere Vererbungsstudien an Oenotheren. [Further genetical studies on Oenotheras.] Flora 11, 12 (Festschr. Stahl) : 641-667. 1918. 64. Roberts, H. F. Quantitative character-measurements in color crosses. Science 49: 516-517. May 30, 1919. 65. Roberts, Herbert F. The founders of the art of breeding. Jour. Heredity 10: 99- 106. 4 fig- Mar., 1919. 66. Rosenberg, Otto. Chromosomenzahlen und Chromosomendimensionen in der Gat- tung Crepis. [Chromosome number and chromosome dimensions in the genus Crepis.] Ark. Bot. 15 u : 1-16. 6 fig. 1918. 67. Rumker, K. von. Die Ziichtung der Olpflanzen. [The breeding of oil-plants.] Jahrb. Deutsch. Landwirts. Ges. 33: 150-158. 1918. 68. Russell, E. S. [Rev. of: H. F. Osborn. Origin 0' single characters as observed in fossil and living animals and plants. (Origine de caracteres particuliers, telle qu'on 1 'observe chez les animaux et les plantes fossiles et vivants). Araer. Nat. 49: 193-240. 10 fig. 1915.] Scientia 25: 323-325. 1919. 69. Sakamura, Tetsu. Kurze Mitteilung uber die Chromosomenzahlen und die Ver- wandtschaftsverhaltnisse der Triticum-Arten. [Brief contribution on the chromosome num- bers and the relationships of Triticum species.] Bot. Mag. Toky6 32: 151-151. 191S. 70. Schouten, S. L. [Rev. of: Pas CHER, A. Studien uber die rhizopodiale Entwicklung der Flagellaten. [Studies on the rhizopodial development of Flagellates.] Arch. Protistenkunde 36:81-136. 1916. Genetica 1 : 205-206. Mar., 1919. January, 1920] HORTICULTURE 11 71. Toole, Wm., Sb. Plant improvement by selection. Minn Sortie. 46: 368 372. Oct., 1918.-- Number of examples cited of aew or improved lowers and vegetables obtained by selection. Method advocated is selection oi o< ipproacning ideal tj rate culture of progeny of each individual and discard of populations containing fewest desirable plants. Improvements in certain native 9 owers suggested. E. L. Proebeting. 72. Van deb Lee, H. A. A. [Rev. of : Bttbkholdeb, W. H. The production of an an hrac- nose-resistant White Marrow bean. Phytopath. 8: 353 359. 1918. (See also Bot. Ab 1, Entry 293.)] Genetica 1:153-156. Mar., 1919. 73. Va\ deb Lee, H. A. A. [Rev. of: Molz, E. Ueber die Ziichtung widerstandsfahiger Sorten unserer Kulturpflanzen. (On the breeding of resistant varieties of our cultivated plants) . Zcitschr. Pflanzenziicht. 5:121-124. Fig. 17-22, 1917.] Genetica 1: 192-202. Mar., 1919. 74. Van Fleet, W. New everbearing strawberries. Jour. Heredity 10: 14-16. Fig. 7- 8. Jan., 1919. — Author mentions popularity of everbearing berries and gives brief descrip- tion of investigations to improve quality and runner production of present sorts. All are de- scendants of Pan American, sport of Bismark, Fragaria virginiana. Mexican and European Alpine forms, F. vesca, are everbearing but inferior. — Seed importations of F. vesca from Mex- ico in 1914, tried at Rockville, Maryland, and Chico, California, gave certain hardy everbear- ing plants which produced vigorous runners. Berries were small, well flavored, of little com- mercial value. Crosses with these and certain commercial spring-bearing sorts gave 400 plants of high merit though none were everbearing. Cross between these seedlings and 33,005 gave 150 seedlings of which 4 were everbearing, bore handsome, large berries equal to best commercial everbearing sorts and produced vigorous runners. — [See Bot. Absts, 2, Entry 732.]— J. //. Beaumont. 75. Van Fleet, W. New pillar rose. Jour. Heredity 10:136-138. Fig. 18-19. Mar., 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 1042. 76. Warbtjrton, C. W. The occurrence of dwarfness in oats. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 11: 72-76. Fig. 1-2. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 176. 77. Woods, Frederick Adams. Good qualities are correlated. Jour. Heredity 10:84- 86. Feb., 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 1047. HORTICULTURE J. H. Gotjrley, Editor 78. Chaney, A. W. Advertising and control of distribution. Proc. Ann. Meet. Amer. Cranberry Growers' Assoc. 49: 21-26. PI. 1. 1919. — This is an address by the General Man- ager of the American Cranberry Exchange concerning the efforts of the Exchange in market- ing the crops of the three cranberry growing states. Prices have varied from S2.50 to $25 per barrel during the period 1906-1919. The efforts of the Exchange in distributing and advertis- ing the crop have brought to the growers a gain of about one million dollars. — -/. K. Shaw. 79. Conradi, A. F., and H. W. Barre. Orchard spraying. South Carolina Agric. Exp. Sta. Ext. Circ. 17. 8 'p. 1919. 80. Daniel, Ltjcien. Cultures maraicheres experimentales au bord de la mer. Mar- ket gardening experiments on the sea coast]. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 168: 116-118. 1919. — Experiments were carried out to determine methods of conserving the water in the sandy soils of dunes along the sea coast. Lettuce, chicory and certain other similar plants were grown (a) under natural conditions, (b) using buried Sphagnum tohold the water, and (c) using well rotted cow manure buried in the same way a-- the Sphagnum. It was found that 12 MORPHOLOGY, ETC., YASC. PLANTS [Bot. Absts. under conditions of drought the buried Sphagnum conserves the moisture and keeps the plants in better condition than manure or natural soil. The use of Sphagnum appears to bring about a xerophytic structure in plants, probably due to the lowering effect on the temperature of the soil around their roots. — V. H. Young. 81. Gale, H. V. Grafting the grape vine. Agric. Jour. India 14: 116-121. PL 1. 1919. — From the experiments cited, it appears that grafting the grape vine increases fruitfulness, the grafts give larger and closely set bunches. The quality of fruit was not changed appreci- ably. — J. J. Skinner. 82. Hutchinson, J. Primula chasmophila. Curtis Bot. Mag. 15: PI. 8791 (colored). 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 150. 83. Hutchinson, J. Primula tibetica. Curtis Bot. Mag. 15: PI. 8796 (colored). 1919.— To be abstracted later. 84. Hutchinson, J. Rhododendron auriculatum. Curtis Bot. Mag. 15: PI. 8786 (col- ored). 1919.- — To be abstracted later. 85. Hutchinson, J. Rhododendron callimorphum. Curtis Bot. Mag. 15 : PI. 8789 (col- ored). 1919.- — To be abstracted later. 86. Skan, S. A. Ipomoea dasysperma. Curtis Bot. Mag. 15: PL 8788 (colored). 1919. — To be abstracted later. 87. Staff, Otto. Protea longifolia. Curtis Bot. Mag. 15 : PL 8993 (colored) . 1919.— To be abstracted later. 88. Wright, C. H. Aloe concinna. Curtis Bot. Mag. 15: PL 8790 (colored). 1919.— To be abstracted later. 89. Zimmerman, H. E. Cultivated blueberries. Amer, Bot. 25: 7-8. 1 fig. 1919.— A yield of 1741 quarts per acre in Indiana is reported. — W. N. Clute. 90. Wilcox, R. B. Cranberry disease investigations in New Jersey during 1918. Proc. Ann. Meet. Amer. Cranberry Growers' Assoc. 49: 15-21. 1919. — Cranberries picked while wet from dew or rain and placed immediately in storage decayed badly while similar lots from which the surplus moisture had been dried by storing in an open crib, kept practically as well as those which had dried on the vines. The use of large amounts of nitrogenous fertilizers fav- ored excessive growth of the vines and tender berries that rotted severely. The development of the bitter rot [Glomerella cingulata vaccinii, Shear] was closely connected with intervals of wet weather and was controlled by Bordeaux mixture best when applied just previous to a rainy period. [See Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 303.] — J. K. Shaw. MORPHOLOGY, ANATOMY AND HISTOLOGY OF VASCULAR PLANTS E. W. Sinnott, Editor 91. Ewart, Alfred J. Native fibre plants. Jour. Dept. Agric. Victoria 16: 747-750. 1918. The qualities of the native fiber plants are discussed. Fibers from the bark of Euca- lyptus obliqua, Acac a penninerveris, Melaleuca ericifolia, Brachychiton, Pimelea, Casuarina stricla, C. suberosa, Bedfordua salicena, Lavatera plebeja, the Australian hollyhock, Urtica, Xanthorrhoea Australis and X. Hastilis and Poa Caespitosa are described. — J. J. Skinner. 92. Loeb, J. The physiological basis of morphological polarity in regeneration. Jour. Gen. Physiol. 1: 337-362. Fig. 1-18. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 859. 93. Scott, D. H. On the fertile shoots of Mesoxylon and an allied genus. Ann. Bot. 33: 1-21. PL 1-S, fig. IS. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 95. January, 1920] PATHOLOGY L3 PALEOBOTANY AND EVOLUTIONARY HISTORY E. W. Berry, Editor 94. Sahni, B. On an Australian specimen of Clepsydropsis. Ann. Bot. 33:81-92. PI. 4, 2 fig. 1919. The structure is described of a Clepsydropsis collected in New South Wales in rocks probably of Carboniferous Age. The leaf trace in this genus arose as a closed ring which became flattened and then elepsydroid as a result of a median constriction. Clepsydropsis and Ankyropteris should be united in one genus. The two groups of Zygopterideac, were sharply distinct in regard to habit, the Clepsydroideae having upright stems with radially disposed leaves, and the Dineuroideae creeping rhizomes with leaves confined to the dorsal surface. — W. P. Thompson. 95. Scott, D. H. On the fertile shoots of Mesoxylon and on allied genus. Ann. Bot. 33 : 1-21. PI. IS, fig. 1-3. 1919. — The structure of the fertile shoots of Mesoxylon multirame is described. The important result is that Mesoxylon bore a Cordaianthus in all respects com- parable to the inflorescence of Cordaites. The fertile shoot consists of a flattened main axis, naked below, and bearing distichously arranged bud-like branches lying in the plane of the major axis of the shoot. Each branch bears numerous spirally, arranged bracts, each with a single vascular bundle of mesarc structure. No reproduction organs are attached to the specimens, but the shoots are commonly associated with Mitrospermum (Cardiocarpon) com- pression. The author emphasizes the doubtful nature of the evidence from association but concludes that these seeds probably belonged to the plant. Stems and bud-like shoots are also described which resemble Mesoxylon in all important respects except that the leaf trace is single. They are placed in a new genus, Mesoxy'opsis. — W. P. Thompson. PATHOLOGY Donald Reddick, Editor 96. Barker, B. T. P., and C. T. Giningham. Further experiments on the Rhizoctonia disease of asparagus. Ann. Rept. Agric. Hortic. Res. Sta. Univ. Bristol 1917:28-32 [1918]. Continuation of work with soil disinfectants to kill Rhizoctonia violacea var. asparagi (See PLOT YEAR TREATMENT OUNCES PER SQUARE YARD DISEASE RATING A 1916 Lime 30 1917 Lime 30 7 B 1916 Iron sulfate 0.75 1917 Untreated 7 C 1916 Creosote 1 1917 Creosote 1 4 D 1916 Carbolic acid 2 1917 Creosote 1 3 E • 1916 Untreated 1917 Unt eated 10 F 1916 Naphthalene 2 1917 Bleaching powder 2 •• — G 1916 Bleaching powder 2 1917 Bleaching powder 2 1 14 PATHOLOGY [Bot. Absts. Kept. 1916: 39-40) . Various substances were applied to the soil about the middle of April and 3 weeks later carrot seed was planted (carrots are said to be equally susceptible to the disease) . There was no interference with germination in any case. Application of the fungicides after the fungus presumably has entered the vegetative state is thought to be advantageous. In the table those materials shown as not tested a second time did not give promise of success. Treatment of soil bearing a perennial crop like asparagus is under investigation. — D. Red dick. 97. Beach, Walter S. The Fusarium wilt of China aster. Rept. Michigan Acad. Sci. 20: 282-307. PI. 18-22. 1918.— A disease of China aster is described which causes a damping off of seedlings and a wilting of older plants. A species of Fusarium related to F. congluti- nans Wollenw. was isolated from diseased tissue and its pathogenicity on the aster proved. It differs from the above-named species, however, in several slight morphological characters and in its ability to produce a disease in cabbage. On the other hand F. conglutinans produced a wilting of China asters in one set of experiments, but not typical of the wilt disease here de- scribed. The name F. conglutinans var. callistephi n. var. is proposed for the aster fungus. It is thought that the fungus is disseminated on the seed but having once been introduced into a new field it persists in the soil. [See Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 624.] — W. H. Burkholder. 98. Butler, E. J. The rice worm (Tylenchus angustus) and its control. Mem. Dept. Agric. India (Bot. Ser.) 10: 1-37. Fig. 1-4. 1919.— A large area, comprising six million acres of rice land in Bengal, is infected with the disease, locally known as "ufra" which has been found to be due to the nematode, Tylenchus angustus. It is stated that no plant disease, ex- cept the cereal rust, has done such great damage. The nematode feeds exclusively on living rice. Its control is more of an agricultural problem than a pathological one. It is shown that the destruction of the stubble of the winter rice will alone effect a great improvement. This together with thorough cultivation of the soil before sowing destroys the worm. — J. J. Skinner. 99. Conradi, A. F., and H. W. Barre. Orchard Spraying. South Carolina Agric. Exp. Sta. Ext. Circ. 17. 8 p. 1919. 100. Cotton, A. D. Apple canker (Nectria ditissima). Jour. Bd. Agric. [London] 24: 1263-1266. * fig. 1918. 101. Davis, W. H. The aecial stage of alsike clover rust. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 24: 461- 477. 1917 (1918).— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 353. 102. Eriksson, Jakob. Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte des Spinatschimmels (Peronospora spinaciae (Grew.) Laub.) [Life history of P. spinaciae.] Ark. for Bot. 15 15 : 1-25. PL 4, 3 fig. 1918. 103. Ferdinandsen, C. S., (Mrs.) S. Rostrup, and F. K. Ravn. Oversigt over Land- brugsplanternes Sygdomme i 1917. [Report on diseases and pests in farm crops 1917.] Tidskr. Planteveal 25: 314-340. Kjobenhavn, 1918. — In this 34th annual report from Denmark is mentioned 69 plant diseases. Stripe disease of barley has been prominent; on the Prentice variety, which is otherwise very resistant, was recorded 5 to 25 per cent plants diseased. The foot disease caused by Fusarium culmorum and other species, has been very common in the cereals due partly to moist weather at the harvest of 1916, partly to a very cold winter followed first by a cold and wet spring, and then by a very intensive drought.' — Crowngall (Bact. tume- faciens) is recorded from fodder beets, sugar beets and fodder-sugar beets, but has been of no economic importance. Mosaic on beets has been harmful in the seed-producing districts, where cases with 50 per cent or more arc reported. — -The late blight of potatoes (Phylophthora in- festans) appeared rather late, but still the bordeaux spraying gave good returns. Verticillium wilt ( V. (dboatrum) is recorded for the first time. Leaf roll of potatoes was conspicuous in the dry summer, and on one field hardly one plant was free; in a variety test at one of the experi- ment stations, seedlings have been badly attacked. — A single case of crowngall of alfalfa (Urophlyctis alfalfae) was found, the first in the country. Corn smut (U. maydis), which was found on corn grown in a garden, is also new. — Ernst Gram. Janvakv, L920] PATHOLOGY L5 10 1. Fischer, C. E. C. Cause of the spike disease of sandal (Santalum album I. Indian Forester 44: f>70-575. l'.Hs. ( >l>servations on the disease which support Coleman' idea of the infer! ions nature of the disease as opposed to 1 he autogenel ic I heory proposed by Hole. — It is suggested that the disease was introduced by American missionaries 00 Ltmtana camara a plant which si i tiers from a spike disease, that the in feet ions agent may be nil ra-microscopic and thai it may be carried by Bucking insects. [See Bot. Absts. 2, Entries 1177, L296, I !97 1298, 1303, 1304; 3, Entry 121.]—/;. Roddick. 105. Gabbowski, L. Les champignons parasites recueillie dans le gouvernement de Podolie (Russie) pendant l'ete 1915. [Parasitic fungi collected in Podolia in 1915.] Bull. Soc. Mycol. France 33: 73-91. 1918.— Abst. in Bot. Centralbl. 138: 280. 1918. 106. Gasman, II., and Carrie Lee Hathaway. Treatment of seed wheat with formalin. Kentucky Agric. Exp. Sta. Circ. 22: 23-27. 1918. — Experimental evidence to show that the viability of wheat seed may be reduced by treating with formaldehyde solution at the strength employed, 1 pint of formaldehyde to 30 gallons of water. — D. Reddick. 107. Hayes, H. K., and E. C. Stakman. Rust resistance in timothy. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 11: 67-70. 1919. — Eleven Cornell and 6 Minnesota varieties of timothy were sprayed with rust spores and data taken on the amount of infection. The Minnesota selections were very susceptible to the rust while the Cornell selections showed a high percentage of resistant plants. The results indicate that the production of a rust-resistant timothy could be easily accomplished. — J . J. Skinner. 108. Humphrey, Harry B. Cereal diseases and the national food supply. U. S. Dept. Agric. Yearbook 1917:481-495. PI. 70-78, 8 fig. 1918.— The importance of cereal diseases, chie'iy smuts and rusts, but also scab, bacterial diseases, etc., is discussed. In 1916, the spring wheat growers paid the largest cereal-disease toll ever paid in the United States. Eleven smut diseases and twelve rust diseases are compared as to relative damage produced. A dis- cussion of seed treatment for smuts on a national scale is presented. For the control of rusts definite progress is indicated in breeding and selecting for rust-resistance. Many difficulties, however, stand in the way. Crossing rust-resistant durums and emmers with common wheats has thus far failed to yield a hybrid which is entirely satisfactory. The author is enthusias- tic over hybrids obtained by crossing Kubanka and Haynes, and Kubanka and Preston. Among the hard red winter wheats three (Kanred, P 1066 and P 1068) are remarkably rust- resistant, the Kanred, especially meeting the requirements in yield, milling and baking. — L. R. Hester. 109. Jensen, C. O. Undersigelser vedrorende nogle svulstlignende Dannelser hos planter. [Investigations upon certain tumor-like formations in plants.] Kgl. Vetr. Lbhsk. Aarsskrift 1918: 90-143. PI. 1, fig. 1-17. Kjobenhavn, 1918.— A summary in English is appended. — The tumors formed on the leaves of Ectreveria carundulata have been investigated; inoculation and transplantation have given no positive information on the biological quality of the tissue. Transplantation of the nodules formed on the roots of the hybrids between Brassica campes- tris and Brassica napus have resulted in no abnormal growth. These nodosities cannot be considered analogous to the malign animal tumors.— The aspect, size and effect on the plants of the tumors occurring on the roots of Beta vulgaris vary with the different cultivated forms; the tumors are caused by Bacterium tumefaciens, but in older tumors the bacteria die off. Nevertheless, tissue from spontaneous tumors can be transplanted easily to normal root-, and produce fresh tumors, originating solely from the transplanted tissue, and with the structure and appearance determined by the original plant, which is shown in a striking way, when transplantation is effected with varieties of different color — Transplantation was successful through four generations; the pathogene was never isolated from these secondary tumors, and it, therefore, seems that the abnormal proliferative power, due to the pathogene, re- mains with the cells for some cell-generations independent of the continued stimulus. — By inoculation from pure cultures, tumors have resulted, varying on the different varieties ex- 16 PATHOLOGY [Bot. Absts. actly as the spontaneous tumors, easily transplanted, and giving pure cultures of B. tumefa- ciens with no difficulty. — The cultures obtained by Friedeman from disease tumors have noth- ing to do with B. tumefaciens; the observations by Blumenthal and Hirschfeld, that B. tume- faciens should be able to confer the tumor-producing power to other bacteria in a culture is undoubtedly incorrect. — Ernst Gram. 110. McRae, W. Blast of paddy. Agric. Jour. India 14:65-70. 1919.— The failure of the variety of rice {Oryza sativa) in 1918 in a large number of districts of India is reported, the decrease being due to a fungous disease. The disease first appears as small spots on the leaves and extends through the tissues appearing on both upper and lower surfaces. The leaf is brownish at first, the center becoming pale yellow. Spots appear on the leaf-sheath as well as on the leaf-blade. The stem finally collapses. The diseased plant produces no rice. The disease was found on several other varieties, but no widespread trouble was noted ex- cept on Oryza saliva. The fungus which was found is recognized as Piricularia oryzae. The control of the disease is by cultural and selective methods. — J. J. Skinner. 111. Narasimhan, M. J. A preliminary study of the root-nodules of Casuarina. Indian For. 44:265-268. PL 15. 1918.— Nodules have been found on the roots of C. glauca, C. stricta and C. quadrivalvis, and are thought to be characteristic of the genus. — The nodule is a cjdindrical body with a slightly swollen hyalin tip; the young nodule is whitish but later becomes brown and more or less woody. By repeated branching a cluster is formed "which attains a fairly large size."- — Rod-shaped bacteria are present in the nodules. They have the characteristics of the bacteria in legume tubercles including the ability to fix nitrogen. — Further work has yet to be done in the direction of inoculating Casuarina seedlings to see if nodular formation can be induced. [See Bot. Absts. 1, Entry 1454.] — D. Reddick. 112. Patotjillard. M. Sur le parasitisme de l'Ustulina vulgaris. [The parasitism of Us- tulina vulgaris.] Bull. Soc. Path. V6g. France 4: 100. 1918. — This fungus, usually regarded as a saprophyte is said to appear to have caused the death of two basswood trees (Tilia sp.) The evidence given is the presence of stromata of the fungus on lesions at the base of the trees. [See Bot. Absts. 1, Entry 1366.]— C. L. Shear. 113. Petherbridgb, F. R. Potato spraying trials. Jour. Bd. Agric. [Great Britain] 25: 1166-1172. 1919. — Bordeaux mixture (2 per cent) and Burgundy mixture (2 per cent) were applied at the rate of 100 gallons per acre. Bordeaux powder was used at the rate of 30 pounds per acre. Both the liquids were about equally effective in checking the blight (Phy- tophthora,) the result being a lengthening of the growing period of the leaves and stems, thereby increasing the total yield of the crop as well as reducing the proportion of diseased tubers. — ■ After application, the wet sprays were well retained on the leaves in spite of heavy rains. Much of the dry powder, however, was washed off, and, therefore, was proportionately inef- fective. If used at all, powder should be applied in the early morning during a heavy dew. — ■ In spraying crops of potatoes which have a heavy foliage, it is difficult to cover all the leaves and there is need for a machine of a good design, having several nozzles, and a pump of suf- ficient power to discharge uniformly at least 200 gallons of liquid per acre. — W. Southworth. 114. Sanders, J. G. The discovery of European potato wart disease in Pennsylvania. Jour. Econ. Entomol. 12:86-90. PI. 3. 1919.' — Concerning the discovery of the potato wart disease Chrysophlyctis endobiotica on Solanum tuberosum, growing in home gardens in Luzerne County, Pennsylvania in September, 1918, and the survey rapidly organized and carried out by state and federal workers. The disease was found to be in the anthracite coal mining area of northeastern Pennsylvania and not in the commercial potato region. The fact was brought out that the disease most likely came from Germany on potatoes purchased by the villagers from stores of the mining companies who in turn purchased several car loads of potatoes from Germany through the Hazelton Produce Company in 1911 and early 1912. The Federal quar- antine on European potatoes was fixed on September 20, 1912. Tomatoes, Lycopersicum escu- lentum in infested soil were free from disease while Solanum dulcamara is slightly affected. — A. B. Maesey. January-, 1920] PATIIOLOCY 17 11"). SCBOBVEBS, T. A. C. Vreemde lichaampjes in zieke spinaziewortels. |Unknown corpuscles in diseased spinach roots.] Meded. I/indbouwhoogeschool Wageningen 15:7.")- (84). PI. 10. 191S. — English resume" on p. 83. — The main roots of diseased plants are some- what shriveled and black; the smaller rootlets are similarly affected or are absent. Cells of root parenchyma are filled with small, (15 x 5ft), somewhat spindh-.-diaped bodies. The bo have the power of movement but tlii^ was seldom observed. Attempts to cultivate them were unsuccessful as were infection experiments. "Although it is by no means proved, the author is inclined to think, that these newly discovered X-organisms, as he proposes to call them for the present, are a form of not yet described protozoa." — D. Reddick. 116. Smith, Ralph E., E. O. Essig, and Geo. P. Gray. Handbook of plant disease and pest control. California Agric Exp. Sta. Circ. 204. 86 p. 1918. 117. Spixks, G. T. Damping-off and collar rot of tomatoes. Ann. Rept. Agric. Hortic. Res. Sta. Univ. Bristol 1917:25-27. [1918]. — Damping-off occurs in seedlings and collar rot in plants up to a foot in height. The cause of the trouble is an undetermined species of Phy- tophthora. The fungus persists for a long time in soil but in what condition is not known. — D. Reddick. 118. Stewart, Albax. A consideration of certain pathologic conditions in Ambrosia tri- fida. Amer. Jour. Bot. 6: 34-46. PI. 2, fig. 1. 1919. — The author first describes the normal internal structure of the stem of this species, and then the modifications in structure caused by attacks of Protomyses andinus Lagh., of the stem borer, Papaipema nitela Gn., of both the fungus and the insect together, and by mechanical wounds. There is little misplacement of xylem cells in the galls formed by the parasites. Increase in parenchyma at the expense of the xylem, broadening of the rays, and reduction in number and size of vessels, are more marked in the Protomyces gall than in that of the insect. Mechanically wounded tissue is characterized by radical misplacement of the cells, vertical shortening of the rays, increase in parenchyma and reduction in number of vessels. Where both insect and fungus have acted together, the resulting tissue is characteristic of the fungus gall, the stimulus from the insect being inactive. The stimulus from the insect, though weaker, is able to exert an influence much farther away from the source of the stimulus than is the stimulus from the fungus. — E. W. Sinnott. 119. Trevor, C. G. A fungus attack on the deodar. Indian Forester 44: 130-131. 1918. — Referring to article by Glover, Indian Forester 43 : Dec. 1917, author states that the plants shown in the illustration "exhibit all the symptoms of plants suffering from insufficient light." — D. Reddick. 120. Trotter, A. La "rabbia" o "antracnosi" del cece ed il suo produttore. [Rabbia or anthracnose of chick-pea and its cause.] Rev. Patol. Veg. 9: 105-114. 1918. — See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 376. 121. Venkatarama, Ayyar, K. R. Is spike disease of sandal (Santalum album) due to an unbalanced circulation of sap? Indian For. 44: 316-324. PI. 19. 1918.— A criticism, with supporting evidence, of: Hole, R. S. Indian For. 43: 430-131. 1917. [See Bot, Absts. 2, En- tries, 1297, 1298.]— Seven sandal trees were isolated from any host by deep encircling trenches and by keeping free from vegetation the soil within the trenches. One tree has remained healthy for 24 months and 6 trees for 18 months.— Roots were severed, haustoria cut off and sulfuric acid injected in roots to simulate damage done by fire. At the end of 15 months the wounds were largely healed, and the trees healthy. — On two occasions heat from burning brush killed or injured several sandal trees but those not too badly damaged put out healthy foliage. — Clearing out all trees except sandal in a large area gave a sudden change of "conditions nec- essary for an unbalanced circulation of sap" but the spike disease did not appear. — Experi- ments in girdling never have been accompanied or followed by spike disease. — The conclusion is reached that unbalanced circulation of sap is not the cause of spike disease. [See also Bot. Absts. 2, Entries 1177, 1297, 1303, 1304; 3, Entry 104.]— D. Reddick. BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, VOL. Ill, NO. 1 18 PHYSIOLOGY [Bot. Absts. 122. Wilcox, R. B. Cranberry disease investigations in New Jersey during 1918. Proc. Ann. Meet. Amer. Cranberry Growers' Assoc. 49: 15-21. 1919. — See Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 303; 3, Entry 90. PHARMACEUTICAL BOTANY AND PHARMACOGNOSY Henry Kraemer, Editor 123. Cltjte, W. N. The money in drug plants. Amer. Bot. 25: 15-20. 1919.— Prices of crude drugs are regarded as too low to make the growing of drug plants in the United States profitable. A list of the North American official drug plants is given with the price and part used indicated. — W. N. Clute. 124. Hotson, J. W. Sphagnum from bog to bandage. Publ. Puget Sound Biol. Sta. 2: 211-247. PI. 31-48. March, 1919. — The whole detailed process of making surgical dressings of Sphagnum is given. This includes the collecting, storing, baling, sorting and drying. The equipment of a workroom for the purpose is given in detail. It is written from a war emer- gency standpoint, and with a view to preserving valuable facts about Sphagnum possibilities learned through war stress. — T. C. Frye. 125. Hotson, J. W. Sphagnum as a surgical dressing. 31 p., 18 fig. Published inde- pendently by the Northwest Division of the American Red Cross: Seattle, undated [1918]. — It is a general account of the discovery of the utility of Sphagnum for surgical dressings, its pre-war surgical use, and the utilization of it in the early years of the world war. Instructions are given as to where and how to get the moss and how to make the dressings of it. A table of absorbency of 6 species from various regions is given. Written primarily as a war emer- gency paper to be used as a guide in the making of Sphagnum dressings. — T. C. Frye. 126. Macht, David I. A pharmacological appreciation of a Biblical reference to mass poisoning, II Kings IV, 38-41. Bull, of The Johns Hopkins Hospital 30: 38-42. Fig. 1-2. 1919. — The Biblical passage is an account of the accidental poisoning of a band of prophets and the antidotal means employed by their leader, the prophet Elisha. The plant that caused the pois- oning was called Paqqu'dt and the antidote was meal. The derivation of the Hebrew name is given and it is shown from both the botanical and archaeological histories that it applies rather to the Wild Colocynth, Citrullus Colocynthis than to the Squirting Cucumber, Ecbal- lium Elaterium. Both plants are illustrated and described and the active constituents of each named. Both plants are powerful drastic purgatives, and in overdoses are dangerous poisons, producing enteritis and even death. To test the use of meal as an antidote, experi- ments were carried out on dogs. A striking primary symptom is profuse salivation which will account for the exclamation of the prophets, on eating their pottage, of which the wild Colo- cynth was a part, that there was death in the pot. The flour or meal rendered the otherwise poisonous and lethal doses of the plants under disoussion, innocuous, substantiating the truth of the Biblical passage and sustaining the popular first aid maxim to give flour in many cases of poisonings. — Oliver A. Farwell. PHYSIOLOGY B. M. Duggar, Editor METABOLISM (GENERAL) 127. Dienert, F., and A. Guillerd. Milieu a l'eau de levure autolysee pour la culture du B. coli. [Autolyzed yeast water as a culture medium for B. coli]. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 168: 256-257. 1919. — The high cost of peptone for bacteriological work led to a search for a substitute for it. It was found that among the products of the autolysis of yeast are to be found amino acids — tryptophane, etc. — which are also found in peptone. Bouillon made by substituting autolyzed yeast for peptone yielded two billion bacteria per cc. at the end of 24 January, I'.f-'OI PHYSIOLOGY III hours, which w:is considered a sal isfactory growth . Indol formal ion and the effecl of phenol were satisfactorily demonstrated through the use of yeast bouillon and on analysis Ll - consti- tution was found to be much more constant than peptone bouillon. The cost of the medium was found to be about one-fifteenth that of bouillon made with peptone. — V. II. Young. 128. Ghosh, Manmatiianath. Notes on the hydrocyanic acid content of Jowar. fAndro- pogon Sorghum). Agric. Jour. India 14: 107-115. 1919. — The cyanogenetic glucoside present in jowar occurs principally in the leaves and young shoots; the stalk contains only a small amount. The young shoots are very poisonous. Jowar grown in soils having abundant mois- ture contains less hydrocyanic acid than that grown on dry soil. There was found a greater nitrogen accumulation in the leaves than in the stalks. The appearance of the greater amount of nitrogen with the greater proportion of hydrocyanic acid is taken as an indication that the production of the glucoside is correlated with the production of the nitrogenous matter and lends support to the theory that HCN1 is an intermediate product in protein formation.— J. ./. Skinner. 129. Johns, Carl O., A. J. Finks, and Mabel S. Paul. Studies in nutrition. I. The nutritive value of coconut globulin and coconut press cake. Jour. Biol. Chem. 37 : 497-5' 1 2. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 1271. 130. Morgan, Agnes Fay, and Alice M. Heinz. Biological values of wheat and almond nitrogen. Jour. Biol. Chem. 37: 215-222. 1919. 131. Posternak, S. Sur deux sels crystallises du principe phospho-organique de reserve des plantes vertes. [Two phospho-organic salts in the reserve of green plants.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris, 168: 1216-1219. 1 fig. 1919— After brief mention of a number of methods for the demonstration of phospho-organic substances in plants, the author describes two salts of phospho-organic nature which he has been able to isolate and crystallize from plant tissues, together with his methods for isolating them. These two substances, a double salt of calcium and sodium and a salt of sodium, have the following empirical formulas: C 6 Hl 2 27 Pg Ca 2 Na 8 and C 2 H 4 9 P 2 Na 4 — V. H. Young. 132. Sando, Chas. E. Endothia pigments. II. Endothine red. Amer. Jour. Bot. 6: 242-251. 3 fig. 1919. — A pigment named by the author "endothine red" and produced by Endothia fluens, was successfully isolated and its chemical characteristics studied and described. Evidence is presented that its formula is C7H5O4, and that it is related to the members of the pyrocatechin group.— E. W. Sinnolt. 133. Schaeffer, G. Facteurs accessoires de la croissance et de l'equilibre. Vitamines ; auximones. [Accessory factors of growth and equilibrium. Vitamines; auximones.] Bull. Inst. Pasteur. 17 : 1-21, 41-59. Fig. 1-10. 1919.— This is a review of the advance of the knowl- edge on vitamines as food accessories, made during the years 1917-1918, and constitutes the continuation of a review that appeared in Bull. Soc. Sci. d'Hyg. 4 5,6 , 1918, which covered the period 1914-1917. The subject is divided as follows: (1) Quantitative and qualitative needs in growth and equilibrium. (2). Vitamines or accessory factors of growth and equilibrium according to McCallum and Davis. (3). Avitaminosis. (4). Quantitative variations of vita- mines in the regime, minimum quantities necessary. (5). Are other avitaminoses than tho.?e brought about by lack of the A and B forms of McCallum possible? (6) Physiological sig- nificance of vitamines. (7). Origin of vitamines. (8) Origin and role of vitamines in phaner- ogams, auximones of Bottomley and Mockeridge. (9) Bacterial origin of auximones, work of Mockeridge. (10) Vitamines, auximones and bacteria. (11) Aseptic life and vitamines. (12) Symbiotes and vitamines. (13) Conclusions. An extended list of the literature is given. The importance of the present paper from a botanical standpoint lies in the connection es- tablished by the author between the zoological and botanical phases of the problem. The lack of careful studies on the vitamines of pure cultures of yeast leaves a gap only partially filled 20 PHYSIOLOGY [Bot. Absts. by the work of Bottomley on the action of auximones on Azotobacler and their action on the growth of decotiledonized seedlings grown in mineral solutions. The plant acts as inter- mediary between the soil bacteria that produce auximones and the animal that utilizes them. When animals are subjected to avitaminosis and die as a consequence of incomplete diet, they are found to contain large numbers of Bacillus coli in the intestinal tract. This is taken by the author as an indication that this organism is not capable of synthesizing vitamines, while the work of Pacini and Russell on the Eberth bacillus is recalled to show the possibility of such synthesis by bacteria grown in pure cultures in Uschinsky solution. The last considera- tion leads the author to a hasty review of the question of aseptic life; considering the intesti- nal flora as parasitic rather than symbiotic he points to the possibility that the bacteria found in normal tissues of animals and in seed coats may be the true elaborators of "food acces- sories." Thus the author discloses the close relation of the problem of vitamines to the subject of general biology. — A . Bonazzi. METABOLISM (ENZYMES, FERMENTATION) 134. Clute, VV. N. Vinegar bees. Amer. Bot. 25:2-4. 1919. — An association of Sac- charomyces pyriformis and Bacterium vermiformc is widely distributed in the United States under the name of "vinegar bees." A cupful of the "bees" in a weak saccharine solution (2 tablespoonfuls of sugar to a quart of water) will produce vinegar in three days, the "bees" doubling in amount meanwhile. Vinegar bees are known elsewhere as the "ginger bee plant" and used to produce a foaming beverage with the addition of ginger root. The plant, or plant association, is related to the "kephir grains" used to ferment milk in the Caucasus. — W. N. Clute. 135. Dowell, C. T. Cyanogenesis in Andropogon sorghum. Jour. Agi-ic. lies. 16: 175- 181. 1919. — In the process of drying sorghum there is a considerable loss of hydrocyanic acid, but not all of it disappears. The slower the process of drying, the less the amount of hydro- cyanic acid retained in the plant. The enzyme emulsin is still in active condition in sorghum after drying. The addition of dextrose or maltose to sorghum prevents or holds back forma- tion of hydrocyanic acid in macerated sorghum. This may be due to a reaction with hydro- cyanic acid or to a lessening of the activity of emulsin. — L. Knudson. ORGANISM AS A WHOLE 136. Beach, Walter Spurgeon. Biologic specialization in the genus Septoria. Amer Jour. Bot. 6: 1-33. PL 1, 13 diagrams, 1 graph. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 1283. 137. Butler, O. The effect of environment on the loss of weight and germination of seed potatoes during storage. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 11: 114-118. 1919. — -It was found that the germination of potatoes can be retarded by lowering to 3.74°C. or by reducing the oxygen supply. Germination was retarded more effectively at 9.31 °C. in reduced oxygen air than at 3.74°C. in free air. Loss of weight was greatly affected by the relative humidity of the air. — J. J. Skinner. TOXIC AGENTS 138. Fred. E. B. The effect of certain organic substances on seed germination. Soil Sci. 6: 333-349. PI. 1-4. 1918.— See Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 1332. 139. Hartwell, B. L., and F. R. Pember. Unlike effect of acid soils on plants due to aluminum. Soil. Sci. 6: 259-279. PI. 1. 1919— See Bot. Absts. 2, Entries 1137; 1334. 140. McHargue, J. S. Effect of certain compounds of barium and strontium on the growth of plants. Jour. Agric. Res. 16: 183-194. PI. 24. 1919. — Cowpeas (Vigna sinensis), oats (.4 vena sativa), wheat (Triticum aestivum), and corn (Zea inais) were used in these experiments. The plants were grown in one gallon, earthern jars in sand to which was added 10 grains cal- January, 1920] TAXONOMY, VASC. PLANTS 21 cium carbonate, 5 grams magnesium carbonate, ! grams potassium nitrate, 2 grams pol siiun chloride, and 2 grams sodium thiosulfatc. Under the o conditions, the author claims stimulation with barium carbonate for cowpeas, oats, and corn. More marked stimulation was noted with the use of strontium carbonate. Mixtures of these carbonate n lilted in- juriously as also did barium sulfate. There is included in t he discussion the influence of these two carbonates on the partial mineral composition of the plants. No reference to previous work are made. L. Kniidson. TAXONOMY OF VASCULAR PLANTS J. M. Grbbnman, Editor SPERMATOLPIIYTES 141. Cardot, J. Rosacees nouvelles d' extreme-orient. [New Rosaceae from the ex- treme orient.] Not. Syst. 3:353-355, 371-382. Dec. 30, 1918.— New species and varieties, chiefly from China, are described in Pirns, Eribotrya, Photinia, Raphiolepis, and Pygeum. J. M . Greenman. 142. Chamberlain, Charles Joseph. The living Cycads. Small 8vo. p. xiv + 172 p. Fig. 91. University of Chicago press: Chicago, 1919. — The subject is treated under three main captions, namely, (1) Collecting the material, (2) The Life-history, -Ariel (3) The evolution and phytogeny of the group. The volume is written in popular style and presents a general ac- count of the Cycadaceae as a whole. The author's investigations of this group of plants have continued through a period of more than fifteen years and have involved extended travel and careful field study as well as critical laboratory research. Nine living genera are recognized; and it is estimated that there are about one hundred species. The genera are: Zamia, Micro- cycas, Dioon, and Ceralozamia of the Western Hemisphere, Macrozamia, Bowenia, and Cycas of Australia, Stangeria and Encephalartos of Africa. "A much more extended account, tech- nical in character" is promised by the author in a later publication. — J. M. Greenman. 143. Christy, Miller. The Height of Carduus (Cnicus) palustris. Jour Bot. 57: 20-21. 1919. 144. Cltjte, W. N. The species conception. Amer. Bot. 25:26. 1919. — The statement that Underwood's type sheet of Selaginella arenicola represents three species of the genus Selaginella is challenged. — W. N. Clule. 145. Cockerell, T. D. A. Notes on Lycaste. Torreya 19: 10-12. 1919. — Three forms of this orchidaceous genus were brought by Mrs. Cockerell from Guatemala, and studied as they flowered in the greenhouse. The form known horticulturally as Lycaste Skinneri var. alba is published for the first time as a new species (L. alba Cockerell). This is distinguished from the true L. Skinneri Lindl. by the larger lateral lobes of the lip and the longer bract. L. cruenta Lindl. is re-described. — J. C. Nelson. 146. Gamble, J. S. Notes on the flora of Madras. Bull. Misc. Inf. Kew 1918: 223-22S. 1918. — The notes recorded in this article pertain to families treated in the recently published second part of the Flora of Madras and supplement previous notes, prepared by Mr. S. T. Dunn, which appeared in the Kew Bulletin, 1916, page 5S. — S'. triphyllum, Yunnan; S. variicolor, Yunnan; S. indicum A. Hamet var. densiro- iulatum, Yunnan; S. viscosum, Yunnan. — K. M. Wiegand. 157. Prain, D. The genus Chrozophora. Bull. Misc. Inf. Kew 1918:49-120. 191S.— A detailed history of the Euphorbiaceous genus Chrozophora is given, and this is followed by a synoptical revision of the species. The genus is widely distributed in the Old World and, as at present defined embraces eleven species and several varieties. — J. M. Greenman. January, 1920| TAXONOMY, VASC. PLANTS 23 158. Prain, D. A new Meconopsis from Yunnan. Bull. Misc. Inf. Kew 1918:211-213. 1918. — Meconopsis com pta is described as a new species, bawd on specimens collected by Mr. George Forrest in southeastern Tibet. — ■/. M. Greenman. 159. Rock, J. F. Cyrtandreae hawaiienses, sections Schizocalyces Hillebr. and Chaeto- calyces Hillebr. Anier. Jour. Bot. 6: 47-68. PL 3-8. 1919.— The present paper is the third in a series dealing with the genus Cyrtandra as represented in the Hawaiian Islands. Twelve species and nine varieties are recognized under the section Schizocalyces, and six species and three varieties are referred to the section Chaetni-nli/fcs. The following are either new or result from a recombination of names: Cyrtandra lysiosepala (Gray) Clarke var. Fauriei (C Fauriei Lev.), C. lysiosepala (Gray) Clarke var. lalifolia (C. lysiosepala var. Hillebr.), C. lysiosepala (Gray) Clarke var. haleakalensis, C. lysiosepala (Gray) Clarke var. Grayi (C. Grayi Clarke), C. Conradtii, C. Grayana Hillebr. var. linear ifolia, C. Grayana Hillebr. var. lanaie?isis, C. Grayana Hillebr. var. nervosa, C. Oliveri, C. kohalae, C. halawensis, C. umbrac- culi flora, C. Kalichii Wawra var. Iristis (C. tristis Hillebr.), and C. Macraei Gray var. par- vula. — E. W. Sinnolt. 160. Rolfe, R. A. New orchids. Decade XLVI. Bull. Misc. Inf. Kew 1918:234-238. 1918. — The following species of orchids are described as new to science: Pleurothallis grandis from Costa Rica, Bulbophyllum robustum from Madagascar, Maxillaria parviloba from Peru, Chrysocycnis Lehmanii from Ecuador, Vanilla Havilandii from Borneo, V. andamanica from tropical Asia, Lislroslachys floribunda, Peristylus ugandensis, P. Snowdenii, and Habenaria Hunteri from tropical Africa. — J. M. Greenman. 161. Rydberg, P. A. Key to the Rocky Mountain flora. Svo. 304 V- Published by the author: New York, 1919. — The present volume consists of a reprint of the keys in the "Flora of the Rocky Mountains and Adjacent Plains" recently published by the same author. It is intended for use in the field. — «/. M, Greenman. The prime purpose of Botanical Abstracts is. to supply citations and abstracts of all papers dealing with botanical subjects, wherever published, just a.s soon as possible after they appear. Every effort will be made to present complete and correct citations of all papers appearing later than January 1, 1918. As an adequate index of progress, Botanical Abstracts should be of use to the intelligent grower, field agent and inspector, extension worker, teacher and investigator. The international scope of tliis work should appear especially to workers having restricted library facilities. The classification by subjects should prove a great aid even to those having access to lar^o librarie The Board of Control of Botanical Abstracts, Inc.— Donald Rbddick, Chairman — has charge of the publication. The membership of the Board of Control is representative of the various American botanical societies. Each society is represented by two members, one elected for a period of two year.s and the other for a period of four years: lOach society elects a member for a period of four year.s, at intervals of two years, to replace its representative who automatically retires. The Editorial Board of Botanical Abstracts is appointed annually by the Executive Committee of the Board of Control. The Bibliographical Com- mittee of Botanical Abstracts, which has charge of the securing of abstracts for the exten- sive field of periodical 'iteralure, is appointed annually by the Board of Control. The mem- bers of the Board of Control, the Editorial Board and the Bibliographical Committee have given their services free for 1919. The Executive Committee of the Board of Control of Botanical Abstracts lias charge of ad interim affairs not involving matters of general policy. This Committee consists of the following members for 1919: R. A. Harper, Columbia University. B. E. Livingston, The Johns Hopkins University. Geo. E. Nichols, Yale University. Donald Reddick, Chair- man, Cornell University. C. L. Shear, U. S. Department of Agriculture. North American Botanical Organizations Represented on the Board of Control of Botan- ical Abstracts: American Association for the Advancement of Science, Section G, Botany. American Genetic Association. American Microscopical Society. American Phytopatho- logical Society. American Society of Agronomy. American Society of Naturalists. American Conference of Pharmaceutical Faculties. Botanical Society of America: General Section, Physiological Section, Taxonomic Section. Ecological Society of America. Paleontological Society of America. Society for Horticultural Science. Society of American Foresters. The Bibliographical Committee of Botanical Abstracts — J. R. Schramm, Chairman (Ithaca, N. Y.) — assigns the journals and other periodical publications to collaborators, who secure the required citations and abstracts. The names of the collaborators will be published for each volume of Botanical Abstracts. The Committee systematically follows the periodicals on its list and makes certain that all are promptly cared for, as their issues appear. All readers are earnestly requested to aid the Bibliographical Committee by bring- ing to its attention any periodical publications that are not being abstracted. The Com- mittee also solicits additional collaborators. Botanical Abstractsis published monthly, beginning September, 1918. Two volumes a year are issued. Each volume contains about 300 pages. Current Volumes: I and II. 1920 Volumes: III and IV. Price for the two volumes a year, $6.00 domestic; $6.25 Canada; $6.50 foreign; net postpaid. Subscriptions are received at the following addresses: For United States of North America and dependencies: Williams & Wilkins Company, Mount Royal and Guilford Avenues, Baltimore. For Argentina and Uruguay: Beutelspacher y Cia., Sarmiento 815, Buenos Aires. For Brazil: Dr. Almeida Rego, Rua da Assembleia, 39, Rio de Janeiro. For Belgium: Henri Lamertin, 58 Rue Coudenberg, Bruxelles. For the British Empire, except Canada: 1 he Cambridge University Press, C. F. Clay, Manager, Fetter Lane, London, E. C. British subscribers are requested to make checks and money orders payable to Mr. C. F. Clay, Manager, at the London address. For Canada: Wm. Dawson & Sons, Ltd., 87 Queen Street East, Toronto. For Denmark: II. Hagerup's Boghandel, Gothersgade 30, Kjobenhavn. For Germany: R. Friedlander & Sohn, Buckhandlung, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, X. W. G. For Holland: Schcltema & Holkema, Rokin 74-74, Amsterdam. For Italy: Ulrico Hoepli, Milano. For Japan and Korea: Maruzen Company, Ltd. (Maruzen-Kabushiki-Kaisha), 11 to 16 Nihonbashi Tori-Sanchome, Tokj'o; Fukuoka, Osaka, Kyoto, and Sendai, Japan. For Spain: Ruiz Hermanos, Plaza de Santa Ana, 13, Madrid. For Switzerland: Georg & Cie, Freistrasse 10, Basel. No claims for copies lost in the mails will be allowed unless such claims are received within 30 days (90 days for places outside of the United States and Canada) of the date of issue. BOTANICAL ABSTEACTS A MONTHLY SERIAL FURNISHING ABSTRACTS AND CITATIONS OF PUBLICATIONS IN THE INTERNATIONAL FIELD OF BOTANY IN ITS BROADEST SENSE, BEGINNING WITH THE YEAR 1918 Founded September 1918 to supply citations and abstracts of all papers, wherever published, dealing with Agronomy Bibliography, Biography and HjVory Botanical Education Cytology Ecology and Plant Geography Forest Botany and Forestry Genetics (Plants and Animals) Horticulture Miscellaneous, unclassified publications Morphology and Taxonomy of Algae Morphology and Taxonomy of Bryophytes Morphology and Taxonomy of Fungi, Bacteria and Myxomycetes Morphology, Anatomy and Histology of Vascular Plants Paleobotany and Evolutionary History Pathology Pharmaceutical Botany and Pharmacognosy Physiology Soil Science Taxonomy of Vascular Plants PUBLISHED BY WILLIAMS & WILKINS COMPANY Baltimore, Maryland, U. S. A. CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS F t e tter Lane, London, E. C. Two Volumes (300-325 pages to each volume) published each year. Current Volumes: Volumes I and II, September 1918 to May 1919 inch, and October 1919 to December !!•]!• incl. 1920 Volumes: Volumes III and IV, January 1920 to December 1920 incl. SUBSCRIPTION PIUCE for two volumes, $6.00 domestic; §6.25 Canada; §6.50 foreign, net postpaid A LIST OF FOREIGN AGENTS WILL BE FOUND ON THIRD COVER PAGE. Vol. Ill FEBRUARY, L920 No ENTRIES L62-457 Botanical Abstracts A monthly serial furnishing abstracts and citations of publications in the international field of botany in its broadest sense. PUBLISHED MONTHLY UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE BOARD OF CONTROL OF BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, INC. EDITORIAL BOARD Burton E. Livingston, Editor-in-Chief The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland Edward W. Berry, The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md., Editor for Paleobotany and Evolutionary History. H. C. Cowles, The University of Chicago, Chicago, 111., Editor for Ecology and Plant Geography. B. M. Duggar, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo., Editor for Physiology. Alexander W. Evans, Yale University, New Haven, Conn., Editor for Morphol- ogy and Taxonomy of Bryophytes. C. Stuart Gager, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, N. Y., Editor for Botanical Education. J. H. Gotjrley, New Hampshire Agricultural Experiment Station, Durham, N. H., Editor for Horticulture. J. M. Greenman, Missouri Botanical Gar- den, St. Louis, Mo., Editor for Taxon- omy of Vascular Plants. Henry Kraemer, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich., Editor for Pharma- ceutical Botany and Pharmacognosy. E. W. Olive, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, N. Y., Editor for Morphology and Taxonomy of Fungi, Bacteria and Myxomycetes. C. V. Piper, U. S. Bureau of Plant Indus- try, Washington, D. C, Editor for Agronomy. Donald Reddick, Cornell University, Itha- ca, N. Y., Editor for Pathology. J. R. Schramm, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y., Editor for Morphology and Tax- onomy oj Algae. George H. Shull, Princeton University, Princeton, N. J., Editor for Genetics. E. W. Sinnott, Connecticut Agricultural College, Storrs, Conn., Editor for Mor- phology, Anatomy and Histology of Vas- cular Plants. J. J. Skinner, U. S. Bureau of Plant In- dustry, Washington, D. C, Editor for Soil Science. Gilbert M. Smith, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis., Editor for Cytology. Raphael Zon, U. S. Forest Service, Wash- ington, D. C, Editor for Forest Botany and Forestry. WILLIAMS & WILKINS COMPANY BALTIMORE, U. S. A. THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS FETTER LANE, LONDON, E. C. Entered as second-class matter, November 9, 1918, at the post office at Baltimore, Maryland, under the Act of March 3, 1879 Copyright 1920, Williams & Wilkins Company ( $6.00 Domestic Price, net postpaid, for the two annual volumes < $6.25 Canada ( $6.50 Foreign Current Volumes : I and II 1920 Volumes: - III and IV CONTENTS Entry not. Agronomy 1 62-203 Botanical Education 20-1-210 Forest Botany and Foresl • 211-215 Genetics 216-308 Horticulture 309-336 Morphology, Anatomy and HistoL gy of Vascular Plants 337-340 Morphology and Taxonomy of Fungi, Bacteria and Myxomycefes 341-382 Pathology 383-421 Pharmaceutical Botanyand Pharmacognosy 422-432 Physiology 433-457 BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS A monthly serial furnishing abstracts and citations of publications in the international field of botany in its broadest sense. UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE BOARD OF CONTROL OF BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, INC. Burton E. Livingston, Editor-in-Chief The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland Vol. Ill FEBRUARY, 1920 No. 2 ENTRIES 162-457 AGRONOMY NEwT* C. V. Piper, Editor BO a At 162. Richardson, A. E. V. Agriculture. America and Australia compared. Jour. Dept. Agric. Victoria 17: 1-20. 1919. — A lecture, comparing agricultural methods in America with those in Australia, before the Royal Agricultural Society at Melbourne, Dec, 1918. — J.J. Skinner. 163. Hayes, H. K., and E. C. Stakman. Rust resistance in timothy. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 11: 67-70. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 107. 164. Carrier, Lyman. A reason for the contradictory results in corn experiments. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 11: 106-113. 1919. 165. Arny, A. C, and R. J. Garber. Field technic in determining yields of plots of grain by the rod-row method. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 11: 33^47. 1919. — Data is given (1) on the precision obtained by determining yields by the removal of rod-rows from tenth-acre plots as compared with harvesting and thrashing the entire plots, and (2) the comparative labor requirements of determining yields by the two methods. It was found that nine rod- rows removed from tenth-acre plots gave practically as accurate indications of the value of fertilizer treatments as harvesting the product of the entire plots. Details of the methods used are given together with a discussion of the literature. [See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 2079.]— J. J. Skinner. 166. Arny, A. C, and F. H. Steinmetz. Field technic in determining yields of experi- mental plots by the square yard method. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 11: 81-106. 1919. — It was found that yields determined from 4 to 5 systematically distributed square yard areas re- moved from plots one-tenth acre in size or less of relatively uniform crop may be confidently substituted for those from the entire plot. A large mass of data is presented showing the probable errors in plot work. — J. J. Skinner. 167. Winters, R. Y. Community cotton improvement in North Carolina. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 11: 121-124. 1919. — In a test of 9 varieties of cotton seed the Cleveland variety produced largest yield. — J. J. Skinner. 168. Butler, O. The effect of environment on the loss of weight and germination of seed potatoes during storage. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 11:114-118. 1919. — See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 137. 25 BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, VOL. Ill, NO. 2 26 AGRONOMY [Bot. Absts. 169. Matson, J. Lucerne : Why an irrigated crop. Agric. Jour. India 14: 85-90. 1919. — The experiments recorded, show that unirngated lucerne can be established successfully in India on most soils of the Gangetic plain and where there is sufficient moisture in the sub- soil it produces large yields. The yield was not as large as on the best irrigated soil. The unirrigated lucerne withstands the monsoon better than the irrigated. — J. J. Skinner. 170. Kattur, G. L. An improved type of cotton for the southern Maratha country. Agric. Jour. India 14: 165-167, PL I. 1919.— The locally grown cotton for the Southern Maratha Country, jowari-halti is sown in August and matures in March. It is a stunted plant pro- ducing about 320 pounds seed cotton per acre. The staple is long though uneven and weak. An erect type has been produced from the local cotton, which fruits earlier and yields 12 per cent more. The improved type is superior to any of the Kumpta cottons, and is described as high, clean, long in staple, uniform, and of middling strength. — /. /. Skinner. 171. Cutler, G. H. A dwarf wheat. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 11:76-78. 1919.— Among the Marquis wheat growing at the University of Alberta appeared a dwarf variety about 9 inches high. The origin of this peculiar form was not determined. — J. ./. Skinner. 172. Osborne, T. B., and L. B. Mendel. The nutritive value of the wheat kernel and its milling products. Jour. Biol. Chem. 37: 557-601. 1919.— The by-products of millimg are better utilized on the farm than on the table. The aim of the miller should be to effect such a separation of the other parts of the wheat kernel from the endosperm as will lead to a mini- mal transfer of the latter into offal. Every grade of flour which is made with a loss of endo- sperm into milling by-products represents a loss of human nutrients. — George B. Rigg. 173. Leighty, C. E., and T. B. Hutcheson. On the blooming and fertilization of wheat flowers. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 11: 143-162. 2 fig. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 2161. 174. Stewart, George. The varieties of small grain and the market classes of wheat in Utah. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 11: 163-169. 1919. — A survey was made of the wheat, oats and barley grown in Utah in 1918, and the varieties determined. It was found that the varietal names are frequently misapplied and the varieties badly mixed. The Dicklow and New Zealand varieties on irrigated farms and Turkey, Kofod, Bluestem and Gold Coin varie- ties on the dry farms were found to be the most common wheats grown. The Swedish Select variety of oats was grown universally.— J. J. Skinner. 175. Koch, G. P., and J. R. Butler. Cross-inoculation of legumes. Soil Sci. 6: 397-403. 1918— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 362. 176. Warburton, C. W. The occurrence of dwarfness in oats. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 11:72-76. Fig. 1-2. 1919.— The occurrence of dwarfness in Victory oats planted at Aber- deen, Idaho, is reported. Seeds from the original selection proved that the dwarf strain is recessive. — J. J . Skinner. 177. Summer, James B. The globulins of the jack bean. Canavalia ensiformis. Pre- liminary paper. Jour. Biol. Chem. 37: 137-142. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 133. 178. Tottingham, W. E. A preliminary study of the influence of chlorides on the growth of certain agricultural plants. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 11: 1-32. 1919. — See Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 1316. 179. Wooton, E. O. Certain desert plants as emergency stock feed. U. S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 72S. 27 p., 8 pi., 1 fig. 1919. — In western Texas and the southern parts of Arizona and New Mexico, Yncca elata occurs on sandy plains in greater or less abundance. It is usually referred to by the English-speaking population as "soap weed," but is often called amole or palmilla, the latter its proper Mexican name. It is called "soap weed'' and amole becaues its roots and stems are frequently used as a soap substitute. — Newly devised shredding February, 1920] AGRONOMY 27 machines have made it possible to convert into usable form the nutritious stems and leaves of yucca, as well as similar plants, thus developing a highly valuable emergency stock feed. — Mature cattle arc fed 20 to 40 pounds of shredded soap weed and 1 to 2 pounds of cotton- seed cake per day. With the chopped feed alone, 20 to 25 pounds per day will save stock from starvation. With a pound of cottonseed cake in addition, a fairly well-balanced ration is secured.— The average cost of feeding 20 pounds of chopped soap weed per animal is about 50 cents a month. With the addition of cottonseed cake when worth $67 per ton at the ranch, animals can be kept in good condition, and sometimes improved, for about 5 cent3 per day per animal at the present prevailing prices of labor, fuel, oil, etc. — It has been proven that most of the species of yucca are not likely to recover after cutting. The most valuable species, Yucca data (soap weed) and Yucca glauca (bear-grass), may be expected to recover, the former slowly and the latter more rapidly, especially if the plants are not cut too close and are given opportunity to grow. — C. V. Piper. ISO. Forsling, C. L. Chopped soapweed as emergency feed for cattle on southwestern ranges. U. S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 745. 20 p., 5 pi. 1919. — On these great arid plains, the greatest handicap to the stock industry has been eliminated by the proper use of soapweed ( Yucca elata) as a cattle feed during the extended droughts. The dead basal leaves are burned off; the remainder of the 3-foot tall plants is chopped or shredded by recently invented machines. The cattle thrive upon it and relish it, especially when shredded, either fresh, as ensilage, or in combination with cotton-seed meal. Analyses of chopped soapweed com- pare favorably with those of native forage grasses for feed. Conservation is necessary since soapweed grows very slowly and is the only protection the cattle have from wind storms. A number of smaller related species are likewise used, more profitably, however, as ensilage. [See Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 652.]— 4. R. Bechtel. 181. Federal Horticultural Board. U. S. Dept. Agric. Amendment No. 2 to regu- lations supplemental to notice of quarantine No. 37. Service and regulatory announcements 61. 33 p. 1919— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 400. 182. Federal Horticultural Board. U. S. Dept. Agric. Nursery stock, plant and seed quarantine. Notice of quarantine No. 37, with regulations. Service and regulatory announcements 57: 101-110. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 401. 183. Drake, J. A., and J. C. Rundles. Sweet clover on corn belt farms. U. S. .Dept. Agric. Farmers' Bull. 1005. 28 p., fig. 1-9. 1919. 184. Yoder, P. A. Growing sugar cane for sirup. TJ. S. Dept. Agric. Farmers' Bull. 1034. 35 p., fig. 1-15. 1919. 185. Anonymous. Geography of U. S. botanical drugs. Pharm. Era 52:63-66, S9-92. 9 fig., 2 maps. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 424. 186. Skinner, J. J., and F. R. Reid. The influence of phosphates on the action of alpha- crotonic acid on plants. Amer. Jour. Bot. 6: 167-180. Fig. 1-9. 1919. — See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 437. 1S7. Porter, W. R., and O. A. Stevens. Sow thistle and other weeds of similar habits. North Dakota Agric. Exp. Sta. Ext. Div. Circ. 18. 12 p., fig. 1-9. 1919— Deals with Sonchus arvensis, Carduus arvensis [Circium arvense,] Agropyron repens, Linaria Linaria, Euphorbia Esula and Convolvulus arvensis. — L. R. Waldron. 188. Waldron, L. R. Alfalfa for North Dakota. North Dakota Agric. Exp. Sta. Ext. Div. Circ. 19. 8 p. 1919. 189. Yampolsky, Cecil. Potato seed plot and certification of potato seed stocks. North Dakota Agric. Exp. Sta. Ext. Div. Circ. 21. $ p., fig. 1-2. 1919. 28 AGKONOMY [Bot. Absts. 190. Waldron, L. R. Sweet clover for North Dakota. North Dakota Agric. Exp. Sta. Ext. Div. Circ. 20. 8 p., fig. 1-4. 1919. 191. Werner,H. O. Potato culture in North Dakota. North Dakota Agric. Exp. Sta. Ext. Div. Circ. 22. 8 p. 1919. 192. Waldron, L. R., and W. R. Porter. Brome-grass, slender wheat-grass and timothy. North Dakota Agric. Exp. Sta. Ext. Div. Circ. 24. 8 p. 1919. — Deals with Bromus inermis, Agropyron tenerum, and Phleum pratense. — L. R. Waldron. 193. Anonymous. Conversion of grass land into tillage. Jour. Dept. Agric Ireland 19: 215-218. 1 fig. 1919. — Considers selection, cultivation, and use of tilled crops. — Donald Foisom. 194. Anonymous. Permanent pasture grasses. Jour. Dept. Agric. Ireland 19:209-214. 1919. — Gives directions for changing cultivated land to hay or pasture land. Considers previous cropping, seed selection, preparation of soil, and later treatment. — Donald Foisom. 195. Anonymous. Field experiments, 1918. Jour. Dept. Agric. Ireland 19: 1S0-208. 1919. — Summarizes experiments conducted in all parts of Ireland from 1901 to 1918 and con- cerned with: (1) potatoes (Solarium tuberosum) in regard to manure and artificial-fertilizer requirements, the use of peaty soils and seaweed fertilizer, the sprouting and importation of seed tubers, and the comparison of varieties; (2) mangels (Beta vulgaris) and turnips (Bras- sica campestris) in regard to manure and artificial-fertilizer requirements, the use of peaty soils, and the comparison of varieties; (3) oats (Avena sativa) in regard to artificial-fertilizer requirements, the use of peaty soils, and the comparison of varieties; and (4) wheat (Triti- cum sativum) in regard to the comparison of varieties in 1918 and the control of bunt by means of copper sulphate. — Donald Foisom. 196. Bailey, Herbert S. The production and conservation of fats and oils in the United States. U. S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 769. 48 p. 1919. — An account of the sources, methods of extraction, and uses of cottonseed oil, olive oil, peanut oil, coconut oil, palm kernel oil, palm oil, corn oil, soy bean oil, linseed oil, castor oil, lard, tallow, butter and cheese, fish oils, and other vegetable and animal products. Tables are given showing the yearly pro- duction, importation, and exportation of various fats, oils, and their derivatives in the United States from 1912 to 1917, and the monthly production from January to June, 1918. Methods of conserving and increasing the supply of these products are discussed. Emphasis is placed upon the increasing use of vegetable oils in place of certain animal fats, and the substitution of less well-known oils for those difficult to obtain. A newhydrogenation proc- ess "makes it possible not only to produce hard fats from liquid oils, but also to convert oils formerly considered inedible into sweet, white, perfectly wholesome products." — L. W. Sharp. 197. Jordan, W. H. Director's report for 1918. New York Agric. Exp. Sta. [Geneva] Bull. 457. 25 p. 1918.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 856. 198. Federal Horticultural Board. U. S. Dept. Agric. Amendment No. 1 to regulations supplemental to notice of quarantine No. 37. Service and regulatory announce- ments 60: 21-22. 1919— See Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 1291; 3, Entry 399. 199. Scofield, C. S., T. H. Kearney, C. J. Brand, O. F. Cook, and W. T. Swingle. Production of American Egyptian Cotton. U. S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 742. SO p. 1919. — Egyptian cotton is described as having a fine, very strong, long staple fiber, used in the manufacturing of sewing thread, hosiery, automobile tire fabrics, and fine and fancy dress goods. Practically all Egyptian cotton used heretofore in the United States has been imported from Egypt, the annual importations during the past ten years having been over 180,000 bales of 500 pounds each. The production of this type of cotton in the United February, 1920] BOTANICAL EDUCATION 29 States has grown from 37.5 bales in 1912 to 16, 000 bales in 1917 under the direction and stimu- lation of the U. S. Department of Agriculture. Egyptian cotton grown in the United States is as good as the best cotton grown in Egypt. The chief difficulties in the production of this cotton in the United States arc (1) lack of reliable seed stock, and dependable varieties, (2) lack of cooperation on part of growers in order that a sufficient quantity may be grown to establish standards and be of commercial importance. Cultural methods, diseases, and requirements of the crop are also considered. — R. G. Wigijans. 200. Piedallu, Andre. Sur l'importance du sorgho sucre. [Importance of sweet sor- ghums.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Agric. France' 30: 1091-1095. 1917. — Brief notes on the his- tory and uses of this crop. [See also following Entry, 201.] — C. V. Piper. 201. Dybowski, M. J. Sur l'importance du sorgho sucre. [Importance of sweet sor- ghums.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Agric. France 30: 1075-1077. 1917. — Introductory reference to paper by Andr6 Piedallu. [See also preceding Entry, 200.] — C. V. Piper. 202. Vilmorin, J. de and A. Meunissier. Le ble et sa culture en France. [Wheat and its culture in France.] Rev. Gen. Sci. Pur. et Appl. 29: 694-706. Fig. 1. 1918.— This essay briefly discusses wheat as to its history, species, varieties, and their origin, breeding, temperature relations, diseases and particularly methods to improve the average yield in France both in quantity and quality. — C. V. Piper. 203. Vilmorin, Jacques de Essais et observations sur les bles a Verrieres en 1917. [Trials and observations on wheats at Verrieres in 1917.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Agric. France 30: 1077-1086. 1917. — Records of 7 varieties of spring wheat in regard to relative earliness and yielding capacity; also the days required for each to mature when planted March 1, March 15, April 1 and April 15. In addition notes are given on the relative winter injury to 73 varieties of winter wheat. — C. V. Piper. BOTANICAL EDUCATION C. Stuart Gager, Editor 204. Coulter, John M. The botanical work of the National Research Council. School Sci. Math. 19:234-236. 1919— Abstract. 205. Drushel, J. Andrew. A plan for studying pines. Nat. Study Rev. 15: 6-8. 1919. 206. Ullrich, Fred T. Course in agriculture for a four year high school. School Sci. Math. 19:214-227. 1919. 207. Woodhead, T. W. Academic botany and the farm and garden. New Phytol. 18: 50. 1919. — This is a contribution to a symposium on "The reconstruction of elementary botanical teaching." [See also three following Entries, 208, 209, 210.] — I. F. Lewis. 208. Blackman, V. H. On some aspects of the plea for reconstruction. New Phytol. 18: 50-56. 1919. — See also next preceding and two following Entries, 207, 209, 210. 209. Oliver, F. W. "No department the door of which should not be opened." New Phytol. 18: 56-58. 1919.— See also two preceding and next following Entries, 207, 208, 210. 210. Blackman, F. F. What is botany? New Phytol. 18:5S-64. 1919.— See also three preceding Entries, 207, 20S, 209. 30 GENETICS [Bot. Absts. FOREST BOTANY AND FORESTRY Raphael Zon, Editor 211. Fischer, Cecil E. C. Forest grazing and the Nellore "Kancha System." Indian Forester 44: 531-537. Nov., 1918. — Cattle have severely injured the forests in the Nellore district, and regulations provide certain blocks to be grazed under lease, a deferred system being used. The aim is for communal grazing and communal forest protection. The conflict of grazing and forestry is recognized, and areas are divided into forests and fuelwood areas, and grazing lands. On the latter, all the timber of value will be removed and logging will be done to encourage forage and to discourage forest reproduction. By these operations, it is hoped to evolve pure grazing areas studded with shelter trees, and capable of supporting more cattle than at present. [Through Abst. in: Agric. Jour. India. 1918: 95-101. 1918.]— E. N. Munns. 212. Lee, Y. K. [Chinese.] The relationship of forestry to farming. Khu-Shou [Science, a publication of the Science Society of China.] 4: 43^47. 1918. 213. McCarthy, Edward F., and Raymond J. Hoyle. Production of pulp on balsam lands. Paper 23 7 : 14-18. Oct. 23, 1918. — Data on a stand of balsam in the southern Adiron- dacks, which shows accelerated growth for period of five decades. All growth data are ar- ranged by age classes. Includes stand tables from samples and plot study of same area, also two other stand tables from caliper records on swamp type in Adirondacks. Amount of reproduction per acre under virgin stand is shown in a table.' — The study is chiefly interest- ing as a suggestion of what will occur on swamp lands if fire is kept out. Authors predict "that these lands may be expected to produce a cord of pulp per acre per year without excessive care." — Edward F. McCarthy. 214. Purvis, J. E. The conversion of saw-dust into sugar. Proc. Cambridge [England] Phil. Soc. 19: 259-260. 1919. — Varying quantities of sawdust from ordinary deal, digested with different acids of varying concentrations yield varying quantities of sugar, depending on the nature of the acid, its strength relative to the amount of sawdust used, and the length of digestion. — Michael Levine. 215. Schwab, W. G. The forests of Tazewell County, Virginia. Office of State Forester, Bull. 18. 14 p., 6 plates, 1 folded map. 1917. — These three counties are all in the extreme southwestern part of the state, among the mountains, and contain a large amount of forest. Taking the three together, the most important trees are several species of Quercus. Lirio- dendron tulipifera, and Castanea dentata. The illustrations are from photographs showing the various forest types and conditions of exploitation. — Roland M. Harper. GENETICS George H. Shull, Editor 216. Allard, H. A. Gigantism in Nicotiana tabacum and its alternative inheritance. Amer. Nat. 53:218-233. May-June, 1919. — Work of previous investigators on gigantism in Nicotiana is reviewed and the independent origin of several different strains of mammoth plants recorded. Giant or mammoth plants have appeared suddenly in commercial plantings of the Sumatra, Maryland, Cuban and Connecticut Havana types of Nicotiana tabacum. They also occur in varietal crosses of these types and are reported by the author in progeny of a species cross between Nicotiana tabacum and Nicotiana sylvestris. — These giant plants are found to differ from. the varietal type only in height and number of leaves. One of these plants reached a height of nearly 5 meters and developed 123 leaves. The giant habit of growth with its increased vegetative vigor delays blossoming to such an extent that seed can be obtained only by transplanting the plants to the greenhouse. — Author gives analysis of February, 1920] GENETICS 31 1812 F 2 plants of many different varietal and species crosses showing that the giant habit behaves as a simple Mendelian character recessive to the normal form. First generation hybrids between giant and normal plants always flower naturally in the field though the num- ber of leaves is greater than on homozygous normal plants. Intermediate forms have been found to arise in some progenies. These intermediates behave as hybrid forms in that their progeny produce a certain percentage of typical mammoth non-blossoming types.— J. //. Kempton. 217. Allard, H. A. The Mendelian behavior of aurea character in a cross between two varieties of Nicotiana rustica. Amer. Nat. 53 : 234-238. May-June, 1919.— A light, yellowish green type of Nicotiana rustica with white stems and midribs, resembling in these respects the White Burley variety of Nicotiana tabacum, has been designated "aurea." — First gener- ation plants of a cross between this aurea type and a green type of same species were all green. In second generation of 25,000 plants, 24.31 per cent were of aurea type. Extracted aurea plants breed true. Some extracted green plants breed true, while others again segregate into green and aurea plants. Back crosses of heterozygous plants with dominant green type give only green plants in first generation while back crosses between heterozygous plants and recessive aurea type produce approximately equal numbers of green and aurea plants.— The aurea plants are so distinct that they can be definitely classified four or five weeks after ger- mination, making it possible to grow large populations. For this reason and in view of the remarkably uniform Mendelian behavior author suggests that this cross is especially favorable for demonstration of simple Mendelian behavior in all its phases.— J. H . Kempton. 218. Andrews, A. Leroy. Bryological notes. IV. A new hybrid in Physcomitrium. Torreya 18: 52-54. 1918.— See Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 195. 219. Anonymous. Disease and natural selection. Jour. Heredity 9 : 374. Dec, 1918. — Extracts from report of H. C. and M. A. Soloman, Mental Hygiene, Jan., 1918. Statistics on syphilitic families, indicating high correlation between morality and total net offspring. — Merle C. Coulter. 220. Anonymous. Further evidence that "like marries like." Jour. Heredity 9: 378-379. Dec, 1918. — Quoted from Donald M. Marvin, in the Publications of the American Statistical Association: "Marriage obeys the sweeping but silent force of propinquity, which is especially potent in determining mate selection." In test samples reported by the United States Cen- sus, of a thousand women who married, 541 worked; of these 275 married men of the same occupation. Of a thousand men more than 25 per cent married into their own occupation. — H. H. Laughlin. 221. Anonymous. Some present aspects of immigration. Jour. Heredity 10: 68-70. Feb., 1919. 222. Anonymous. Heredity of cancer. Jour. Heredity 10:89. Feb., 1919. 223. Anonymous. Better dairying by bull associations — joint use of good sires improves herds. Jour. Heredity 10: 135. Mar., 1919. 224. Anonymous. Variation, selection and mutation in one of the protozoa. Jour. Heredity 10: 143. Mar., 1919. 225. Anonymous. Families of the first born. Jour. Heredity 10: 160. Apr., 1919. 226. Anonymous. Develops new hybrid cowpeas. Jour. Heredity 10: 175. Apr., 1919. — See Bot, Absts. 3, Entry 972. 227. Anonymous. Inheritance of continuous and discontinuous variations. Jour. Heredity 10: 191. Apr., 1919. 32 GENETICS [Bot. Absts. 228. Anonymous. Inheritance of characters in the culinary pea. [Rev. of: White, 0. E. Studies of inheritance in Pisum. II. The present state of knowledge of heredity and varia- tion in peas. Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 56:487-588. 1917.] Gard. Chron. 65:230. May 10, 1919. 229. Bateson, W. Studies in variegation. I. Jour. Genetics 8:93-99. PL 8-4, 1 fig. Apr., 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 594. 230. Becking, L.G.M. Baas. Some numerical proportions in panmictic populations. Rec. Trav. Bot. Neerland. 15:337-366. 1 pi. 1918. — As Hardy, Pearson, Jennings, and others, pointed out, the population R AA + S Aa + T aa will remain constant in its proportions after a number of random matings. Pearson's "Law of ancestral heredity" as applied to Mendelian populations is based upon this fact only. Now, Pearson's Law cannot be general- ized. As writer points out a population with random mating (so-called panmictic population) does not remain constant in its proportions if there are two or more than two genotypic dif- ferences. Formulae for the different constituent groups are easily derived. Writer has done so for a digene population. The formulae obtained give rise to many particular consequences. In the first place we can prove that the population reaches a limiting value after a great number of generations, the homozygotes being proportional in pairs. This limiting population remains constant in its constitution. The constitution of the original population is of no influence on that limiting form. These qualities are also true for populations with more than two genotypic differences. — In the second place it is easily proved that if the homozygotes. are equal in pairs, they will be all equal to each other after a great number of generation : Thirdly: if in a certain population the number of the homozygotes : mono-heterozygotes : di-heterozygotes : n-heterozygotes = 1 : 2 : 2 2 : 2 n , that population will be constant in its constitution. The formulae are treated also geometrically, this method demonstrating clearly the fact that all populations will reach the same limiting value. It seems of impor- tance to take wild populations (e.g., endemic populations on small islands) as an object of inquiry to test the value of the formulae. If there is panmictic mating in that population, there must exist certain numerical relations between the different genotypic constituents. The random mating, being the most general case of syngamy, thus offers a good starting point for mathematical investigation of Mendelism. — L. Baas Becking. 231. Best, Harry. The blind: their condition and the work being done for them in the United States. 20 X 15 cm., xxi + 763 p. Macmillan Co. : New York. 1919.— Comprehensive treatise in which chapter 7 (p. 126-154) deals with "Blindness and heredity." From census of 1910 it is found that 24.1 per cent of all blind have near relatives who are also blind. Sim- ilar results are also presented from reports of various schools for the blind. Analysis of causes of hereditary blindness indicates that they are for most part specific affections of the eye. Most notable of these is cataract, of which there are several different hereditary forms. Other diseases having strong hereditary tendencies are glaucoma, retinitis pigmentosa, detachment of the retina, one form of atrophy of optic nerve, etc. A number of diseases which occasionally result in blindness, also show marked influence of heredity. Author considers effect of marriage of blind inter se. Quotes census report showing that blindness is handicap to marriage, the proportion of married among the blind 15 years old or over being about 89 per cent of normal. This handicap is especially effective when blindness occurs before age of 20 years. Data on marriage between two blind persons are not available in census reports but direct inquiry indicates presence of several hundred couples in United States of America, who were both blind at time of marriage. On very limited information concerning these families, conclusion is reached that two blind parents do not necessarily have more blind children than a mating between a blind and a normal person. This statistical result is explained on basis of fact that blindness is result of many independent causes, so that in mat- ings between two blind persons there is still no case in which both parents are blind for same cause. — In some families consanguineous marriages considerably increase proportion of blind progeny while in other families no such result is found. Advocates eugenical laws and edu- cation directed toward the elimination of diseases which are known to be correlated with hereditary blindness. — G. H. Shull. February, 1920] GENETICS 33 232. Blakeslee, A. F. A unifoliolate mutation in the Adzuki bean. Jour. Heredity 10: 153-155. Fig. 2. Apr., 1919.— Sec Bot. Abets. 3, Entry 980. 233. Brierly, W. B. Experimental studies in the specific value of morphological characters in the fungi. Proc. Linnean Soc. 1918: 55-56. 1918. 234. Broderick, F. W. Hardy apples and plums for the Canadian Northwest. Minnesota Hortic. 46: 393-399. / pi., 1 fig. Nov. 1918.— Discussion of development of hardy apples and plums for Canadian northwest. Mention is made of the results of prominent horticulturists in work. A list of most promising apple and plum varieties is included. Crosses of hardy standard varieties with Pyrus baccata proved to be hardy. In the plum, selections were made from native wild seedlings. In general three methods have been used in obtaining hardy varieties: crossing hardy varieties and selecting the best seedlings; selections of best types from the wild; and importation.— M. J . Dorsey. 235. Castle, W. E. Piebald rats and the theory of genes. Proc. Nation. Acad. Sci. U. S. Amer. 5 : 126-130. 1 fig. Apr., 1919— Two conceptions of heredity are contrasted. "Unit- characters" (character differences acting as units in heredity), may show variation, as result of crossing or of selection. This indicates that the hereditary unit varies. On other hand it is supposed that hereditary unit, gene, is invariable, except for rare and sudden changes, mutations, and that variation in character is due to recombinations of other genes, modifiers. Hooding character in rats acts as recessive unit difference from self, but shows great hereditary variation. Plus-selected race with mean grade of + 3.73 and standard deviation of 0.36 was thrice crossed and extracted from wild self. Mean grade was reduced to + 3.04 with standard deviation of 0.64. Minus-selected race with mean grade of — 2.63 and standard deviation of 0.27 was thrice crossed and extracted from wild self. Mean grade was raised to + 2.55 (in one family of 14 hooded to -f- 3.05) with standard deviation of 0.66. Standard deviation was high at first extraction and somewhat reduced at third. These facts indicate that the varia- bility of the hooded character is due to residual heredity or modifying factors rather than to changes in hooded gene proper. — P. W. Whiting. 236. Castle, W. E. Siamese, an albinistic color variation in cats. Amer. Nat. 53: 265- 268. May-June, 1919.— Complete albinism occurs in rats, mice, and rabbits. Partial albin- ism of "Himalayan" type occurs in guinea-pigs and rabbits, of "red-eyed" and "dilute" types in guinea-pigs, and of "ruby-eyed" type in rats. Genetic locus for albinism is prob- ably homologous in different rodents. "White-spotting" and "pink-eye" are not allelo- morphic with albinism. Blondism in man may, according to Wright, be partial albinism. Partial albinism acts as recessive, is more pronounced in young, reduces pigment in eye, and tends to suppress or eliminate yellow pigment in coat. Siamese dilution in cats has these characteristics except that it is not completely recessive. Doctor in England furnishes data in reference to crosses with other strains. First generation animals from black are almost black, but incline toward seal brown as in ears of Siamese. Other crosses produce white or yellow spotting according to expectation. Siamese voice and "cross-eyes" are more or less dominant. An Fi female crossed to pure Siamese gave three Siamese pure in all respects. Other types were not mentioned. "Blue-pointed" Siamese were obtained, presumably from crosses with maltese. Siamese, as far as reported, is always non-agouti. Agouti forms could probably be obtained by crossing to tabby. — P. W. Whiting. 237. Cole, Leon J., and Fraxk J. Kelley. Studies on inheritance in pigeons. III. Description and linkage relations of two sex-linked characters. Genetics 4: 1S3-203. Mar., 1919— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 2102. 238. Collins, G. N. A fossil ear of maize. Jour. Heredity 10: 170-172. Fig. 7. Apr., 1919— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 984. 239. Collins, G. N. Intolerance of maize to self-fertilization. Jour. Washington [D. C] Acad. Sci. 9: 309-312. June 4, 1919— See Bot. Absts. 3. Entry 607. 34 GENETICS [Bot. Absts. 240. Conklin, Edwin G. Heredity and democracy. A reply to Mr. Alleyne Ireland. Jour. Heredity 10: 161-164. Apr., 1919— See Bot, Absts. 3, Entry 984. 241. Connors, C. H. Methods in breeding peaches. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hortic. Sci. 14: (1917) 126-127. 1918.— See Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 724; 3, Entry 608. 242. Crandall, C. A. Apple bud selection: Apple seedlings from selected trees. Illinois Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 211 : 181-264. 43 fig. 1918.— Object of this experiment, begun in 1907, was (a) to determine, for purposes of propagation, whether there are differences between large and small buds, between buds produced on different parts of the tree and, (b) to determine what differences there are, if any, between seedlings grown from seed taken from large fruit as compared with those from small fruit borne on same tree. Bud selection experiments were carried on extensively and with great care. Tests were made by means of buds and grafts on seedling stock of mixed apples. In seed bed and nursery there was considerable loss from various causes. The trees were planted 15 X 15 feet in the orchard. Measure- ment in the different selections was taken first on the terminal growths only and later on both the height and width. — Growth of scions and buds selected as noted above was remark- ably similar. In each group there were fluctuations in growth, and there was considerable variation in the comparative growth from year to year. Author concludes from these ex- tensive tests that for purposes of propagation there are no differences between buds of large and small size, between scions of small or large diameter, or between buds from different situations upon the tree. All buds from healthy shoots appeared from these experiments to be of equal value for propagation, even though each tree selected in this way had distinct individuality. As to seedlings from apples of different size, there was in all great reduction in the seed bed and nursery so that at the end of the 6 year period there was one tree for each 17.2 seeds planted. A comparison of the survival value of seedlings from the large and small fruits showed that seedlings from the former were more resistant to adverse conditions and possessed a higher degree of vitality. — M. J. Dorsey. 243. Darbishire, F. V. Sugar beet seed. Jour. Soc. Chem. Ind. Rev. 38:21. 1919.— See Bot, Absts. 3, Entry 2108. 244. Davenport, C. B. Heredity of stature in man. Jour. Heredity 9: 295, Nov., 1918. — Stature is end result of a number of independently varying elements. Separate segments of stature are separately inheritable. Study made on 3298 children, 1738 parents and a number of relatives. Offspring of short or very short regress more toward mean than of tall or very tall, indicating that shorts may carry recessive factors for tallness, while tails are homozygous. Segments of stature such as neck, length of torso, thigh, and foreleg are inherited according to same law. Persons of extreme stature tend to marry similar persons. —P. W. Whiting. 245. Davenport, Charles B. [Rev. of: Downing, Elliot Rowland. The third and fourth generation: an introduction to heredity. 164 P- University of Chicago Press: Chicago. 1918. (See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 248.)] Mental Hygiene 3: 153-154. Jan., 1919. 246. Davenport, Charles Benedict, assisted by Mary Theresa Scudder. Naval officers; their heredity and development. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. 259. 236 p. 1919. — Part One is devoted to an exposition of the principles of pedigree analysis, with special ref- erence to heritable traits which contribute to success of naval officers. Method of inheritance of special traits is described, and an enumeration of the special traits involved is given. "Sea-lust, or thalassophilia, is almost wholly a male character, apparently much more so than nomadism; quite as much so as the beard. Even among the Polynesians the women are not given to going to sea." From hereditarj- point of view, thalassophilia is a recessive trait. Naval fighters arc chiefly hyperkinetic. In their youth they are shown to have been nomadic, thalassophilic, and adventurous.— Part Two is given up to an analysis of the biogra- phies of sixty-eight famous naval officers, laying particular stress on their juvenile promise February, L920] GENETICS 35 and personal traits. Sixty-seven personal traits are noted, ranging from chivalry and cour- age, to scholarship and Belf-control. These arc traced as they are variously segregated and recombined in the ancestry and finallj' appear in the propositus.— //. //. Laughliu. 247. Davis, Robert L. Plant breeder's envelope. Jour. Heredity 10: 16S-1C9. Fig. G. Apr., 1919.— See Hot. Absts. 3, Entry 992. 24S. Downing, Elliot Rowland. The third and fourth generation; an introduction to heredity. 164 p. University of Chicago Press: Chicago. 1918. — One of a series of "Con- structive studies" in religious education, published under auspices of Divinity School of Uni- versity of Chicago. A brief popular treatment of eugenics "for young people." Contains a few plates and figures and numerous pedigree charts. Adapted to class use by questions at end of each chapter. Chapter 1, introduction. 2, Some famous pedigrees. 3, Sexual repro- duction (mandrake and frog). 4, Mendel's results and explanation of same, presence and absence hypothesis, partial dominance. 5, Examples of man's achievements: origin of domes- tic varieties, emphasizing mutation; Jones' "yellows"-resistant cabbage; work of de Vries, Burbank, Johannsen, Nilsson; Aaronsohn's drought-resistant wheat; selection and hybrid- ization in wheat and corn; egg-laying in chickens. 6, Physical basis of heredity, sex chromo- somes. 7, Some apparent exceptions to Mendel's law; Bateson's purple sweet peas, and other examples of reversion; factor hypothesis, and coat color in rabbits; pheno type-genotype conception, and multi-hybrid ratios; Nilsson-Ehle's 15 : 1 and 63 : 1; negro-white crosses; sex-linked characters in Drosophila and man. 8, Inheritance of acquired characters: fallacy of certain supposed examples; Weismannism; transplantation of ovaries; importance of dis- tinguishing effects of environment and heredity in man; Tower's potato beetles; Stockard's alcoholized guinea-pigs; transmission of venereal diseases. 9, Inheritance of human charac- ters, mostly pedigrees of feeblemindedness and of royal families. 10, "The practical problem of human heredity:" ". . . young people . . . have a right to a frank, yet reverent, pre- sentation of reproduction and heredity;" summarizes earlier chapters of book as far as they bear on eugenics; points out the danger of "survival of unfit" in America, and recommends certain general social, economic, and legal readjustments to meet this danger. [See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 245.]— Merle C. Coulter. 249. Duerden, J. E. Breeding experiments with North African and South African ostriches. IV. Increasing the number of plumes: Degeneration and restoration. Union of South Africa Dept. Agric. Bull. 7. 39 p., 12 fig. 1918.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 2116. 250. Emoto, Y. On the relative efficiencies of cross and self fertilization in some plants. [Title in English, text in Japanese.] Bot. Mag. Tokyo 32: 153-186. 2 fig. June, 1918.— See Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 11. 251. Frets, G. P. (1) On Mendelian segregation with the heredity of headform in man. Proc. Kon. Akad. Wet. Amsterdam. 20 (1917): 435-448. 7 fig. (2) Complicated Mendelian segregation in the heredity of headform in man. Ibid. 20: (1917): 865-874. 1918. — The signif- icance of the shape of the head as an anthropological characteristic was brought to light by the investigations of A. Retzius. He discriminates the brachycephalic or short and round, and the dolichocephalic or long and oval skull type. The inheritance of head form has not yet been investigated methodically. E. Fischer concludes, from his hybrid material that headform is most probably hereditary according to the rules of Mendel. — These first prelim- inary communications relate to the results of a thousand measurements. As completely as possible all members of the families were measured. Extensive tables will be published later. The material consists of families of from one to three generations (i.e., four grand- parents, parents, and children). It is a question whether the Mendelian analysis of factors of heredity of shape of head can restrict itself to tracing heredity of the index. In this case, we should have to do with one pair of units, or with several (Nilsson-Ehle). If length and width Mendelize separately, we have to do either with two pairs of units or with two pro- gressions. Both possibilities are examined. In favor of segregation plead those cases where, 36 GENETICS [Bot. Absts. with little differences in the indices of the parents, the children show great divergence of values, or if a single child has a strongly deviating index. Data show great variability and also irregularity of indices. — Proof is presented that headform is not inheritable through a single pair of allelomorphic factors. Data of different families plead for occurrence of plural factors working in the same direction in the sense of Nilsson-Ehle. So e.g., those, where the indices of the children surpass those of the parents in both directions or in one direction. — Dominance may occur as shown by families of which one of the parents and almost all or most of the children are brachycephalic. There are however also families for which this is not the case. Consequently beside segregation simple dominance of brachy- cephaly cannot be admitted. Nilsson-Ehle's scheme of heredity gives the best explanation for the facts. — It is possible that shape of head is complex character and length and width Mendelize separately. There is however correlation of properties and a Mendelian explana- tion of it is given by hypothesis of coupling and repulsion of factors. With absolute coupling the two properties can be represented by one factor of heredity. It is quite possible that for the heredity of shape of head, coupling occurs between factors for length and those for width. This means consequently that in general shape of head can be conceived as one single series of Mendelian characters, but that in some cases deviations will be found, which are the con- sequence of the meeting of gametes of very rare independent factors for length and width. Further investigation of material shows that brachycephalic head-form has not always same behavior in heredity. The brachycephaly may be effect of shortening or of widening of the head. It appears that the brachycephalic, large and wide head is often dominant, while the brachycephalic, small and short head is often recessive to dolichocephalic head-form. It is possible, that for formation of short, small head, the meeting of two factors is necessary. The material given here cannot yet prove this conception. — Broad lines of Mendelism are to be recognized; there are distinct indications of segregation and of independency of factors. With regard to nature and number of the factors of heredity, the phenomena of segregation are too much complicated, to be explained by one pair of factors. Therefore the data are tested by the scheme of heredity of Nilsson-Ehle. — F. P. Fretz. 252. Freud, Sigmund. Three contributions to the theory of sex. 3d. revised ed., 117 p. Nerv. and Ment. Dis. Pub. Co.: Washington [D. C.]. 1918.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 996. 253. Harland, S. C. Tomato breeding in St. Vincent. Agric. News, Barbados 17: 4-5. 1918— See Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 519. 254. Harland, S. C. Inheritance of certain characters in the Cowpea (Vigna sinensis). Jour. Genetics 8: 101-132. 1 fig. Apr., 1919— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 1003. 255. Harper, R. A. The evolution of cell types and contact and pressure responses in Pediastrum. Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 17 : 210-240. 27 fig. 1918— See Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 61. 256. Hastings, G. T. Some abnormal poplar flowers. Torreya 18: 16-18. 4 fig. 1918. —See Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 291. 257. Hegner, R. W. Heredity, variation, and the appearance of diversities during the vegetative reproduction of Arcella dentata. Genetics 4: 95-150. 27 fig. Mar., 1919. 258. Hendrickson, A. H. Five years results in plum pollination. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hor- tic. Sci. 15 (1918) : 65-66. 1919— See Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 727; 3, Entry 635. 259. Holzhausen, A. Laeliocattleya suecica nov. hybr. (LC. Myrra X Pallas). Svensk Bot. Tidskr. Stockholm 13 (part 1): 97-99. 1919. — Author has secured hybrid plants from Callleya remula X C. labiata, C. labiata X C. Mrs. Pitt, ('. Trianaci X C. nobilis and Laelio- cattleya Myrra X LC. Pallas. — The last combination has now flowered and is named Laelio- cattleya suecica. The parents are also hybrids. Laeliocattleya Pallas is Laelia crispa X Cattleya Dowiana and Laeliocattleya Myrra is Laelia Warn X Cattleya Trianaci. A photograph of a flower from the plant in question is reproduced. — A". 1*. Ossian Dahlgren. February, 1920] GENETICS '.fl 260. Hunter, Capt. H. The improvement of the barley crop. Jour. Dept. Agric. Ireland 19: 139-159. Fig. 1-11. 1919.— See Bot. Abate. 3, Entry 636. 261. Ireland, Alleyne. Democracy and the accepted facts of heredity. Jour. Heredity 9: 339-342. Dec., 1918. — A plea for hereditary autocracy in government, based upon prin- ciple of inheritance of leadership and genius. Close analogy is maintained between struggles for leadership and success of the race in species of plants and animals on the one hand and man on the other. — •//. H. Laughlin. 262. Key, Wilhelmine E. Better American families. Jour. Heredity 10: 11-13. Jan., 1919. — A short essay on the nature of social progress and its relation to good blood. The most virile stock of Devon and Somerset is traced through Massachusetts Bay and thence to the old Northwest, evidence of social heritage being measured by the response of men of higher order to the wars of their times. Similarly the persistence of degeneracy is named in the Jukes, Ishmaelites and Kallikaks. — //. H. Laughlin. 263. Kiessling, L. Einige besondere Falle von chlorophylldefekten Gersten. [Several special cases of barley defective in chlorophyll.] Zeitschr. indukt. Abstamm. Vererb. 19: 160- 176. June, 1918. — Briefly reviews earlier studies on genetics of plant characters involving such chlorophyll defects as albino and yellow foliage. In numerous cases cited from litera- ture, heterozygote of green foliage X either albino or yellow foliage is green-leaved, demon- strating absolute dominance of former. Finds in genetic studies on Hordeum dislichum L. nutans Schiibl. three types of foliage variations involving chlorophyll defects, similar to those cited from literature, which from their behavior in experimental cultures, are similar to DeVries's "Zwischenrassen" (half races, ever-sporting varieties). The first discussed type arose in a hybrid green-leaved strain in which the ancestral plants had had their unopened flower buds injected with a solution of potassium nitrate. Other plants similarly treated gave no such variations. The variation consisted of plants with entirely white (albino) or white- striped foliage. A detailed discussion of its inheritance is given. Two entirely green-leaved plants gave rise the following season to three classes of offspring — green-leaved, striped- leaved, and white- or albino-leaved — in proportions approximating a Mendel ian ratio of 12 : 3 : 1 (provided all seed planted grew and those unrepresented when the first observa- tions were made are regarded as albinos). Most of the pure albinos died very soon after ger- mination. One striped-leaved plant of the same origin as the two green-leaved plants mentioned above produced the following season only striped-leaved and albino progeny in pro- portions approximating a Mendelian ratio of 3 : 1. These ratios suggested a Mendelian two- factor interpretation of the data — one factor for green foliage, and one for striped leaves, the former being dominant. In the absence of the first, the progeny are striped. In the absence of both, albinos result. However, a series of observations made at intervals over a 3S-day period on these plants necessitated changes in classification, since all the albinos actually observed either died or later became striped with green. Those classified as green remained unchanged. The expression of striped in the same plant also varied much from time to time. Several hundred seed from the green and white-green striped classes were sown, resulting in still more complex results. Seed from striped plants gave both striped and albino plants, while that from green plants gave green: striped or green: striped and albino in various pro- portions. No green bred true. Literature on striped and albino foliage variations is dis- cussed in detail. — The second type of variation consisted of shoots with albino and striped leaves arising as a bud sport from a normal green-leaved plant which insects had injured. Efforts to obtain such results again from this and other cultures by various types of mechan- ical injury were unsuccessful. — The third type of chloroplrvll dofect studied consisted of a light yellow (not golden yel!ow)-leaved mutation which for the most part bred true in large cultures. It had fewer chloroplasts per cell and larger leaves than the normal green-leaved form. The few variant plants in these mutant cultures had various kinds of chlorophyll defects such as striped light and dark yellow leaves, white and yellow striped leaves, etc. — Orland E. White. 38 GENETICS [Bot. Absts. 264. Kirkham, William B. The fate of homozygous yellow mice. Jour. Exp. Zool. 28: 125-135. 2 fig. May 20, 1919. — In prenatal life of animals two crises occur, one at implan- tation and one at parturition. Latter is apparently not significant in fate of homozygous yellow mice as the dead young would have been observed if they occurred in anything like the expected number. Mouse ovum has food enough to maintain itself up to blastula stage. Factors are here relatively stable. Much less stable set of factors governs implantation for cleaving ova and blastulas of white mice average over seven per pregnant animal while num- ber of young in litters average less than five. After implantation development is almost always normal up to birth, in mice of all colors. As regards implantation, two sets of factors exist, maternal and embryonic. Corpora lutea stimulate proliferation of uterine mucosa, a necessary antecedent to implantation of blastulas. Mouse blastula stimulates further swell- ing of uterine connective tissue and dissolution of this along with the epithelium, thus supply- ing food to embryo. Lactation inhibits both sets of stimuli. Various factors may explain failure of some blastulas to implant in white mice. Time of ovulation from last parturition, time of fertilization, rate of cleavage, and time of implantation is same for all embryos, whites, homozygous yellows and heterozygous yellows, showing that eggs with yellow factor undergo maturation and fertilization even when entered by yellow-bearing sperm. Abnormalities of homozygous yellow appear first in morula. At implantation they plasmolyze and are phago- cytized, but nevertheless effect uterine changes, thus differing from abnormal embryos of non-yellow mice. There is in addition to parental abnormality (tendency in yellow of both sexes to fatness and sterility at early age) an inherent weakness in homozygous yellow em- bryos. It may be possible to transplant ovaries of yellow to non-yellow and thus to obtain homozygous yellow offspring by avoiding abnormal maternal factors. Proportion of degen- erate embryos from yellow by yellow is 29+ per cent, very close to Mendelian expectation. —P.W. Whiting. 265. Kuster, Ernst. Ueber Mosaikpanaschierung und vergleichbare Erscheinungen. [On mosaic variation and comparable phenomena.] Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 36: 54-61. 1918. — Mosaic pattern is of very common occurrence among plants. When spots are large they are called marbled, but dotted or pulverulent if spots are very small. Not only absence of chlorophyll but also absence of anthocyan may give rise to mosaic pattern (e.g., Coleus hybridus hort.). Shape of the spots, their sharp limitation and often also arrangement of their cells suggest that they took their origin from one initial cell, which in turn arose by an unequal division. There are two different ways in which such an unequal division can be imagined to take place. In agreement with ideas of Weismann one daughter cell might be deprived of a certain part of the protoplasm or nuclear substance, in which case the cell will never be able to show again the lost qualities. Or the daughter cells might differ only in a physiological sense, not in a morphological one, reacting in a different manner to external influences, in which latter case reversion may be involved. Writer believes that divisions of first type have been recorded among Protista, whilst divisions of the second type occur, e.g., when mutants are produced in cultures of bacteria, which afterward show regressions to the mother type. As to the phenomena of mosaic variegation he assumes that the unequal divisions are of the second type and thinks possible that within white spots, green tissue might reappear. — K. Boedyn. 266. Lehmann, Ernst. Ueber reziproke Bastarde zwischen Epilobium roseum und parvi- florum. [On reciprocal crosses between Epilobium roseum and E. parviflorum.] Zeitschr. Bot. 10: 497-511. 7 fig. 1918. — Author crossed E. parviflorum with E. roseum in both direc- tions and obtained two wholly different hybrids, the first of which he called "E. rigidum," the second "E. curvatum." E. curvatum is an intermediate type, with some resemblance to E. ■parviflorum, whilst E. rigidum, a more sterile type than E. curvatum, looks rather like E. roseum. According to the fact that in Epilobium unlike reciprocal hybrids were discovered this genus becomes of great interest especially in connection with recent researches on Oeno- thera. — K. Boedyn. February, 1920] GENETICS 39 267. Lots y, J. P. Over de mogelijkheid van intranucleairekruisingbij homozygoten. [On the possibility of intranuclear crossing in homozygotes.| Genetica 1 : 02 97. tO fig. Jan., 1919. — Author shows that when in reduction-division, the chromosomes, combined into a thread, are parting again, there is a ceil. Lin hypothetical possibility of "chromosome-cross- ing." Normally the thread breaks up into Bame pieces (chromosomes) which were united in the dividing nucleus, but it might happen that one chromosome carry with it a chromo- mere of the chromosome with which it was united. Thus normal chromosomes A, B, C would become by this process A+, B— , C. The gamete which contains this new set of chromosomes will very probably unite with a normal one giving a hybrid with exactly the same number of identical chromomeres as the homozygous plants, only combined in this way: AA+ BB — CC. This hybrid plant would appear exactly like the homozygous plants but would produce four classes of gametes: ABC, AB — C, A+BC, and A+B — C. When selfed F 2 plants will be as follows: 6 plants with same number of chromomeres; 4 plants with one chromomere less than normal; 4 plants with one chromomere more than normal; 1 plant with two chromo- meres less than normal (recessive mutant) ; 1 plant with two chromomeres more than normal (progressive mutant). Both recessive and progressive mutant when crossed with normal will segregate in F2 in 3 : 1 ratio. Author thinks this is in fair accord with cases in which mutants arise in pure strains. There is no formation of genes in the progressive mutant and thus no mutation as the process is understood by De Vries. Author remarks that crossing of individ- uals is also necessary for production of new types. Organisms having only non-sexual prop- agation have no mutative power in this way. — //. N. Kooiman. 268. Lotsy, J. P. Bestendige Bastaardes. [Constant hybrids.] Vereeniging tot bevor- dering van wet. teelt 1918 (No. 10): 1-42. 1919. — Chiefly a more popular presentation of matter in author's article on De Oenotheren als kernchimeren [The Oenotheras as nuclear chimeras] [See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 52], but differs in that author accepted the existence of chrom- omeres within the chromosome in the mentioned paper while in present paper the chromo- some is treated as an indivisible unit. — At the end he discusses origin of sex and of bisexual animals in normally unisexual species in connection with knowledge of the so-called X and Y chromosomes. — H. N. Kooiman. 269. MacCaughey, Vaughan. Race mixture in Hawaii. Jour. Heredity 10:41-47. Jan., 1919. — Asiatics comprise nearly three-fifths of the population of Hawaii, Polynesians less than one-fifth, pure Hawaiians only about one-tenth, mixed Caucasian-Hawaiians and Chinese-Hawaiians about another tenth. In Hawaii Japanese marry only Japanese, but only a little more than half of the Chinese men marry Chinese wives. In general race mix- ture is proceeding at a rapid rate. The article is accompanied by five tables giving statistics in reference to race and marriage. The analysis includes not only pure races, but the mar- riages of persons of mixed blood. — H. H. Laughlin. 270. Maxon, William R. A new hybrid Asplenium. Amer. Fern Jour. 8: 1-3. 1918. — See Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 344. 271. Meader, Percy D. Variation in the diphtheria group. Jour. Infect. Diseases 24: 145-157. 1919. 272. Mendiola, Nemesio Blanco. Variation and selection within clonal lines of Lemna minor. Genetics 4: 151-182. 6 fig. Mar., 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 101",. 273. Meyer, Adolf. The right to marry; what can a democratic civilization do about heredity and child welfare? Mental Hygiene 3: 48-58. Jan., 1919. — See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 2172. 274. Murbeck, Sv. En saregen blomanomali hos Capsella bursa-pastoris. [Abnormal flowers in Capsella bursa-pastoris.] [Swedish, with German summary.] Ark. Bot. 15 (No. 12) : 1-S. 1 fig. July 25, 191S. — A very large individual of Capsella bursa-pasloris was found 40 GENETICS [Bot. Absts. in 1897 near the town of Norrkoping (Sweden) and is now in the botanical museum of Lund. Petals are absent and stamens seem to be numerous. By close study it is seen that small accessory flowers often consisting of only stamens have taken the place of all the four petals. Especially in the lower parts of the inflorescences, are often found more or less petaloid parts as traces of nectaries. Sometimes also a flower-stalk is developed. Sepals and gynoecium have not been found in these accessory flowers. Author supposes that these flowers have grown out from new points of vegetation in the axils of the petals and in close connection with the same. Most organs of the accessory flowers are developed from these new growing- points, but at least one of the outside ones is supposed to be grown out from the petal initial. — K, V. Ossian Dahlgren. 275. Murray, J. G. Relation of the supplying ovary to the causation of sex. Johns Hop- kins Hosp. Bull. 29: 275-278. 1918.— See Bot, Absts. 3, Entry 654. 276. Norton, J. B. S., and C. E. Leathers. Conditions detrimental to seed production. Maryland Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 216: 175-226. 1918— See Bot. Absts. 1, Entries 628 and 747; 2, Entry 730; 3, Entry 656. 277. Olson, P. J., C. P. Bull, and H. K. Hayes. Ear-type selection and yield in corn. Minnesota Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 174. 60 p., 9 fig. 1918. — This is an investigation of the relation of various characteristics of the seed ear to its yielding qualities. The study includes such score-card points as length, weight, circumference, shelling percentage, perfec- tion of butts and tips, kernel uniformity, variety, character, and maturity. Two methods of experiment were employed: 1, analyzing the data obtained from ear-to-row breeding plots; 2, selecting diverse types of ears and comparing their yields. Work by former method includes three different varieties of corn grown at four different locations and tests by latter method ran through three successive seasons. A critical study of all the results fails to show any significant relation between these ear characters and yield. — L. H. Smith. 278. Plough, Harold H. Linear arrangement of genes and double crossing over. Proc. Nation. Acad. Sci. [U. S. A.] 5: 167-168. May, 1919— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 659. 279. Popenoe, Paul, and Roswell H. Johnson. Applied eugenics. 14 X 20 cm., v + 459 p., 46 fig. Macmillan Co.: New York, Oct., 1918. — General text-book on the subject of eugenics, presenting a discussion of the principles and investigations in this field. Consider- ably more attention is paid to the social forces controlling racial fortunes than to the method of inheritance of specific traits. The relation between eugenics and specific social reforms is discussed in considerable detail. Especially valuable are the chapters on the "Improvement of sexual selection" and "Increasing the marriage rate of the superior."—//. H. Laughlin. 280. Porter, William C. Huntington's chorea; a report of a family history study made in Dutchess and Putnam counties, New York. New York State Hosp. Quart. 4: 64-74. Nov., 1918.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 2179. 281. Preiser, Samuel A., and Charles B. Davenport. Multiple neurofibromatosis (von Recklinghausen's disease) and its inheritance: with description of a case. Eugenics Rec. Office Bull. 19. 34 p., 26 fig. Oct., 1918. — The classical symptoms of this disease are "sessile or pedunculated swellings or tumors, sometimes soft and elastic, sometimes firm and tough, that vary in size from that of a millet-seed to that of a child's head." They appear to receive new stimuli at puberty and pregnancies. Associated with it are sometimes found scoliosis, sexual impotency, or fecble-mindedness. — The disease is found only in about 1 in 2000 cases that present themselves to medical clinics or private practitioners for skin dis- eases. It is highly hereditary, and behaves like a dominant trait. The specificity of loca- tion, type and behavior in given families is very striking. — Twenty-nine pedigree charts are printed with the text. There is a bibliography of 119 titles. — //. H. Laughlin. February, 1920] GENETICS 41 282. Kobkrts, H. 1'. Quantitative character-measurements in color crosses. Science 49: 516-517. May 30, 1919. — -Writer suggests that in the study of coat pattern in animals, photo- graphs be taken of the right and left sides and the areas determined by planimeter, ruled squares on the photographic plate, or by placing the animal behind cross-wire screen before taking photograph. — Sewall Wright. 283. Roberts, Herbert F. The founders of the art of breeding. II. Jour. Heredity 10: 147-152. 1 fig. Apr., 1919. 284. Rosenberc, Otto. Chromosomenzahlen und Chromosomendimensionen in der Gat- tung Crepis. [Chromosome number and chromosome dimensions in the genus Crepis]. Ark. Bot. 15": 1-16. 6 fig. 1918. — The haploid number of chromosomes in species of Crepis is reported as follows: In virens, polymorpha var. stricta; Reuteriana, and dichotoma, 3; in foetida, pulchra, agrestis, parviflora, neglecta, and nicaensis, 4; in multicaulis, rigida, and rubra, 5; in barbata, 9; and in biennis, 20. Previous studies have shown that teclorum and taraxacifolia have the number 4; lanceolata var. platyphyllos, 5; and japonica, 8. — Special studies of size of chromosomes are reported which show that in species with 3 chromosomes (virens and Reuteriana) there is 1 large, 1 middle-sized and 1 small chromosome. A species with 4 chromosomes (C. tectorum) has 1 large, 1 middle-sized and 2 shorter chromosomes. C. rubra has 1 large, 1 middle-sized and 3 short chromosomes. Measurements show that the relative proportions of the different chromosomes are very similar in various species as for example: abed C. tectorium 10 : 7.9 : 5.9 : 5.3 C. Reuteriana 10 : 7.4 : 5.7 Heterotypic divisions show evidences of irregular distribution of chromosomes. The short chromosomes especially tend to go to the wrong pole or to lag and be left behind. In Reuteriana about 30 per cent of the divisions show such a tendency, which it is considered may give microspores and macrospores of 3 and 2 chromosomes. In a species with 4 chromo- somes, as C. tectorium, when a short chromosome goes to the wrong pole spores with 5 (1 large, 1 middle-sized, 3 small) chromosomes and spores with 3 (1 large, 1 middle-sized, 1 short) chromosomes would be formed. Conclusion is that the 3, 4 and 5 series of chromosome numbers in species of Crepis arises through irregular distribution of the smaller chromosomes in reduction divisions and subse- quent recombination in fertilization rather than through segmentation or fragmentation of the larger chromosomes. — A. B. Stout. 285. Sakamura, Tetsu. Kurze Mitteilung iiber die Chromosomenzahlen und die Ver- wandtschaftsverhaltnisse der Triticum-Arten. [Chromosome number, etc., in Triticum.] Bot. Mag. Tokyo 32: 151-154. 1918. — From studies on root tips and on pollen mother cells author obtained diploid chromosome counts on races of wheat as follows, — Triticum vulgare 42, T. compactum 42, T. spelta 42, T. turgidum 28, T. durum.28, T. polonicum 28, T. dicoccum 28, T. monococcum 14. This contrasts with haploid counts by Overton, Nakoa, Bally and Dud- ley of 8 chromosomes for T. vulgare and of Kornicke's haploid count of 8 chromosomes for T. compactum. Author concludes that the primitive chromosome numbers in Triticum species were haploid 7, diploid 14, and that the diploid chromosome number holds the following relation to Schulz's grouping, — Einkornreihe, diploid, 14 chromosomes {T. monococcum); Emmerreihe, tetraploid, 28 chromosomes (T. dicoccum, durum, polonicum, turgidum); Dinkel- reihe, hexaploid, 42 chromosomes (T. compactum, spelt, vulgare). The chromosome count of rye, Secale cereale, is reported as haploid 7, diploid 14. — B. M. Davis. 286. Salmon, C. E. Papaver Rhaeas, P. dubium and the hybrid between them. New Phytol. 18: 111-117. 7 fig. Mar .-Apr., 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 2187. 287. Salmon, C. E. A hybrid Stachys. Jour. Linnean Soc, London 44: 357-362. 1 fig. May 16, 1919— See Bot, Absts. 3, Entry 2188. BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, VOL. Ill, NO. 2 42 GENETICS [Bot. Absts. 288. Salmon", E. S. On forms of the hop (Humulus Lupulus L.) resistant to mildew (Sphaerotheca Humuli (DC) Burr.)- II. Jour. Genetics 8: 83-91. Apr., 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 2189. 289. Sand, K. Experimenteller Hermaphroditismus. [Experimental hermaphroditism.] Pfliiger's Arch. Physiol. 173: 1-7. 1918.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 1031. 290. Sheppard, W. J. Hermaphrodite bees. Jour. Heredity 10: 160. Apr., 1919. — Se e Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 1035. 291. Southworth, W. Twinning in alfalfa. Jour. Heredity 10:182-183. Fig. 12-18. Apr., 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 1037. 292. Stout, A. B. Bud variation. Proc. Nation. Acad. Sci. [U. S. A.] 5: 130-134. Apr., 1919. — Further results fully in agreement with facts and conclusions given by author in Car- negie Inst. Washington Publ. No. 218, 1915. Discusses early views on bud variation, and men- tions the following tendencies in present day interpretations: (1) transmission by cytoplasm rather than nucleus; (2) factor losses by segregative somatic divisions; (3) spontaneous factor changes in soma. Author has studied bud variations in Colens through 14 genera- tions. Sixteen new color patterns obtained; 15 were constant from first, but 6 of them also appeared as fluctuating variations; one appeared only as a fluctuating variation. Selection for extremes always brought progeny of marked constancy, but with further fluctuations about a new mode. Concludes that recombinations of multiple modifying factors are impossible'in bud propagation, and effectiveness of selection indicates actual variation in hered- itary units. Reversion to parent patterns cited. Decrease of red and yellow pigment is twice as frequent as increase. Most frequent bud variation was 1 : 2960. — Merle C. Coulter. 293. Sttjrtevant, A. H., C. B. Bridges, and T. H. Morgan. The spatial relations of genes. Proc. Nation. Acad. Sci. [U. S. A.] 5: 168-173. May, 1919. 294. Terry, J. R. A wingless Wyandotte. Jour. Heredity 10: 175. Fig. 8. Apr., 1919 — See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 1038. 295. Thompson, J. W. Breeding milk goats. Jour. Heredity 10:156-160. Fig. 3-5. Apr., 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 1039. 296. van der Wolk, P. C. Onderzoekingen over blyvende modificaties en hun betrekking tot mutaties. [Researches on permanent modifications and their relations to mutations.] Cul- tura 31: 82-105. 1 pi. 1919. — New leaves formed on branches near decayed spots on a tree of Acer pseudo-platanus, suddenly become white, followed by the formation of wholly white- leaved branches. These abnormal leaves and branches were remarkable not only for the color of the leaves, but also for their form (with long weak tips), their leaf-stalks longer than nor- mal and reddish with brown spots, their branches finely furrowed and more or less velvety, their strikingly short internodes, inner bark very loose around the wood, a great well-devel- oped pith, flowers greater than usual and reddish, inflorescences with few flowers, flowers at each branch unisexual, — not polygamous, but male or female. The origin of this abnormality resulted from the presence of a certain bacillus, cultivated by the writer in pure-cultures, and called by him the "modification bacillus." A more exact description of this bacillus is not given by the author; he presents only some brief communications about some of its char- acteristics. This bacillus was able to penetrate the wounds of the tree, not only in branches, but also in seeds; in this last case the young plants, growing from affected seeds were from the beginning white-leaved and thus without vitality. From other observations writer had noticed the disinfecting power of calcium oxalate; therefore he has attempted to remove the infectious organism from the white branches and the affected young plants; the results were very remarkable, — though the "modification bacillus" was killed by the calcium oxalate and after the disinfection the infecting organism could no longer be found in the plant, its efficacy February, 1920] GENETICS 43 was not destroyed. Newly formed leaves became white, as during the presence of the organ- ism. Crossings made with not-disinfected flowers gave reciprocally (white male X green female and white female X green male) only white plants (13 and 9j ; crossings of normal flowers with flowers from an artificially infected inflorescence, green X white, only green (6); white X green, only white (7) plants. Crosses of normal flowers with flowers of disinfected white branches gave hybrids with intermediate leaf-form and spotted leaves (13). — Author discusses possibility of vegetative segregation and of analysis of a chimera, and raises the question whether mutation had been induced. Unfortunately author's plants were lost by a fatality and pure cultures of the affecting organism have not been preserved. — M. J. Sirks. 297. Van Someren, V. G. L. Melanism in Whydahs. Avic. Mag. 10: 40-41. Dec, 1918. — States that Jackson's Whydah and another (Pentheria eques) tend to become black in cap- tivity. The tendency is less noticeable in females than in males. — L. J. Cole. 298. von Ubisch, G. Kritische BetrMchtungen zur Hypothese der primaren und sekundtt- ren Koppelung. [Critical consideration of the hypothesis of primary and secondary coupling.] Zeitschr. indukt. Abstamm. Vererb. 19: 193-201. 3 fig. June, 1918. — Review of papers by Trow and by Bailey on primary and secondary reduplication according to the theory of Bate- son and Punnett, in which the author fails to find that the formulas of Trow agree with the observed facts in certain respects and in others are so general they do not distinguish between the reduplication hypothesis and the chromosome hypothesis of Morgan. When three factors, ABC, are coupled Trow's formulas allow for three different possibilities: — (1) There may occur coupling between A and C and this coupling is always the same. (2) There may some- times occur coupling between A and C and sometimes not. (3) The coupling between A and C may vary in degree. The author points out the necessity for a closer agreement between theory and fact and states the important features of the chromosome hypothesis. In his own experience with barley 19 factor pairs are known, of which 10 up to the present have been found to be coupled, most of these being in two groups. — D. F. Jones. 299. Waardenburg, P. J. Aangeboren ooggebreken als oorzaak van blindheid en half- blindheid. [Half-blindness and blindness due to congenital diseases of the eye.] Genetica 1 : 209-284. May, 1919. — A Dutch ophthalmological committee was appointed in December, 1916, to inquire concerning the causes of half-blindness and blindness of persons who were treated b^ oculists in 1915 and 1916. It was found that 9.2 per cent of the 861 half-blind and 14.1 per cent of the 1444 blind were suffering from congenital diseases. Author, a member of the Committee, has studied these cases (206). He found that 26.7 per cent was due to buphthalmus (increase of pressure in the eye with resultant enlargement) ; 19.5 per cent to atrophia retinae pigmentosa (degeneration of the nervous cells of the retina) ; 17.9 per cent to microphthalmus and coloboma (insufficient development of the eye) ; 17.9 per cent to cataract (cloudiness of the lens); 7.3 per cent to atrophia hervi optici familiaris (a disease that dis- turbs the optic nerve generally after puberty); 5.3 per cent to albinism; 2.9 per cent to ani- ridia (insufficient development of the iris with resulting or accompanying disturbances); and 2.5 per cent to achromatopsia (total color-blindness). — Report is divided into 16 chapters, the first 8 of which treat the above-mentioned diseases separately. In order to appreciate fully the results author has added observations made by himself and many foreign investi- gators. Many interesting ophthalmological questions are mentioned; in congenital eye- diseases it often happens that the centre of the retina, the most delicate part of the eye, which is most highly organized, is affected. — Author considers heredity of paramount impor- tance for all congenital diseases; achromatopsia and albinism appear to be recessive unit char- acters; the other diseases are probably polyhybrid; however they do not result from crossing of normal, but of abnormal genes. The abnormal variation of germinal factors may be due to mutation, and this possibly means that the germ is disturbed by infection products (for in many cases the author found syphilis among the causes). — In 115 families the parents were 19 times (16.5 per cent) blood-relations. In 75 families direct heredity of the diseases was seen 5 (perhaps 7) times (aniridia, atrophia nervi optici, buphthalmus, cataract, coloboma 44 GENETICS [Bot. Absts. and microphthalmus), probably so little because marriage is rarely seen among these dis- eased people. Author's conclusions harmonize with the casuistic communications of hered- ity, etc., found in ophthalmic literature, of which the author cites many examples. 152 per- sons of male sex and 90 of female were affected; the difference was found especially in albin- ism, atrophia nervi optici, atrophia retinae pigmentosa and buphthalmus. In the final chapter author makes some remarks about prophylaxis. He reviews the dominant, gyne- phoric and recessive abnormal characters of the eye. He is convinced that positive eugenics can never be rational and absolutely effective, but if marriage is disadvised to sufferers from dominant diseases, and to blood-relations, and if syphilis is thoroughly combatted, the num- ber can be fairly restricted. — P. J . Waardenburg. 300. Weatherwax, Paul. Variation and varieties of Zea Mays. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 1917: 99-103. 1918. — To show great range of variability in maize author mentions numerous contrasting characters with respect to various plant parts. The fallacy of existing system of classification, resting as it does upon merely incidental variations which happen to be for most part connected with endosperm, is pointed out. Author suggests the best taxonomic treatment would be "to consider Zea a monotypic genus and discard all other names than Zea mays L." — L. H. Smith. 301. Weatherwax, Paul. Improved technique for corn pollination. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 1917: 105-107. 2 fig. 1918. — Description of a device used in artificial pollination of maize for protecting the stigmas. Paraffined paper envelope is formed and attached to shoot in Buch manner as to permit application of pollen without removing this protecting envelope. Advantages lie in convenience of manipulation and relative freedom from contamination during the pollinating process. — L. H. Smith. 302. Weatherwax, Paul. The evolution of maize. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club. 45 : 309-342. S6 fig. Aug., 1918— Rev. in: Bot. Gaz. 67: 104. Jan., 1919. [See also Bot. Absts. 1, Entry 503; 2, Entry 76.] 303. Weatherwax, Paul. The morphological basis of some experimental work with maize. Amer. Nat. 53: 269-272. May- June, 1919. — Since in Country Gentleman sweet corn a second flower, usually abortive, becomes functional, the spikelet produces two grains and, as a result of this crowding, straight rows are more or less modified for more economical space arrangements. Genetical studies on the two-flowered condition would probably yield clearer results than genetical studies on irregularities of the rows (East and Hayes). Hermaphrodite flowers of maize are possible because the young flower contains primordia of both stamen and pistil, one or the other of which usually does not develop to maturity. The acquisition of hermaphrodite flowers of maize as the result of injury to the plant (Blaringhem) is not to be interpreted as a progressive mutation since it brings into development rudimentary organs that are vestiges of organs that have been, and are not the forerunners of organs that are to be. — B. M. Davis. 304. White, E. A. Methods of rose-breeding. Amer. Rose Ann. 1918:51-55. 7 fig. 1918. — Account of rose-breeding methods for amateurs. Details regarding best groups, ideal types, methods of growing parent plants, cross-pollination, after-treatment of crossed flow- ers, and sowing and care of hybrid seed are given. — Orland E. White. 305. Wicks, W. H. The effect of cross-pollination in size, color, shape and quality of the apple. Arkansas Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 143. 19 p., 9 pi. Mar., 1918. — Investigation during seasons of 1915, 1916, and 1917 dealt with effect of pollen upon size, shape and quality of apple. Hand pollinations were made in fertile combinations of Ben Davis, Grimes, Jonathan, and Winesap. Self-pollinated specimens were used each year as basis for comparing effect of pollen in the crosses. — From 11,290 hand pollinations 773 apples were obtained. The form and ground color of the apples of all crosses were consistently typical of the variety. Results showed necessity for cross pollination in the four varieties under test. Cross pollination February, 1920] HORTICULTUJii 45 was most effective in following crosses: Ben Davis X Grimes, Grimes X Jonathan or Ben Davis, and Ben Davis X Jonathan. No influence of pollen was found upon size, color, Bhape or quality.—.!/. J . Dorsey. 306. Winge, C*. On the relation between number of chromosomes and number of types, in Lathyrus especially. Jour. Genetics 8: 133-138. PI. 5. Apr., 1919. — Discusses in some detail interpretation of genetic data in relation to cytological phenomena, particularly as regards chromosomes and hypothesis that number of independently segregating factor pairs in a given organism corresponds to haploid or a; number of chromosomes. Preparatory to study of sweet pea (Lathyrus odoratus) from this standpoint, this species, together with Lathyrus latifolius was cytologically investigated. Haploid chromosome number for each species is 7, diploid 14. All seven chromosomes are very similar in shape and size. Character of cytological phenomena in both species is identical, preparations of one being indistinguishable from those of the other. Finds no cytological support in observations on Lathyrus for chias- matype hypothesis (in sense of Janssens). — Orland E. White. 307. Winge, O. On the non-Mendelian inheritance in variegated plants. Compt. Rend. Trav. Lab. Carlsberg 14 3 : 1-20. 4 fig- 1919. — Experiments with normal green and albo- maculata variety of Humulus Japonicus showed that normal X albomaculata gave 746 normals and albomaculata that albomaculata X normal male produced normal and 35 albomaculata; and that albomaculata X albomaculata gave normals and 268 albomaculata. Mother plant proved determinative for leaf color. Results are not due to apogamy since pollination was necessary for fruiting; no data as to whether other qualities are transmitted by male. No entirely white ("albina") nor self-colored green forms occurred and author considers heredi- tary factors situated in cytoplasm (not including plastids) ; since transmission is maternal it is supposed that no cytoplasm accompanies male gamete in fertilization. Surveying work of other investigators author would explain Ikeno's results with albomaculata variety of Cap- sicum annuum as due to similar cytoplasmic determiners, but would postulate that male nucleus is accompanied by some cytoplasm. Since pure white or self-colored green forms arise in Baur's Antirrhinum and Corren's Mirabilis, author considers these variegated cases dependent on plastids (transmitted by egg) which may entirely separate out of some cells in course of ontogeny or oogenesis. Baur's Pelargonium case is explained by plastids trans- mitted by egg and male gamete. Author suggests that true heredity should be defined to include qualities having material foundation in any part of cell belonging to organism itself — nucleus, plastids, or c3'toplasm. Mendelism does not include all true heredity. — J. P. Kelly. 308. Woods, Frederick Adams. Kaiserism and heredity. Jour. Heredity 9: 348-353. 1 chart. Dec, 1918. — An analysis of the family tree of the Caesars, in which the tyranny and perfidy of Nero, Caligula and Agrippina "the Younger" are traced in true pedigree fashion, as such traits descend, segregate and recombine in the earlier Caesars. — H. H. Laughlin. HORTICULTURE J. H. Gourley, Editor 309. Anonymous. Why do Japan walnuts bear butternuts? [Rev. of: Willard G. Bixby. Same title. Presented at Albany, Georgia, meeting of the National Nut Growers Association.] Amer. Nut Jour. 10:5-6. PI. 1-5. 1919. — It has often been observed that when Japan walnuts (Juglans sieboldiana and Juglans cordiformis) are grown in the United States, the seedlings from these trees produce nuts as rough shelled as those of the butternut (Juglans cinerea) or even more so. The various hypotheses advanced to account for this are discussed and the conclusion is reached that it is due to hybridization with the native butternut. — R. H. Taylor. 310. Bailey, Herbert S. The production and conservation of fats and oils in the United States. U. S. Dept. of Agric. Bull. 769. 4$ p. 1919— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 196. 46 HORTICULTURE [Bot. Absts. 311. Bates, Sam C. Success with English walnuts in the South. Amer. Nut Jour. 10: 27. 1919. — A brief statement of the behavior of an English walnut tree in central Alabama. — R.H. Taylor. 312. Beattie, W. R. The city home garden. U. S. Dept. Agric. Farmers' Bull. 1044. 40 p., 16 fig. 1919. 313. Boulger, G. S. [Rev. of A. D. Webster. Coniferous trees for profit and ornament; being a concise description of each species and variety, etc., etc. XX + 298 p. 28 pi. Con- stable & Co. (Date not given.) (The title is very long, many of the chapter headings being included.)] Jour. Bot. 57: 102-103. 1919. 314. Darrow, George M. Strawberry culture: Eastern United States. U. S. Dept. Agric. Farmers' Bull. 1028. 50 p., IS fig. 1919. 315. Darrow, George M. Strawberry varieties in the United States. U. S. Dept. Agric . Farmers' Bull. 1043. 36 p., fig. 8. 1919. 316. Dearing, Charles. Muscadine grape paste. U. S. Dept. Agric. Farmers' Bull. 1033. 15 p. 1919. 317. Drummond, Bruce. Propagation and culture of the date palm. U. S. Dept. Agric. Farmers' Bull 1016. 23 p., 10 fig. 1919. 318. Edwards, Chas. L. Demand has exceeded development of seedling nuts in Texas. — now what? Amer. Nut Jour. 10:23-26. 1919. — Discusses the gradual destruction of the forests of seedlings pecans, and the importance of developing groves of improved varieties. — R. H. Taylor. 319. Edwards, Chas. L. Bees and grafting wax. Amer. Nut Jour. 10:21. 1919. — Wild and Italian bees both industriously removed grafting wax from pecan grafts even when softened with alcohol. A few drops of crude carbolic acid stirred into the wax completely prevented further loss. — R. H. Taylor. 320. Edwards, Chas. L. Walnuts in north Texas. Amer. Nut Jour. 10:21. 1919. — Random notes. Dormant chip budding in early spring of Alayette and Franquette walnut scions was successful on black walnut stocks. Frosts killed entire growth from the buds at end of third year and again at end of fourth year. Rush and Pomeroy varieties tested later were not killed by frosts but suffered badly from sunburn. He concludes that English wal- nuts will probably not prove suitable to North Texas conditions though many of the black walnut varieties are doing well. — R. H. Taylor. 321. Edwards, Chas. L. Grooming for another season. Amer. Nut Jour. 10: 11. 1919. — Describes briefly the late winter and spring work to be done in connection with pecan propa- gation. — R. H. Taylor. 322. Edwards, Chas. L. Thoroughbred pecan trees. Amer. Nut Jour. 10:10. 8 fig. 1919. 323. Federal Horticultural Board. U. S. Dept. Agric. Amendment No. 2 to regu- lations supplemental to notice of quarantine No. 37. Service and regulatory announcements 61: 33. 1919— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 400. 324. Federal Horticultural Board. U. S. Dept. Agric. Nursery stock, plant and seed quarantine. Notice of quarantine No. 37 with regulations. Service and regulatory announcements 57: 101-110. 1919. February, 1920] HORTICULTURE 17 325. Federal Horticultural Board. U. 8. Dbpt. Agbic. Amendment No. 1 to regulations supplemental to notice of quarantine No. 37. Service :iml regulatory announce- ments 60: 21-22. 1919. See Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 1291; 3, Entry 399. 326. Gladwin, F. E. A test of commercial fertilizers for grapes. New York Agric. Exp. Sta. [Geneva] Bull. 458:27^13. 1919. — These tests show that nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium have had a marked beneficial effect upon wood growth, yield and quality of fruit. The data indicate that of the three elements nitrogen has been most helpful. Potassium has given more pronounced results than phosphorus up to the present, although the latter has had a more beneficial effect upon the green-manure crops in the vineyard. Nitrogen has not only affected favorably the growth of wood, but it has increased the fruit and given larger berries and clusters. Phosphorus and potassium have increased the production of wood and fruit, but have not influenced the quality of the fruit to the same extent as the nitrogen. Potassium has caused earlier ripening of the foliage than the other elements. Even though the same number of canes be tied up for fruiting purposes, the data show that the fertilizer plats have produced a decided gain of fruit over the unfertilized. The foliage, after the first few years, has been of better color and size in the plats to which nitrogen was applied while the phosphorus and potassium plats ranked second and the check plat a poor third. — F. E. Gladwin. 327. Gould, H. P., and George M. Darrow. Growing fruit for home use. U. S. Dept. Agric. Farmers' Bull. 1001. 40 p., 26 fig. 1919. 328. Gould, H. P. Fig growing in the South Atlantic and Gulf States. U. S. Dept. Agric. Farmers' Bull. 1031. 47 p., 24 fig. 1919. 329. Hadley, O. M. Improved methods in pecan propagation. Amer. Nut. Jour. 10:4. 1919. — A general discussion is given of root pruning of nursery trees to secure better root systems for transplanting, and its relation to pecans. This is followed by a discussion of the possible desirability of double-working pecan varieties to overcome differences in growth. The claim is made that the effect of scion on stock is very pronounced. Observation of over 100 trees each of Delmas and Moore in north Florida shows that the former makes a vigorous stocky growth and an unusually fine root system, while the latter makes a decidedly less vigorous and very much inferior root system. The belief is expressed that the difficulty with the Moore could be largely overcome by double-working on the Delmas to give increased vitality. This is based on experiments with double-working the Schley, Pabst and Money on Delmas, the results being entirely satisfactory in every case. It is believed that this practice will prove to be commercially profitable. — R. H. Taylor. 330. Headlee, Thomas J. Control of the principal insects injurious to the apple above ground. Massachusetts State Dept. Agric. Circ. 9. 11 p. 1919. [Reprinted without change in: Massachusetts Fruit Growers' Assoc. Ann. Kept. 1919] This is a popular summary of the most recent methods of spray control of apple insects in the northeastern United States. — J. K. Shaw. 331. Hedrick, U. P. Factors affecting hardiness in fruits. Massachusetts State Dept. Agric. Circ. 6. 10 p. 1919. [Reprinted without change in : Massachusetts Fruit Growers' Assoc. Ann. Rept. 1919]. — This is a popular discussion of winter injury to fruit trees and means of avoiding it. — J. K. Shaw. 332. Jordan, W. H. Director's report for 1918. New York Agric. Exp. Sta. [Geneva] Bull. 457. 25 p. 1918.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 856. 333. Otis, A. W. Fruit market possibilities in the export trade. Massachusetts State Dept. Agric. Circ. 7. 7 p. 1919. [Reprinted without change in: Massachusetts Fruit Growers' Assoc. Ann. Rept. 1919]. 48 MORPHOLOGY, ETC., VASC. PLANTS [Bot. Absts. 334. Popenoe, Wilson. The Tavocado in Guatemala. U. S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 743 69 p., 23 pi. 1919.— This bulletin gives the result of studies in the avocado plantings of. Guatemala. The author states that probably in no other country are so many fine avo- cados grown. Information is given on the extent of the industry, the uses made of the crop and the climatic zones in which avocados are found to thrive. The author says that it is pos- sible that the types, which should better be termed races, may have been derived from dis- tinct species, but the wild prototype has not been found. The three races described are the Guatemalan, the West Indian and the Mexican. Information is given concerning the origin of choice varieties and a considerable number of varieties are described. Practical informa- tion is also given as to cultural methods and marketing.— IF. H. Chandler. 335. Riehl, E. A. Profitable chestnut growing. Amer. Nut Jour. 10: 27. 1919.— A brief statement of best varieties now available. Figures on production in pounds for the first 16 years of the life of a Boone chestnut are given.— R. H. Taylor. 336. Van Trump, S. H. English walnut in Marion County, Oregon. Amer. Nut Jour. 10 : 13. 1919. MORPHOLOGY, ANATOMY AND HISTOLOGY OF VASCULAR PLANTS E. W. Sinnott, Editor 337. Brown, Forest B. H. The preparation and treatment of woods for microscopic study. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 46: 127-150. Fig. 1-6. 1919.— An investigation of the woods of Hawaii led to the development of special technique for sectioning many of the hard tropical woods. Information is presented as to use of microtome and knife. For sectioning, blocks should be cut true. Air can be removed by alternate boiling and cooling, and for softening hard woods it is safe to use strong hydrofluoric acid, which can be removed by washing for 4 days in running water; then blocks can be soaked in glycerine. Instructions are given for imbedding in celloidin where this process is necessary. In using Schultze's method for maceration, equal volumes of acid and water should be used for safety. For differential stain- ing, Haidenhain's iron-haematoxylon is recommended with a counter stain of saffranin; for soft cellulose tissues of bark Congo red is better than saffranin. Microchemical reactions are given for cellulose, cellulose-lignin, gums, mucilaginous layers, essential oils, resins, gum resins, fats, tannin, mineral crystals; and for chemical growth-rings when structural growth- rings are lacking. Liquid penetration tests are of use for ascertaining the presence of tyloses and gums. — P. A. Mum. 338. Colani, M. Recherches sur les premieres phases du developpement de quelques Combretacees et Barringtoniees. [Early stages of development of some Combretaceae and Barringtoniaceae.] Thesis, Fac. Sci. Univ. Paris, 1914. [Through bibliographical note by A. P. Allorge, in:Rev. Gen. Bot. [Paris] 30: 301. 1918.]— The Combretaceae studied (Terminalia Catappa Willd., T. chebula Willd. and Poivrea sp.) are characterized by a slight growth in length of the hypocotyl and a considerable elongation of the radicle. Germination in the case of Barringtonia speciosa Willd. is similar to that characteristic of certain Myrtaceae in the fact that there are no cotyledons, their function being assumed by the hypocotyl. The cells of the hypocotyl are hypertrophied, and there is a considerable development of woody tissue in the radicle. The cellular differentiation, first of the radicle, then of the plumule (in Barringtonia), occurs during germination in the tissues of the hypocotyl. — C. E. Allen. 339. Gut rin, Paul. Developpement de l'anthere et du pollen des Labiees. [Develop- ment of the anther and pollen in the Labiatae.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 168: 182-185. 1919. — The work of Warming on Mentha aquatica L. and of the author on the sages is believed to be the only published work on the development of the anther and pollen in the Labiatae. February, 1920] MORPHOLOGY, ETC., FUNGI, ETC. 49 In order to secure a more complete knowledge of anther and p dlen formation in tins family, 60 species belonging to 40 genera were studied. Brief note is made of the method of devel- opment of the pollen sacs, the pollen mother cells, the "nourishing tissues" and the anther walls. The reduction division forming the pollen grains is not different from that found in other plant groups. — V. II. Young. 340. Rosendahl, C. O. Variations in the flowers of Erythronium propullans Gray. Torreya 19:43-47. Fig. 1-3. 1919. — The stamens in this very local species show marked heteromorphism, those of the outer whorl averaging 6.32 mm. in length, of the inner 7.99 mm. Considerable variation in the size of the anthers is also noticed, but unrelated to the filament-length. The number of perianth-segments varies from 6 to 4, of stamens from 6 to 2. In the trimerous flowers the ovary is 3-celled, in the tetramerous 2-celled. The flowers are smaller than in any other species of the genus, probably due to a diversion of food-supply into the offshoot. — J. C. Nelson. MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY OF FUNGI, BACTERIA AND MYXOMYCETES Edgar W. Olive, Editor 341. Anonymous [B. O. Dodge]. Index to American mycological literature. Mycologia 11:97-100. 1919. 342. Anonymous [B. O. Dodge]. Index to American mycological literature. Mycologia 11:158-161. 1919. 343. Arnaud, G. Fumagines du Midi de la France. [The sooty molds of southern France.] Bull. Soc. Path. Veg. France 4: 95. 1918. — Capnodium meridionale with perithecia is reported on branches of Oleo europea and Ceratocarpia cactorum with perithecia on branches of Ficus carica and Citrus aurantium. The fungi were associated with scale insects on all the hosts. — C. L. Shear. 344. Arthur, Joseph Charles. New species of Uredineae — XI. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 46 : 107-125. 1919. — Puccinia wyomensis Arthur and P. missouriensis Arthur are reduced to synonomy. The following new names are proposed: Puccinia egressa for P. egregia Arth. 1911, Puccinia (?) fuirenicola for Uredo Fuirenae P. Henn. 1899, Puccinia (?) Scribnerianum for Uromyces Aristidae Ellis and Ev. 1887, Puccinia pallescens for Uredo pallida Diet, and Holw. 1897, Puccinia imposita for Uredo Muhlenbergiae Diet. 1897, Uromyces Shearianus for U. Alriplicis Arth. 1918. Uredo Kaernbachii P. Henn. 1894 is changed to Puccinia Kaern- bachii (P. Henn.). The following new species are described: Puccinia CockerellianaBethel, P. inclita, P. Coelopleuri, P. parca, P. gentilis, P. prospera, P. massalis, P. invelata Jackson; Uredo biporula, U. amicosa, U. ignava; Aecidium Clemensae, A. Bourreriae Holway, A. Chamaecristae, A. modestum, and A. ingenuum. — P. A. Mum. 345. Batchelor, Marjorie Dietz. Aerobic spore-bearing bacteria in the intestinal tract of children. Jour. Bact. 4:23-24. PI. 1-8. 1919.— The author reports the different species and the frequency of each species of aerobic spore-bearing bacteria found in the dejecta of over fifty children. Five new species are described, including Bacillus badius, Bacillus fiisus, Bacillus tritus, Bacillus lautus, Bacillus flexus. — Chester A. Darling. 346. Beach, Walter Spurgeon. Biologic specialization in the genus Septoria. Amer. Jour. Bot. 6: 1-33. PI. 1, IS diagrams, 4 tables, 1 graph. 1919. 347. Bensaude, Mathilde. Recherches sur le cycle evolutif et la sexualite* chez les basidiomycetes [Researches on the life cycle and sexuality in Basidiomycetes]. 156 p., IS pi., SO fig. Nemours, 1918. — Coprinus fimetarius Fr., Arrjiillaria mucida Schrad., and Tricholoma 50 MORPHOLOGY, ETC., FUNGI, ETC. [Bot. Absts. nudum Bull., are the mushrooms studied. The author considers Bouin's picro-formol the most satisfactory fixing agent and iron haematoxylin counter stained with eosin, fuchsin, and light green as the best stains. The work is divided into two phases; the first deals with the morphology and cytology of the mycelia and the second treats of results obtained from the study of single spore cultures of Coprinus fimetarius. — The mycelia o f the three species of fungi Miss Bensaude studied were obtained from germinating spores as well as from material collected in the field. The author accepts R. Falck's classification of the mycelia into primary, secondary, and tertiary forms. The claim is made that the first few days after the germination of the spores in Coprinus the resulting mycelia belong to the primary class in which the hyphae are partitioned off into cells which contain from one to many nuclei. These uninucleated cells may give rise to varying numbers of uninu- cleated oidia.— Disarticulated hyphal cells which she calls "pseudoidia" are also formed which may germinate like true oidia. The nuclei in the germ tubes apparently divide amitotically. — Cross walls with clamp connections never appear in the hyphae of the primary mycelia. Miss Bensaude grew single spores of Coprinus fimetarius in pure cultures. She succeeded in isolating single spores. In two cultures of these, abundant mycelium was produced, which remained primary and did not produce carpophores. When parts of each mycelium were mixed in a culture, a secondary mycelium appeared and fruit bodies were produced. The chief method of bringing about the plasmogamy seems to be through the union of a hyphal cell of one thallus with an oidium from another thallus, although it may be brought about by the anastomosis of two hyphal cells of different thalli in C. fimetarius. Miss Bensaude thus concludes that the "dicaryon" in C. fimetarius is formed following plasmogamy between cells coming from two different thalli. — The transformation of a primary mycelium into a secondary mycelium is very difficult to observe. The fusion of two cells (plasmogamy or pseudogamy) introduces the cytoplasm and nucleus or nuclei of one cell into the other. This results in the establishment of a binucleated cell. If two cells unite which have more than two nuclei in common, all disintegrate but two. The uninucleated oidium may fuse with a hyphal cell and this is a very common means of bringing about the initial binucleated condition of the cell. — Each cell in these secondary hyphae is binucleated, constituting a "dicaryon." Conjugate nuclear division occurs in these hyphae as a rule in the apical cell, although intercalary cells divide occasionally. At the time of division the two nuclei move to the middle of the cell and the actual process of cell division is preceded by the formation of a protuberance which is to form a clamp. One of the nuclei which Miss Bensaude calls +, on the basis of her results with single spore cultures, enters this very short branch and the — nucleus remains at about the same level in the mother cell. Spindles are formed and conjugate nuclear division takes place. One of the + daughter nuclei goes back into the mother cell and the other goes to the apex of the young clamp. A cross wall cuts off the beak cell from the mother cell. Of the two — daughter nuclei, one goes to the apical part of the mother cell and the other to the basal part, and a cross wall is formed at the level of the young clamp dividing the cell into an apical portion with -4- and — daughter nuclei and a basal cell with only the — daughter nucleus. The little beak now fuses with the basal cell and its nucleus passes into this cell so that it also becomes binucleated. Very often the apex of the beak fuses with the mother cell before nuclear division takes place. — Reversion of secondary to primary mycelium occurs, in which case a uninucleated cell appears among binucleated cells. No clamps are found on the cross walls of this cell. These uninucleated cells may bear oidia. [See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 597.] — Michael Levine. 348. Btjrt, E. A. The Thelephoraceae of North America. IX. Aleurodiscus, Ann. Mis- souri Bot. Gard. 5: 177-203. 1918. — Fourteen species are included. It is pointed out that the limits of the genus are indefinite. The species are characterized especially by unusually large basidia and by noteworthy paraphyses. [See Bot. Absts. 1, Entry 774.) — H. M. Fitzpatrick. 349. Burt, E. A. The Thelephoraceae of North America. X. Hymenochaete. Ann. Mis- souri Bot. Gard. 5:301-372. 1918. — Thirty-six species are recognized for North America. The genus is characterized primarily by the possession of "slender, somewhat conical colored February, 1920] MORPHOLOGY, ETC., FUNGI, ETC. 51 setae between the basidia." The form <>f the fruit body varies from stipitate to resupinate. Emphasis is placed upon the fact that a single species may vary greatly in habit and form depending upon its position <>n the substratum. A species may be resupinate on the under side of a log and reflexed when developed up its side. Attention is called to the fact that the species of this genus possess a chemical substance in the tissue of the fruit body which causes an immediate darkening of sections when potassium hydrate is brought in contact with them. The genus is subdivided into two groups of species. In one group the setigerous tissue is seated directly on the substratum. In the other a hyphal layer destitute of setae lies between the substratum and the setigerous layer. — H. M. Filzpalrick. 350. Chenantais, J. E. Trois Descomycetes. [Three Discomycetes.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Mycolog. France 34:34-10. PI. 8. 1918. — The author describes three Discomycetes, Ascophanus Holmskjoldii, Hyahnia Ulicis, and Pithyella harnata. — Fred C. Werkenthin. 351. Chenantais, J. E. Etude sur les Pyrenomycetes. [A study of the Pyrenomycetes.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Mycolog. France 34:47-73. Fig. 1-5. 1918.— The author comes to the conclusion that the exterior distinction upon which the genera Caelosphaeria and Nitschkia are based are of no value. Nitschkia tristis and Nitschkia collapsa constitute only two forms of the same genus. — Fred C. Werkenthin. 352. Conn, H. J., and J. W. Bright. Ammonification of manure in soil. Jour. Agric. Res. 16: 313-350. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 850. 353. Davis, W. H. The aecial stage of alsike clover rust. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 24: 461-477. 1917 (1918). — A rust of the genus Uromyces is prevalent in this latitude on the common clovers, such as Tiifolium repens, T. pratense, and T. hybridum (alsike). Evidence is given to show that pyenia and aecia are developed on the leaves of alsike clover. Com- parison of the aecia and pyenia of the rust on T. hybridium, with that on T. repens and T. pratense, shows that they are not the same. — Cross inoculations with any of the spore forms of alsike clover rust show that this rust will not cause infection on red clover, white clover, mammoth clover, crimson clover, alfalfa, or white melilot. The rust of alsike clover is shown to be long cycled, autoecious, having all the spore forms. A morphological difference is evi- denced by measurements. The causal organism is Nigredo hybridi Davis; Otherwise, Uromyces hybridi Davis. — I. E. Melhus. 354. Dufour, Le6n. Note sur le mode de vegetation du Plicaria leiocarpa Currey. [Method of forming fruiting bodies by Plicaria leiocarpa Currey.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Mycolog. France 34: 31-33. 1918. — The author gives a detailed description of the formation of fruiting bodies of Plicaria leiocarpa. — Fred. C. Werkenthin. 355. Dtjfrenoy, J. Les conditions ecologiques du developpement des champignons para- sites. — Etude de geographie botanique. [Ecological relations of the development of parasitic fungi.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Mycolog. France 34: 8-26. 1918. 356. Eriksson, Jacob. Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte des Spinatschimmels (Peronspora spinaciae (Grew.) Laub.) [Life history of P. spinaciae.] Ark. for Bot. 15 15 : 1-25. PL 4, S fig. 1918. — The fungus is widely distributed geographically. It has been confused with P. effusa on Chenopodiaceae but it is morphologically as well as physiologically different. — Large spots appear on the young leaves of spinach (Spinacia oleracea) which are yellowish to white above and gray-blue beneath from conidiophores. Later the whole leaf is involved. — Most investigators have denied the presence of oospores in P. spinaciae. Accordingly a cytological study of the development cycle of the organism was undertaken. Leaf tissue from a healthy plant was compared with apparently disease-free leaf tissue of a plant showing the disease in its primary stage on certain leaves. No trace of mycelium could be found in either, but certain rather pronounced differences were observed in cell structure. These are illustrated by photomicrographs. Bodies resembling chondriosomes and mitochondria were 52 MORPHOLOGY, ETC., FUNGI, ETC. [Bot. Absts. observed which are thought to be pathological manifestations, i.e., mycoplasm. — After the two growth phases in the host have passed there comes a time when the fungus gains suprem- acy. Anatomically this is manifest in the dissolution of the chlorophyll granules. Nucleoli of the various sizes appear and mark the end of the mycoplasm stage. Soon the typical hyphal bodies become evident first within the cell and later in the intercellular spaces. — Antheridia and oogonia are formed on the intercellular mycelium and fusion stages are shown. Oospores develop. They can be found in dead tissue mostly singly in the spongy parenchyma or near the lower epidermis. — -The oospores germinate immediately. The germ tube issues from a stomata and, remaining simply or becoming branched, produces spores which function as zoosporangia. — The return of the fungus to the mycoplasm stage remains to be investi- gated.—!). Red dick. 357. Grove, Otto. A ropy cider bacillus. Ann. Rept. Agric. and Hortic. Res. Sta. Univ. Bristol. 1917: 15-17. 1918.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 455. 358. Jenkins, Anna E. Brown canker of roses, caused by Diaporthe umbrina. Jour. Agric. Res. 15:593-600. PI. D and Ifi-lft '. 1918. — The causal organism is described as new under the name Diaporthe umbrina. [See Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 768.] — H. M. Fitzpatrick. 359. Jokl, Milla. [Pythium conidiophorum nov. sp., ein Parasit von Spirogyra.] Osterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 67: 33-37. 1 pi. 1918. [From abstr. by Matouschek in Zeitschr. Pflanzenkr. 28:344. 1918.] 360. Jordan, W. H. Director's report for 1918. New York Agric. Exp. Sta. [Geneva Bull. 457: 1-25. 1918— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 856. 361. Juillard, M. G. Deux Bolets rares. [Two uncommon Boleti.] Bull. Trimest. Socl Mycolog. France 34:2-7. PI. 1-2, colored. 1918. — The author describes two rare Boleti, Boletus calopns Fr. and Boletus olivaceces Schaeff. — Fred C. Werkenthin. 362. Koch, G. P., and J. R. Butler. Cross inoculation of legumes. Soil Sci. 6: 397-403 1918. — Bacillus radicicola isolated from the roots of alfalfa, sweet clover and burr clover al cross-inoculate. Organisms isolated from any one of the 4 clovers, crimson, alsike, red and white produced a vigorous nodule formation by cross inoculation. The organisms of garden peas, vetch, Canada field peas, and sweet peas also cross-inoculate. — J. J. Skinner. 363. Lloyd, C. G. Mycological notes, no. 54. P. 766-780, fig. 1149-1174. Cincinnati, 1918. — The cover of this number bears the photograph of Professor Thomas H. Macbride, accompanied by a brief expression of personal appreciation. Photographs and notes on the following fungi are given: Cordyceps sinensis, Xylaria tuberculosa, X. polymorpha, X.fus.ca, X. stromatica, X. gracillima, Camillea (?) sulcata, Scleroderma sinnamariense, Trametes argyropotamica, Baeomyces roseus, Polyporus myclodes, Trametes pusillus, Exidia uvapassa, Cladoderris thwaitesii, Fomes marginatus, Irpex subcoriacea, Pleurotus sapidus, Camillea bomba, Isaria sphecocephala (?), and Sebacina spongiosa. Comments by correspondents on "Mycological Myths" are appended. A short account is given by N. Gist Gee of the history of Cordyceps sinensis in Chinese medicine and pharmacy. This plant is the celebrated "Chinese plant worm" of Chinese materia medica.— //. M . Fitzpatrick. 364. Lloyd, C. G. Mycological notes, no. 55. P. 782-796, fig. 1175-1199. Cincinnati, 1918. — The photograph of Mr. John Dearness appears on the cover of this number, and is accom- panied by ;i brief biographical sketch. The genus Auricularia is discussed, and a list of the species regarded as worthy of recognition is given. Only eight of the seventy-two named species are recognized. Photographs and notes are given for A. auricula Judac, A. Moellerii, and A. delicata. Three species of Stereum having dark, seal-brown, pubescent pilei are figured and discussed. These are S. illudens, S. deceptivus, and S. Phoca. "Rare and inter- esting fungi received from correspondents" include the following species: Polyporus Wil- sonianus, Secotium pedunculatum, S. tenuipes, S. russuloides, S. australe, Mucronella tenuipes , February, 1920] MORPHOLOGY, ETC., FUNGI, ETC. 53 Tremella fuciformis, Polyatictua clochphorua, P. anomalous Irpex veraatilia, I. vellereua, Polyatictua imbricatua, Lyaurua Oordneri, Polyporu i t unodae, Pterula mannii, Tremella frondosa, G easier clelandi i , Irpex cingulatum, Lycoperdon piaiforme, and hentinua faaciatua. Notes and photographs are given for all of these. Attention is culled to the pseudosclerotia produced by the last named species. — //. M. Fitzpatrick. 365. Lloyd, C. G. Xylaria Notes, no. 1. P. 1-16, fig. 1200-1236. Cincinnati. 1918— The author is now interesting himself in those Ascomycetes which have a large fruiting structure. He desires that collectors send these to him, and he asks here especially for material of Xylaria. In this paper he discusses the problems which confront the student undertaking monographic work in this group, and states that much of the systematic work on Xylaria has been inaccurately done. In certain species of Xylaria the interior of the stroma disap- pears leaving the center of the club hollow. These species are here discussed as "the hollow Xylarias." Approximately fifteen species are figured and described. Notes and photo- graphs are also given for other interesting species of Xylaria received from correspondents. These include X. Ridleyi, X. discoidea, X. mellisii, X. ectogramma, and X. gomphus. Isaria flabelliformis is figured and its possible connection with Xylaria corniformis is discussed. — //. il/. Fitzpatrick. 366. Lloyd, C. G. Xylaria Notes, no. 2. P. 17-32, fig. 1324-1357. Cincinnati, 1918. — Notes and figures of the following species are given: Xylaria castorea, X. chordae for mis, X. pistillaris, X. filiformis, X. apiculata, X. arbuscula, X. herculea, X. scruposa, X. anisopleura, X. torquescens, X. cookei, X. multiplex, X. obesa, X. lancea, X. luxurians, X. bipindensis, X. pallide-ostiolata, X. moriformis, X.faveolis, and X. cristulata. The possible connection of Isaria flabelliformis with X. corniformis is discussed. — //. M. Fitzpatrick. 367. Lloyd, C. G. Mycological Notes, no. 56. P. 798-812, fig. 1239-1266. Cincinnati, 1918. — The title page of this number bears the photograph of Doctor George A. Rex. An accompanying note makes reference to the value of his work in American Myxomycetes, and contains a brief account of his life. The fungi discussed in the number were in most cases received from Brazil. Of these may be mentioned Rickella transiens, Geaster stipitatus, Hydnum villipes, Polyporus inopinus, Rimbachia cyphelloides, R. vitellina. Dacryomitra depal- lens, Geaster trichifer, and Polyporus humilis. The genus Endogone is briefly discussed and E. tuberculosa is described and figured. Sarcosphaeria coronaria is figured and discussed. A collection made by S. H. Burnham in New York is regarded as the first American collection of this species. Cordyceps ophioglossoides is said to occur on a locust in Japan. Notes and photographs are also given for the following: Lenzites beckleri, Isaria cosmopsaltriae, Stereum plicatum, Polyporus salebrosus, Auricularia Hunterii, A. delicata, Merulius castaneus, Podo- crea cornu-damae, Polyporus profissilis, P. antilopus, Lenzites glabra, L. ungulaformis, and Polyporus conjunctus. — H. M. Fitzpatrick. 368. Moreau, Fernand. La biomorphogenese chez les lichens. [Biomorphogenesis of lichens.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Mycolog. France 34: 84-85, 1918. — The author shows that bio- morphogeny is found in Lichens. In his first chapter, entitled Bimorphogeny brought about by a foreign alga within the gonidial layer of Lichen, he states that within the outer or inner surface of the Peltigeraceae a green alga oftentimes produces knots, which are known as cephalodia. ' These cephalodia consist of a mixture of algal cells and fungal fila- ments, similar to the gonidial layer. Biomorphogenesis is evident in this case. In his second chapter the author shows how biomorphogeny is brought about by the alga within the gonidial layer. — Fred C. Werkenthin. 369. Molliard, Marin. Production d'acide citrique par le Sterigmatocystis nigra. [Production of citric acid by Sterigmatocystis nigra.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris. 168: 360-363. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 445. 54 MORPHOLOGY, ETC., FUNGI, ETC. [Bot. Absts. 370. Patouillard, N. Quelques champignons de Madagascar. [Several fungi from Madagascar.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Mycolog. France 34: 86-91. Fig. 1. 1918. — On a botani- cal collecting trip in Madagascar a number of fungi were collected by Viguier in 1912, some of which are interesting enough to be mentioned here. Trematophyletis Leptodesmiae n. gen. and n. sp., Gymnoconia Althemillae n. sp., Limacinula cupularis n. sp., Meliola amphi- tricha Fr. var. nov. pungens, Sphaerella Hydrocoiyles-asiaticae n. sp., Otthia deformans n. sp. causing tumors on limbs on small branches of Philippia, Ophiobolus Coffeae n. sp., and Sep- toria mellispora n. sp. — Fred C. Werkenthin. 371. Peyronel, B. Secondo elenco di funghi di Val S. Martino o Valle della Germanasca. [Second contribution on fungi of San Martino.] Nuovo Gior. Bot. Ital. 25: 146-192. 1918. — The author deals primarily with the Basidiomycetes (Agaricaceae and Polyporaceae especi- ally) listing only such species which could be identified with certainty. In case where pre- vious descriptions proved inadequate or misleading, a short description is given, special emphasis being laid on points of taxonomic importance. The author also notes elevation above sea level, exact location, and habitat for each species. Of the 128 species treated, 72 are new for that region and one, Boletus laricinus, is new for Italy. — -Ernst Artschwager. 372. Pierre, H. Superposition de deux Russules, — Russula olivacea Schoeff. [Super- positions of two Russulae.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Mycolog. France 34: 74-75. Fig. 1. 1918. — The author distinguishes between two Russulae, one characterized by being markedly con- cave, and by having a diameter of 16 cm., while the other is much smaller, only 3.5 cm., and distinguished by intimately adhering to the summit of the pileus which is expanded. — Fred C. Werkenthin. 373. Pierre, M. H. Nouveau cas de rubefaction de la face, survenu a la suite de l'inges- tion du Corpinus atramentarius. [A new report of rubefaction of the face caused by eating Coprinus atramentarius.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Mycolog. France 34: 28. 1918. 374. Spegazzini, C. Revision de las Laboulbeniales Argentinas. [Revision of the Laboulbeniales of Argentina.] An. Mus. Nacion. Hist. Nat. Buenos Aires 29: 445-688. Fig. 1-213. 1917. — This is a continuation and revision of the author's work "Laboulbeniales Argentinas" which appeared in 1912. It is divided in two sections. The first section is general and gives methods for the collection of the forms and of the hosts on which the forms are found, methods of conservation, methods of mounting for permanent collections, of separation from the hosts and methods of staining. This section also includes a general review of the morphology and life cycle of the Laboulbeniales. Methods for the artificial cultivation are also given. The second section is concerned chiefly with the description of species and diagnostic notes with careful notes as to the hosts on which the various forms were found. Keys to the families are appended. Out of the 213 species described 90 are new species and a few are new forms. — A. Bonazzi. 375. Stevenson, John A. A check list of Porto Rican fungi and a host index. Jour. Dept. Agric. Porto Rico. 2: 125-264. 1918. 376. Trotter, A. La "rabbia" o "antracnosi" del cece ed il suo produttore. [Rabbia or anthracnose of chick-pea and its cause.] Revist. Patol. Veg. 9: 105-114. 1918. — An out- break of the "rabbia" or anthracnose of the chick pea (Cicer arietinum) on the farm of the School of Viticulture at Avellino led to a new systematic study of the fungus causing this disease, already long known. The fungus previously known as Zythia rabiei, Phyllosticta cicerina and Ascochyta pisi is given the name Phyllosticta rabiei (Passerini) Trotter. — F. M. Blodgctt. 377. Van der Bijl, Paul A. Ring spot of cane leaves. South Africa Dept. Agric. Bull. 10: 15-16. Fig. 7. 1918. — Brief description of Leptosphaeria sacchari in the leaves of sugar cane. The illustration shows the perithecia to be deeply imbedded and amphigenous. — D. Reddick. February, 1920] PATHOLOGY 55 378. Vuillemin, Paul. Un nouvel Aspergillus brun, Eurotium verrusulosum. [A new brown Aspergillus, Eurotium verruculosum.l Bull. Trimest. Soc. Mycolog. France 34: 70-83. Fig. 1-4, 5-17. 1918. — The author describes Eurotium verruculosum, a new species, isolated from spoiled carrots, to be distinguished from Eurotium echinulaium by not having brown appendages on the surface of the pcrithecia, and not having echinuate ascospores and conidia. — Fred C. Werkenthin. 379. Vuillemin, Paul. Sur les Mortierella des groupes polycephala et nigrescens. [A discussion of Mortierella polycephala and Mortierella nigrescens.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Myc - log. France 34: 41-46. Fig. IS. 1918. — The author discusses and describes in detail Morti- erella polycephala and Mortierella nigrescens, using three text figures to illustrate various points in the development of the first mentioned fungus. — Fred C. Werkenthin. 380. Wakefield, E. M. Fungi exotici. XXIV. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1918:207-210. 1918. — The following new species are described: Fomes elegans on living Shorea robusta from India, F. pseudo-ferreus on diseased roots of Hevea brasiliensis from Federated Malay States, Aleurodiscus australiensis from Australia, and the following from Tropical Africa: Puccinia coreopsidis, Eutypella theobromicola, Rosellinia asperata, Septoria coffeae, Hender- sonia protearum, Cercospora latimaculans . — D. Reddick.] 381. Wakefield, E. M. New and rare British fungi. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1918: 229- 233. 1918. — New species are Lepiota nauseosa, Nectria fusco-purpurea, Cercosporella anlir- rhini on living leaves and stems of Antirrhinum, Helminthosporium warpuriae on an injured stem of Warpuria clandestina. — Critical notes and descriptions of the following: Merulius pinastri, Lysurus borealis, Mastigosporium album var. muticum. — D. Reddick. 352. Waksman, Selman A., and Roland E. Curtis. The occurrence of actinomycetes in the soil. Soil Sci. 6: 309-319. 1918— See Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 1342. PATHOLOGY Donald Reddick, Editor 353. Anonymous. The control of pests of fruit trees in gardens and small orchards. Jour. Bd. Agric. [London] 25:41-53. 3 fig. 1918. Also issued as Food Production Leaflet No. 39. 384. Anonymous. Field experiments, 1918. Jour. Dept. Agric. Ireland 19: 1S0-208. 1919— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 195. 385. Anonymous. Analyses of materials sold as insecticides and fungicides. New York Agric. Exp. Sta. [Geneva] Bull. 454. 15 p. 1918. — Chemical analyses of various brands of insecticides and fungicides sold in the state of New York. — F. C. Stewart. 3S6. Anonymous. Practical hints on potato spraying. Jour. Bd. Agric. [London] 25 : 198-203. 191S. Also published as Food Production Leaflet 43.— Prices of vitriol and soda, list of vendors, care and use of spraying machines, formulae, spraying dates for the various counties. — D. Reddick. 387. Ball, E. D. The potato leafhopper and its relation to the hopperburn. Jour. Econ . Entomol. 12: 149-155. PI. 5, fig. 7. 1919.— Results of study of hopperburn of the potato, Solarium tuberosum induced by the activities of the potato leafhopper, Empoasca mali. For the most part an entomological study and discussion of the disorder, however, discussing its relation to tipburn attributed to excessive transpiration. "I am with the plant patholog- ist in saying that there is no question but what some of the things they called tip-burn in the past were not this, but a large part of it was this." It is thought that the injury is not 56 PATHOLOGY [Bot. Absts. mechanical but specifically, an infection or an injection. Control consists in applying a contact spray, as blackleaf -iO, taking care to reach the lower surface of the leaves. Hopper- burn occurs on other plants, as nursery stock, young apple trees, growing tips of raspberries etc. — .4. B. Massey. 3SS. Board of Agriculture, Great Britain. Potato spraying campaign. Jour. Bd. Agric. [London] 25: 1004. 1918— In the 10 months— November 1, 1917 to August 1, 1918— over 14,500 knapsack and other spraying machines were bought in Great Britain for the purpose of spraying potatoes. Between November 1, 1916 and August 1, 1917, 12,000 machines were bought. Previous to a campaign of the Food Production Department, the yearly average was less than 1000 machines. — In a demonstration experiment at Christ- church, blight was general on unsprayed plots on August 22 whereas on the sprayed plots- it did not become general until September 17. — At digging time rod rows yielded healthy tubers as follows: sprayed, 345 pounds; unsprayed, 226 pounds. — D. Reddick. 389. Board of Agriculture, Great Britaiv. The wart disease of potatoes order of 1918. Jour. Bd. Agric. [London] 25:212-215. 1918. — Infected area is defined. No person in infected area shall plant potatoes not of a variety approved by the board as immune to wart disease. — Sale of immune varieties for seed purposes is restricted by license. — Potatoes from infected areas are not to be used for planting outside the area. — Owners discovering the disease are required to report it. — Tubers visibly affected are not to be sold for any pur- pose. — Inspectors have right of search and may order potatoes destroyed if conditions war- rant. — D. Reddick. 390. Byars, L. P. A serious eelworm or nematode disease of wheat. U. S. Dept. Agric. r Circ. 114. 5 p., 2 fig. 1918. — Tylenchus tritici has been found causing damage to wheat in United States. Present known distribution limited to states of Virginia and California. — ■ Control measures are: use of disease-free seed, a 3-year rotation and sanitary precautions. — D. Reddick. 391. Byars, Luther P. The eelworm disease of wheat and its control. U. S. Dept. Agric. Farmers' Bull. 1041. 10 p., 10 fig. 1919. 392. Carnot, P., and J. Dumont. Technique d'etude de la penetration des antiseptiques en milieux solides. [Technic for studying the penetration of antiseptics into solid substances.} Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. Paris 81: 1199-1200. 1918. — The appliance used consists of a por- celain cylinder placed in a Petri dish. The cylinder has a number of indentations about it3 base. A heavily inoculated agar culture of the test organism is poured into the Petri dish and after this has hardened the antiseptic is poured within the cylinder. — The diffusion takes place through the indentations in the base of the cylinder and after incubation the degree of diffusion and the activity of the antiseptic can be measured by noting the width of the clear zone about the cylinder. — An inorganic salt which will give a color reaction with some com- ponent of the antiseptic can be added to the agar if desired. [Abst. by G. H. S[mith] in Abst. Bact, 2, Entry 1946.] 393. Clinton, G. P. Artificial infection of Ribes species and white pine with Cronartium ribicola. Amer. Plant Pest Committee Bull. 2: 14-15. 1919. — Of 29 species and varieties of Ribes inoculated with aeciospores and urediniospores, infection was secured on all but five. Detached Ribes leaves, placed in inverted petri dishes produced uredinia in the case of 25 species of Ribes out of 35 that were tried. Infection takes place through the stomates. Suc- cess was obtained in maturing several other rusts on leaves in petri dishes. — Artificial infec- tion of pines proved that infection is accomplished in the leaves by way of the stomates. Small golden yellow snots appear sometimes as soon as 25 days after inoculation in the green- house. Later a distinct band is formed around the leaf. Mycelium is abundant around the fibrovascular system in these golden yellow spots. Later the mycelium was found to follow the bundles into the stem. — W . H. Rankin. February, 1920] PATHOLOGY 57 394. Coit, J.E., and ROBERT W. BoDQSON. The June drop of Washington navel oranges; a progress report. California Auric Exp. Sta. Bull. 290. P. 201-212. 1918. t. Absts. 2, Entry 273. 395. Cotton, A. D. Diseases of parsnips. Jour. Bd. Agrio. [London] 25: 61-71. 1918. — Slightly modified and abridged form of article published elsewhere. Sec Hot. Absts. 1, Entry 1612.— D. Roddick. 396. Detwiler, Samuel B. Status of white pine blister rust control in 1918. Axner. riant Pest Committee Bull. 2:4-11. 1919.— A summary of the results of field work con- duit od during 191S in the United States and Canada. In the northeastern states the amount of infection on currants and gooseberries was not as heavy as in the previous two seasons. Many new pine infections centers were found. Bulk of white pines are as yet free from thifl disease. The removal of currants and gooseberries from stands of white pine throughout this area is advised. Results so far obtained are said to warrant this measure as practical. In Maine three demonstration control areas are in operation. The average cost for the removal of Ribes plants was $0.32 for the acre. In New Hampshire cooperative efforts resulted in removing Ribes from 66,652 acres at a cost of $0.39 an acre. A demonstration control area of 1790 acres was established. The average cost was $0.71 an acre. In Ver- mont two control areas were established one of 473 acres and the other of 3053 acres. The cost of Ribes eradication on the first area was $2.47 an acre due to difficult conditions. On the other area it cost on the average of $0.85 an acre. Work was continued in Massachu- setts on several control areas. In one area of 8095 acres the cost was $0.60 an acre. In other areas totaling 10,611 acres, Ribes eradication cost $0.70 an acre. In Rhode Island a control area of 12,115 acres was established. Eradication of Ribes cost $0.28 an acre. Sev- eral check plots were rescouted and it was found that 97 per cent of the Ribes bushes had been removed. No control work was done in Connecticut in 1918. In New York State over a million wild Ribes were eradicated on 15 areas totalling 29,337 acres. The average cost was $1.46 an acre. A demonstration control area of 9344 was freed to the extent of 92 per cent of the Ribes plants, at a cost of $1.14 an acre. — The plants must be cut below the crown to prevent sprouting. Special tools were used for this purpose. Infected pines were found in three localities in Pennsylvania. None of these areas is close to native pine stands. Dis- eased pines were found in two nurseries and in an ornamental planting in New Jersey. In states south and west of Pennsylvania including Delaware, Maryland, Virginia, West Vir- ginia, North Carolina, Ohio, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kentucky, Tennessee, Missouri, Kansas, Nebraska, South Dakota and North Dakota, several thousand plantings of white pine were inspected as well as nurseries growing white pine but no blister rust was discovered. The rust was found in imported pines in one locality in Michigan. Scouting showed the disease present in 10 counties in northern Wisconsin. Surveys in Minnesota showed no new centers that were not known the previous season. In both Wisconsin and Minnesota it is the policy to remove all the pines in and adjacent to infection centers and also, so far as possible to eradicate Ribes in the vicinity of infections. No blister rust was found in the western states. In Quebec Province, Canada, the disease was found in one county on the north shore of the St. Lawrence River. The rust was abundant in southern Ontario but could not be found in northern Ontario. Surveys in New Brunswick, Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Alberta and British Columbia revealed no blister rust. Wild and cultivated Ribes are continuous from Ontario to Alberta. Three experimental areas were established in Quebec and Ontario to determine if white pine can be grown successfully in areas where the disease is present. Ribes are being removed from these areas. A table is appended to this report summarizing the num- ber of Ribes plants to the acre and cost of eradication work for different types of woodland on nine demonstration control areas in the northeastern states. — W. II. Rankin. 397. D'Herelle, E. Technique de la recherche du microbe filtrant bacteriophage (Bac- teriophagum intestinale). (Technic for isolating a filtrable organism (Bacteriophagum intes- tinale) which is bacteriophagous.) Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. Paris 81:1160-1162. 1918. — The organism, Bacteriophagum intestinale, possesses a definite antagonistic action toward BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, VOL. Ill, NO. 2 58 PATHOLOGY [Bot. Absts. B. dysenteriae. The organism may be isolated from dysenteric stools by filtration and cul- tivation in the presence of B. dysenteriae. — [Abst. by G. H. S[mith] in Abst. Bact. 2, Entry 2058.] 398. Doe, Fr. La conversion en futaie et l'oidium. [Conversion into high forest and the oidium.] Rev. Eaux et Forets 57: 53-59. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 2. 399. Federal Horticultural Board, U. S. Dept. Agric. Amendment No. 1 to regu- lations supplemental to notice of quarantine No. 37. Service and regulatory announcements 60: 21-22. 1919. Also U. S. Dept. Agric, Office of Secretary, Unnumbered leaflet, February, 1919. — Regulation 3 is amended so that bulbs, stocks, cuttings, seeds, etc., may be admitted if packed in soil or sand which has been sterilized under supervision of a duly authorized inspector. — D. Reddick. 400. Federal Horticultural Board, U. S. Department of Agriculture. Amend- ment No. 2 to regulations supplemental to notice of quarantine No. 37. Service and regula- tory announcements 61:33. 1919. Also U. S. Dept. Agric, Office of Secretary, Unnum- bered leaflet, March 27, 1919. — Regulation 14 is amended to read "Special permits for impor- tation in limited quantities of prohibited stock." Safeguards are to be prescribed in the permits as issued. This amendment is for the purpose of keeping the country supplied with new varieties and necessary propagating stock. — D. Reddick. 401. Federal Horticultural Board, U. S. Dept. Agric. Nursery stock, plant and seed quarantine. Notice of quarantine No. 37, with regulations. Service and regulatory announcements 57: 101-110. 1919. — This quarantine, effective June 1, 1919, supersedes present regulations governing the importation of nursery stock and brings under restriction all other plants or plant products for or capable of propagation. Such products as fruits, vegetables and cereals intended for medicinal, food or manufacturing purposes and field, vegetable and flower seeds are exempt. — Certain bulbs, rose stocks, fruit stocks, including cuttings, scions and buds, and seeds of nut, fruit, forest, and other ornamental and shade trees and of hardy perennial ornamental shrubs may be imported under permit, the terms of which are as follows: they must be free from sand, soil, or earth and they must originate in coun- tries which maintain inspection. The U. S. Department of Agriculture may import any plant or plant product for experimental or scientific purposes. — D. Reddick. 402. Hutt, Harry. Dry rot from the architect's point of view. Jour. Bd. Agric. Lon- don 25: 166-176. 3 fig. 1918. — This article does not attempt to deal with the various forms of fungi which cause dry rot in timber. Investigations were made showing that in the majority of cases where dry rot was found, the work had been carried on without the super- vision of an architect. In order to decrease the loss due to this disease the author suggests that all workmen should receive special instruction on the conditions conducive to the pro- duction of dry rot, and methods of construction that should be used to prevent it. Condi- tions favorable for growth of the fungus, and measures of control are given. The instructions given are mainly the sanitary measures employed for the control of fungus diseases. — J. Norma Anderson. 403. Johnson, James, and R. H. Milton. Strains of White Burley tobacco resistant to root-rot. U. S. Dept. Agric. Bull 765. 11 p., fig. 1-4-. 1919. — The purpose of the bulletin is to show the incorrectness of the commonly accepted explanations of tobacco "exhausted" soils in the Burley section of Kentucky and adjoining states. Root-rot (caused by Thielavia basicola) is an important factor in determining systems of tobacco soil management. It is one of the causes of yellowing and improper growth in seed beds. Low temperatures (60° to 75°F.) favor, while high soil temperatures (80° to 100°F.) practically prevent development of the parasite. Thus, in relatively warm seasons diseased plants may partially or wholly recover. In the Burley region rotation is practiced yet "sick" soils obtain; "healthy" soils are first contaminated by the transfer of the fungus bv wind, water or animals. In order to FUBBUABY, 1920] PATHOLOGY .">'.> overcome the trouble, and still grow the desired White Burley, the authors present results of selecting for disease resistance. Individuals winch remained healthy on "sick" soil were selected, propagated and tested over a period of several years. Under varied COndil ions these strains have maintained their original degree of resistance. The resistant strain is practically equal to the ordinary Hurley in quality (color and texture) of the cured product. It also brings as good price on the warehouse floor as the ordinary Hurley. For "sick" soils, the resistant Burley strains are advised for White Burley districts; for "healthy" soils the ordinary Burley may be preferred. [See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 43.] — L. Ii. Hosier. 404. Johnston, J. II., and Stephen C. Bruner. A Phyllachora disease of the royal palm. Mycologia 10:43-44. PL 2. 1918. 405. Lathrop, F. H. Leaf-hoppers injurious to apple trees. New York Agric. Exp. Sta. [Geneva] Bull. 451 : 185-200. PL /-/,, fig. 1-2. 1918— Consists, chiefly, of a discussion of the distinguishing characteristics, seasonal activities, and life stages of three species of leaf- hoppers which attack the cultivated apple [Malus sylvestris], viz., Empoasca Mali LeBaron, E. unicolor Gill., and Empoa rosae L. On pages 195-198 there is an account of some experi- ments the object of which was to ascertain the rMe of these insects in the transmission of the fire blight disease caused by Bacillus atnylovorus. The insects were first permitted to feed for a time on blighted apple shoots after which they were transferred to cages containing healthy shoots. Positive results were obtained with E. Mali; but the other two species gave negative results, except in one doubtful instance. The behavior of the insects indicated that the diseased tissue was distasteful and injurious to them. — F. C. Stewart. 406. Lee, H. A. Copper stearate. Ann. Rept. Agric. and Hortic. Res. Sta. Univ. Bristol 1917:39—12. [1918.] — If copper sulfate solution is added to soap solution an opaque light blue precipitate appears, the individual particles of which measure 2-3/*. Both solutions must be dilute (1 per cent) and the soap must be in excess. If much more than 20 cc. of copper sulfate solution is added to 100 cc. of soap solution a sticky mass is formed. The chemistry of the mixture is discussed. It wets resistant surfaces and combined with 2 per cent paraffin emulsion will wet such surfaces as mildew spots. Once dried on foliage it resists wetting completely. Its fungicidal properties have not been determined. — D. Reddick. 407. MacMillan, H. G. Fusarium-blight of potatoes under irrigation. Jour. Agric. Res. 16:279-303. PL 37-41. 1919.— Report of the investigations made in the Greeley, Colorado district during the years 1915, 1916, 1917 of the disease commonly known as "potato- wilt," "Fusarium-wilt," etc. The term "Fusarium-blight" is suggested as being more applicable to all stages of the disease. Fusarium oxysporum was found to bring about all phases of the disease; other species of Fusarium were found to bring about similar phenomena. Remarkable symptoms of the disease noted are, (a) wilting and dying of a single leaf while the remainder of the plant remains healthy, (b) evidence of the disease "when the first leaves appear," (c) passing of a plant from health to complete collapse within two days, and, (d) rolling of the leaves without the usual wilting. The soil, not the seed, is the principle source of the inoculum. Seed pieces furnish an important avenue of attack, injured surfaces being much more vulnerable than uninjured ones. Certain Rural varieties were found remark- ably susceptible and certain Pearl varieties remarkably resistant to the disease. — Selection for resistance, superior cultural practice, and the use of whole seed free from wounds are suggested as control measures. — Charles R. Stevenson. 408. Martin, Walter. The physical factors influencing infection. Ann. Surg. Phila- delphia, 68:436-445. 1918. — A general discussion of wound infection, placing emphasis upon the importance of pressure at the focus of infection, the presence of foreign bodies, the effect of devitalized and necrotic tissues, and the presence of dead spaces in the wound. [Abst. by G. H. S[mith] in Abst. Bact. 2, Entry 2150.] 60 PATHOLOGY [Bot. Absts. 409. McCubbin, W. A. Investigation in the Canadian Department of Agriculture. Rept. White Pine Blister Rust Control, Amer. Plant Pest Committee Bull. 2: 13-14. 1919.— Sun- light filtered through glass to remove its ultra-violet content did not materially affect germi- nation of spores of Cronartium ribicola even after five hours exposure. Both aeciospores and urediniospores readily fall victims to ultra-violet radiations, however, at an exposure of 2.5 minutes to the radiations from a source whose ultra-violet energy may be represented by 0.38. In 22 woodlots in Niagara district blister rust was present in 19. An average of 2.3 per cent of the trees were found infected; the highest percentage infection was 33.54 in one woodlot. In 10 plantations at Oakville where disease has been present since 1915, one pine out of 2249 was found diseased. In Simcoe county where the fungus has existed since 1912 no diseased pine could be found in three plantations of 600 trees. Author believes that about 1 per cent of s the pines under conditions favorable to infection, will become infected each year. — W. H. Rankin. 410. Mestrezat, W., and Th. Casalis. Proprietes antiseptiques et mode d' emploi du monochlorure d'iode. [The antiseptic properties and the method of use of monochloride of iodine.] Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. Paris 81: 1196-1199. 1918.— Solutions of iodine chloride possess a high antiseptic property and are harmless to the tissues. The solution is used in a concentration of 0.3 gram per liter. [Through absts. by G. H. Smith] in Abst. Bact. 2, Entries 1952 and 1953.]— D. Reddick. 411. Metcalf, Ha vex. Summary of the white pine blister rust situation. Rept. White Pine Blister Rust Control, Amer. Plant Pest Committee Bull. 2: 16. 1919. — The cost of removing wild currants and gooseberries is low and will not compare with the cost of the damage if the bushes are permitted to remain and spread infection to the pines. Resump- tion of planting white pine in East is warranted. Ribes must be eradicated from the planting area and the plantation kept free of Ribes during subsequent years. The wisdom of state and national quarantines confirmed by the demonstrated fact of the over-wintering of the fungus on Ribes. These state and national quarantines must continue to be rigidly enforced for an indefinite period. — W. H. Rankin. 412. Monziols, M. Procede de disinfection absolue des mains en trois minutes par une pate a base de chlorure de chaux. [Method of securing an absolute disinfection of the hands in three minutes by the use of a paste of calcium chlorite.] Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. Paris 81: 600-602. 1918.— The formula for the paste is: grams Calcium chloride 2 Sodium carbonate 2 Boric acid 10 Talc 10 —[Abst. by G. H. S[mith] in Absts. Bact. 2, Entry 1918.] 413. Nortox, J. B. Washington asparagus: information and suggestions for growers of new pedigreed rust-resistant strains. U. S. Dept. Agric, Office Cotton, Truck and Forage Crop Diseases, Circ. 7. P. 8. Washington [D. C], 1919. 414. Paravicini, E. Favolus europaeus Fr. Ein Schadling des Nussbaumes. [An enemy of the nut trees.] Schweiz. Zeitschr. Forstwesen 70: 15-17. 1919.— Since the culture of nut trees has assumed commercial importance in Switzerland, the enemies of the nut tree must be controlled. Juglans regia L. is subject to attack by the following fungi: Polyporus sulfureus, P. imbricatus, P. squabnosus, P. cinnabarinus, P. jomentarius, P. ignarius, P. hispidus, Daedalea cinnabarina, Agaricus ostrealus, and Favolus europaeus. — Favolus euro- paeus has been found to be the most virulent. This fungus has been found in various parts of Switzerland, which indicates that it may become a serious factor. — The method of infec- tion has not been experimentally determined, but it is known that the fungus enters through wounds in the branches. — The only method of control known is to remove all diseased branches and cover the wound with grafting wax. — J. V. Hofmann. February, 1920] PATHOLOGY ''I 415. Perkins, Joseph A. Preliminary report of a method for estimating in vivo the germi- cidal activity of antiseptics. Ann. Surg. Philadelphia 68: 2-1! -244. 1918.— The count of organ- isms secured by culture from the wound is regarded as more accurate than counts made from smear preparations. — The applications of disinfectants (chlorinated compounds) to the wounds caused marked drops in the plate counts. — (Abst. by G. II. S[mith| in Abst. Bact. 2, Entry 1917.1 416. Regan, W. S. Progress of experiments for destroying Ribes with chemicals. Ilept. White Pine Blister Rust Control, Amer. Plant Pest Committee Bull. 2: 15-10. 1919. — Undiluted fuel-oil applied as a fine spray to foliage and twigs produced defoliation and under favorable conditions the bark was penetrated and the bushes killed. Two or three appli- cations were necessary to kill skunk currants in the shade. Other less effective foliage sprays tested included sodium arsenite, salt solution, kerosene and several proprietary mix- tures. One of the latter at 1 to 60 strength killed the foliage of skunk currants in 5 hours in a sunny exposure; 1 to 40 strength killed the foliage in 15 minutes. Of several liquids and oils applied at the base of the bushes, "dip" oil has given the most satisfactory results. — W. H. Rankin. 417. Spaulding, Perley. Investigations in the United States Department of Agriculture- Rept. White Pine Blister Rust Control, Amer. Plant Pest Committee Bull. 2 : 11-13. 1919. — Investigations carried on at Block Island, Rhode Island; Kittery Point, Maine; North Con- way, New Hampshire, and Lewis, New York. Aeciospores of Cronartium ribicola were caught in traps at an altitude of 2700 feet above the nearest known source of spores which was five and one-half miles distant. Spore-traps 20 feet above fruiting cankers caught many more spores than did traps at either side or below. Aeciospores are disseminated for miles away from their source; they retain their viability for weeks and show a higher per- centage of germination than the other spores. Urediniospores were found by spore-traps to be limited in their dissemination to a distance of one to three hundred yards. — -At Lewis, New York, rain periods were followed in due time by new generations of spores on Ribes. Seven distinct generations were noted. Sporidia abundantly produced in September and thereafter. These spores were caught at no distance over 200 feet from the infected bushes. — Evidence seems to warrant the belief that a Ribes-free zone of from 100 to 600 yards according to topographic and other conditions will protect pines from infection. Uredinio- spores from over-wintered leaves under bushes were used in successful infection experiments in March (See Phytopath. 8:617-619. 1918).— W. H. Rankin. 418. Thomas, C. C. Seed disinfection by formaldehyde vapor. Jour. Agric. Res. 17: 33-39. 1 fig. 1919. — The danger involved in treating many kinds of seeds with liquid disin- fectants led to trials with formaldehyde vapor. The seeds are spread out on trays and cov- ered tightly. A small jet of steam is admitted to the container and formaldehyde is injected into the steam intake by air pressure. The film of condensation water about the seeds evap- orates quickly setting free the gas. — Various kinds of seeds were tested and none was in- jured materially by treatment for 2 hours with formaldehyde used at the rate of 30 ounces of solution (40 per cent) to 1000 cubic feet. Under similar conditions masses of bacteria and of spores of several parasitic fungi were killed by using 20 ounces of formaldehyde to 1000 cubic feet. Masses of spores of four species of Fusarium were not killed when subjected to treatment for 2 hours with vapor at the rate of 30 ounces to 1000 cubic feet. — D. Reddick. 419. Weldon, G. P. Pear blight epidemic in mountain countries. Month. Bull. Cali- fornia Comm. Hortic. 7:459. 1918. — Pear blight (Bacillus amylovorus) was very severe in higher altitude sections of California, places where, before this season (1918), it was scarcely known. — D. Reddick. 420. Winston, G. R., and EL R. Fulton. The field testing of copper-spray coatings. U. S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 785. 9 p.. fig. 1-4. 1919.— The authors point out that varying local conditions make the spray calendar inadequate, and therefore a suitable chemical test of the 62 PHARMACOGNOSY [Bot. Absts. spray coating seems desirable in determining proper time for renewal of applications. The method, which is fully described, consists in making comparisons between washings from sprayed leaves and a series of known dilutions of a standard copper solution. By the same method one may be assisted in correcting faulty spraying practices, either in preparation of the mixture or manner of application. — L. R. Hosier. 421. Wormald, H. Brown rot of apples. Jour. Bd. Agric. [London] 25:299-302. Fig. 1-S. 1918. — Brief description of brown rot as caused by Monilia fructigena Pers. (Sclerotinia fructigena Schroeter) is given. The life history of the parasite is also summarized. Over- wintering is said to occur in mummied apples hanging to the tree. Conidia produced in the summer, and which remain on the pustules or are carried away, usually lose their vitality. — The fungus enters fruits through wounds, such as are produced by biting insects. The fungus may, on some soft-wooded varieties, pass from the affected fruit into the fruiting spur and even into the branch forming a canker around the base of the spur. In this respect it resem- bles the disease of apple produced by a closely related species, Monilia cinerea Bon. (see Jour. Bd. Agric. 24: No. 5). Cases where affected fruits turn black, the skin remaining smooth or nearly so and bearing few or no pustules, are described, but the conditions effecting such symptoms have not been determined. Removal of affected fruits, spurs and cankered areas is advised. — L. R. Hesler. PHARMACEUTICAL BOTANY AND PHARMACOGNOSY Henry Kraemer, Editor 422. Abbott, W. S. A study of the effect of storage, heat, and moisture on Pyrethrum. U. S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 771. 6 p. 1919. — -Various experiments on whole and ground flower heads of Pyrethrum cinerariaefolium (Trev.) showed that their efficiency as an insecticide was more lasting in the whole than in the powdered condition. — A. R. Bechtel. 423. Anonymous. Mexico's little known botanicals. Pharm. Era 52: 58. 1919. — A cor- respondent submits a list of ten drug plants giving the Mexican names, botanical nomen- clature, and the names of the states in which they grow.— Oliver A. Farwell. 424. Anonymous. Geography of U. S. botanical drugs. Pharm. Era 52:63-66, 89-92. 9 fig., 2 maps. 1919. — An attempt is made to give the geographical source of the botanical drugs of the United States Pharmacopoeia and of the National Formulary. The greater number of these plants are indigenous to the Western Hemisphere and most of these to U. S. A.; it is pointed out that many of them are likewise admitted to the pharmacopoeias of other countries and that still others have a more or less commercial demand for use abroad. The cultivation of drug-plants for commercial purposes received an added stimulus as a result of the war and scarcity of supplies but as an industry the cultivation of plants has yet to be developed. It is said that the vegetative regions of North America correspond very closely to those of the northern half of the Eastern Hemisphere and that the character of the vege- tation is determined by the alternation of summer and winter heat and by man himself. The different regions are contrasted and the more important commercial pharmaceutical plants in each are listed and plotted for the Western Hemisphere. The necessary information regard- ing climatic and soil conditions, plant idiosyncrasies, and financial resources, and control of a strictly limited market, to make cultivation of drugs a success is indicated. — Oliver A. Farwell. 425. Beringer, G. M. [Rev. of: Maiden, J. H. A critical revision of the genus Eucalyptus. Vol. IV, Part 6. Published by the Government of the State of New South Wales.] Amer. Jour. Pharm. 91: 328-329. 1919. February, 1920] PHARMACOGNOSY 03 426. Bourquelot, Em., and H. Herissey. Application de la methode biochimique a l'etude des feuilles d'Hakea laurina. Extraction d'un glucoside (arbutin) et de quebrachite. [Biochemical methods applied to the study of the leaves of Hakea laurina. Extraction of arbu- tin and quebrachite.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 168:414-417. 1919. — Leaves of Hakea laurina R. Br. (an Australian tree of the Proteaceae), which is cultivated as an ornamental tree in France, were examined chemically and two glucosides as well as quebrachite, were found. Arbutin and quebrachite were isolated. Treatment of leaf preparations with inver- tase and emulsin demonstrated the presence of sucrose and a hydrolyzable glucoside. It is noted that arbutin and quebrachite were also found together in the leaves of Grevillea robuxta A. Cunn., another member of the Proteaceae. — V. II. Young. 427. Ewe, George E. Notes on emetine hydrochloride. Amer. Jour. Pharm. 91 : 275- 280. 1919. — The examination of samples of emetine hydrochloride, representing the products of five American manufacturers, showed that a pale reddish-purple color, followed rapidly by a brown and finally a light green was obtained in each case, whereas the United States Pharma- copoeia states that no purple color should be produced, indicating the absence of considerable proportions of cephaeline. Quantitative determinations were made to ascertain if the amount of cephaline present was dangerously great, with the following results: Sample No. 1, 1.65 per cent; No. 2, 3.10 per cent; No. 3, 2.1 per cent; No. 4, 0.80 per cent; No. 5, 2.10 per cent. Judging from this, if the rule were interpreted literally it would exclude the majority of emetine hydrocloride on the market. A quantitative test, as suggested by the author, should be resorted to; the adoption of an upper limit of 3 per cent of cephaeline would insure the absence of excessive proportion of cephaeline in the emetine hydrochloride. A series of experiments were performed to note the effect of heat, light, acidity and tin on emetine hydrochloride, with the following results. Crystallized emetine hydrochloride practically withstands sterilization temperatures; diffused sunlight for a number of weeks is required to just appreciably darken solutions of emetine hydrochloride, and direct sunlight of at least three hours duration i.s required to just appreciably darken solutions; titration for acidity is to be preferred to the United States, Pharmacopoeia litmus test; metallic tin acts similarly to a soluble alkali in liberating the alkaloid from solutions of emetine hydro- chloride, the time required, however, being prolonged. — Anion Hogstad, Jr. 428. Heckel, James E. Modern paint vehicles. Amer. Jour. Pharm. 91 : 287-297. 1919. — As the annual production of flax in the United States is insufficient and has been decreasing for the last decade, especially during the past two or three years, it is desirable to devise means to overcome this shortage. — The solution of the problem might be attained in any of three ways: increasing flax production; importing enough flaxseed to make up the shortage; or using other oils to eke out. The three questions are discussed by the author, the main emphasis being placed on the use of other oils. A comparison of various oils is given, such as perilla, hempseed, lumbang ("Kukui" or candlenut), soy bean, china wood, menhadden and poppyseed. — Anton Hogstad, Jr. 429. Lloyd, Francis E. The origin and nature of the mucilage in the cacti and in certain other plants. Amer. Jour. Bot. 6: 156-166. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 442. 430. Mirande, Marcel. Sur les reactions michrochimiques et les localizations de l'alca- lofde de l'lsopyrum thalictroides. [Concerning the michrochemical reactions and localization of the alkaloid of Isopyruin thalictroides.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 168: 316-317. 1919. — Harsten in isolated the alkaloid isopyrine from Isopyruin thalictroides 1872. By means of microchemical studies author locates the alkaloid principally in definite regions of the roots and rhizomes, although it was also located in lesser amounts in the stems and petioles. This alkaloid appears to be distinct from that demonstrated by MacDougal (1896) in an American species, Isopyrum biternatum. — V. H. Young. 431. Riley, W. J. A use of galls by the Chippewa Indians. Jour. Econ. Entomol. 12: 217-218. 1919.— The writer calls attention to the fact that Chippewa Indians made use of 64 PHYSIOLOGY (Bot. Absts. galls produced by a species of Eriophyes on sumac. Rhus copallina and R. glabra, a fact that was overlooked by Miss Fagan in her paper on the uses of insect galls (Auier. Nat. 52: 155- 176. 1918). — These galls occur abundantly in Minnesota and are collected in late summer by the medicine men, who use them in an infusion as a remedy for diarrhoea and in poultice for the treatment of burns. — A. B. Massey. 432. Schmidt, Elsa. A new method for a separate extraction ,of hydrastine and ber- berine from golden seal on a large scale, and a review study of the two alkaloids. Amer. Jour. Pharm. 91: 270-275. 1919. — The paper deals with the separate extraction of hydrastine and berberine, the hydrastine being extracted by the use of benzol and the berberine by hot water acidulated with acetic acid, after the extraction of the hydrastine. The author also gives methods for the estimation of these two alkaloids, tests for same, method for detection in plants and a few notes on the properties and uses of these two alkaloids. — Anton Hogstad, Jr. PHYSIOLOGY B. M. Duggar, Editor GENERAL 433. Collins, S. Hoare. Plant products and chemical fertilizers, xvi+296 p. Bail- Here, Tindall and Cox: London, 1918. — This is one of a series of books proposed on "Indus- trial Chemistry." The present volume is divided about equally into four parts as follows: (1) fertilizers, (2) soils, (3) crops, and (4) the production of meat. In the third part is included most of the plant physiological material and the various sections represent the subject under the following captions: photosynthesis, the carbohydrates produced in crops, the oil-bearing plants, the nitrogen compounds in plants, miscellaneous plant products, and produce varia- bility. — B. M. Duggar. DIFFUSION, PERMEABILITY 434. Stiles, Walter, and Ingvar Jorgensen. On the relation of plasmolysis to the shrinkage of plant tissue in salt solutions. New Phytol. 18: 40-49. Fig. 1-2. 1919. — This is essentially an answer to D. Thoday's paper (New Phytol. 17: 108. 1918). — /. F. Lewis. 435. Waynick, D. D. The chemical composition of the plant as further proof of the close relation between antagonism and cell permeability. Univ. California Publ. (Agric. Sci.) 3: 135-243. PL 1S-24, fig. 1-26. 1918. WATER RELATIONS 436. Gray, John, and George J. Peirce. The influence of light upon the action of stomata and its relation to the transpiration of certain grains. Amer. Jour. Bot. 6: 131-155. Fig. 1-18. 1919. — The work of F. Darwin and of Lloyd on the action of stomata is briefly reviewed. In the present paper the action of the stomata is studied in wheat, oats, rye, bar- ley and wild oats (Avenafatua), growing in moist soil, in saturated soil and in dry soil, and under different degrees of temperature, humidity and illumination. Direct observations and measurements of the stomatal aperture were made in the living leaf by fastening it gently to the stage of a microscope. — The opening and closing of the stomata depend chiefly upon light, since they were found to open in light and to close in darkness, almost independently of other factors. An increase or decrease in the amount of light has a corresponding effect upon the width of the stomatal openings. If the amount of water in the soil falls below the minimum needed to maintain the turgidity of the guard cells, however, they will remain closed regard- less of the illumination. Wild oats in the greenhouse behave essentially like the other spe- cies studied, but, unlike them, when grown out of doors, the stomata close in the middle of February, 1920] PHYSIOLOGY 65 the day on bright days. This difference is ascribed to the xerophytie environment under which the wild oat normally prows. The moisture, soil and light requirements and the sto- matal behavior of the cultivated species studied were essentially the same, though not iden- tical. The authors call attention to the fact that light, the factor which regulates the rate of food manufacture, also regulates the opening of the stomata through which raw material for food manufacture enters. — E. W. Sinnott. MINERAL NUTRIENTS 437. Skinner, J. J., and F. R. Reid. The influence of phosphates on the action of alpha- crotonic acid on plants. Amer. Jour. Bot. 6: 167-180. Fig. 1-9. 1919. — Alpha-crotonic acid, even in low concentrations, is harmful to plants. The action of nutrient salts in counter- acting this effect was studied. Wheat plants were grown in a nutrient solution of calcium acid phosphate, sodium nitrate and potassium sulphate, one set with and another without cro tonic acid. The familiar "triangle" system was used to study the effect of various pro- portions of nitrate, phosphate, and potash. The green weight of plants produced after 12 days was determined. Crotonic acid was found to depress this weight on the average of 52 per cent, but to have a much less harmful effect in solutions high in phosphate than elsewhere. To determine whether the calcium or the phosphate or both were important in causing this effect, sodium salts were substituted for calcium. Mono-, di- and tri-sodium phosphates, respectively, were used, the other members of the solutions remaining unchanged. Mono- sodium phosphate was similar in its effects to mono-calcium phosphate. Di- and tri-sodium phosphates, however (which are alkaline rather than acid in reaction), when in relatively strong concentration, counteract even more markedly the harmful effect of the crotonic acid. The effect of crotonic acid is therefore much ameliorated by the presence of phosphate and is less severe in solutions containing alkaline salts. — E. W. Sinnott. , METABOLISM (GENERAL) 438. Bourqtjelot, Em., and H. H^rissey. Application de la methode biochemique a l'etude des feuilles d'Hakea laurina. Extraction d'un glucoside (arbutin) et de quebrachite. [Biochemical methods applied to the study of the leaves of Hakea laurina. Extraction of arbu- tin and quebrachite.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 168:414-417. 1919. [See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 426.] 439. Combes, Raoul. Recherches biochemiques experimentales sur le role physiologique de glucosides chez les vegetaux. [Biochemical investigations on the physiological role of glu- cosides in plants.] Rev. Gen. Bot. 29: 321-350, 353-376. PI. 1-3. 1917. Ibid. 30: 5-16, 33- 50, 70-93, 105-106, 146-157, 177-205, 226-238, 245-270, 283-301, 321-322, 355-364. PL 14, 15, 16, 18. 1918.— This paper, which gives the facts gained during a period of nearly ten years of experimental work, contains a review of the general history of glucosides; a discussion of some new external and internal factors that determine the glucoside content of the plant; with a detailed account of new apparatus, its use, and the results of experiments. The plants were grown under sterile conditions throughout the period of experimentation, by the strict ster- ilization of seeds, media, and all apparatus. Small plants were cultivated in special tubes so that the gas they used was sterile, being allowed to circulate through cotton stoppers. Knop's medium with and without the addition of a specific glucoside was used as the principal culture medium. These nutrient media were made solid when necessary by the addition of 5 per cent gelatine or pumice. At the end of the culture period the sterility of the medium was tested by bouillon inoculation. This was followed by a quantitative analysis of the medium, the plant stem, and the plant root, which gave data on the absorption and excretion of material. Plants grown under sterile conditions such that their roots were in contact with a nutrient medium containing a specific glucoside behaved according to the species to which they belonged. Thus Agrostemma Githago grew in solutions containing from 1 to 10 per cent of agrostemma saponin (extracted from Agrostemma seeds) without showing any signs of suffering, while plants not related to this species (Polygonum and Rapkanus) grew only in to 0.1 per cent 66 PHYSIOLOGY [Bot. Absts. solutions of this glucoside. The disturbing effect of agostemma saponin on the latter plants was shown by the death and falling of the root hairs, the coralloid aspect of the radical, and the decrease in the production of dry material. The fact that Agrostemma Githngo will grow in solutions containing 1000 times more agrostemma saponin than species of plants that do not produce this glucoside, indicates the immunization of Agrostemma Githago against its glucoside. In like manner saponin had a toxic effect on Oenothera, but did not affect Sapo- naria which produces this glucoside. Amygdalin was toxic and decreased the production of dry material in Raphanus sativus, Vicia sativa, Vicia macrocarpa, and Polygonum. Vicianin was not toxic for Vicia. Amygdalin was not absorbed nor used by the radish as a source of nitrogen or carbon. Vicia was not permeable to amygdalin nor agrostemma saponin. Agro- stemma Githago could not absorb nor use agrostemma saponin as a food. One is not justified in concluding that glucosides play no role in the plant and are simply waste products, from the fact that they cannot penetrate the roots. — Dean A. Pack. 440. Htjlton-Frankel, Florence, Helene Barber, and Eleanore Pile. Studies on synthetic mediums. I. Study of the characteristics of some bacteria on a simple synthetic medium. Jour. Infect. Diseases 24:9-16. 1919. — A synthetic medium having the following constituents, with water to make one liter: — ■ cc. cc. 129.5 Molar H 3 P0 4 100.0 Molar KOH 18.8 Molar CH 3 COOH 10.0. . .0.01 per cent Fe 2 Cl 8 17.8 Molar NH 4 OH 10.0. . .0.01 per cent MgS0 4 100.0 Molar NaOH 10.0. . .0.01 per cent CaCl 2 A hydrogen-ion concentration of 10. — 7 . N is suitable for the growth of most saprophytic bac teria and some facultative parasites. None of the characteristics of the organisms were lost from growth on the synthetic medium. [See also next following Entry, 441.] — SelmanA. Waksman. 441. Htjlton-Frankel, Florence, and Helene Barber. Studies on synthetic mediums. II. Sugar fermentations in synthetic mediums. Jour. Infect. Diseases 24: 17-18. 1919. — The same formation of acid and gas, with very few exceptions, was obtained for a number of bacteria by using different sugars in broth and in a synthetic medium, the composition of which has been given. [See also next preceding Entry, 440.] The use of the synthetic medium presents special advantages in routine field work. — Selman A. Waksman. 442. Lloyd, Francis E. The origin and nature of the mucilage in the cacti and in certain other plants. Amer. Jour. Bot. 6: 156-166. 1919. — The mucilage of Opuntia, of certain Mal- vaceae, and of Astragalus gummifer was studied. The mucilage cells in Opuntia are scattered through the cortical and medullary parenchyma, the exact distribution varying somewhat with the species. They are almost entirely absent from the primary growing point, being secondary in origin and arising first in the medulla and later in the cortex. They are first recognizable by their large size. The walls, at first like those of the adjacent cells, soon become thickened by the change of their inner zone from ordinary cellulose to hydrocellulose. It is from this zone that the mucilage arises; and as the layer of mucilage swells it compresses the protoplasm toward the center of the cell, except at the pits, where the wall is not hydro- lyzed and where projections of the protoplasm remain in contact with it. A treatment of tissue with anaesthetics caused an abundant oozing of mucilage, due to the fact that the par- enchyma cells around the mucilage cells become asphyxiated and gave up their water into the intercellular spaces, whence it was used in hydrating the mucilage cells. Starch is found in the protoplasts of the mucilage cells, a fact which indicates that the protoplasts may remain alive. The mucilage layer shows lamination, which the author believes to be due to varying degrees of hydration or to a layering in the original cellulose wall. He brings forward evi- dence that the mucilage is neither laid dtwn'as a secondary layer, nor secreted within the protoplast or on its surface, but that it is strictly a development of the primary wall of the Fkbruary, 1920] PHYSIOLOGY 67 cell. He discusses the views of previous workers as to the origin of mucilage. — The mucilage uf Opuntia is hydrolyzed by various acids and submits slowly to the digestive action of organisms, gradually losing its viscosity. The effect of various stains upon mucilage was studied. Some were adsorbed vigorously, others less so and others not at all. The degree of adsorption is related to the degree of hydration. The viscosity of the mucilage was found to be lowered by those dyes which are adsorbed, "at a rate and to an extent in direct relation to the degree of adsorption." — E. W. Sinnott. 443. Magoon, C. A., and J. S. Caldwell. A new and improved method for obtaining pectin from fruits and vegetables. Science 47: 592-594. 1918. 444. Mibandk, Marcel. Sur les reactions michrochimiques et les localizations de l'alca- loide de l'lsopyrum thalictroides. [Concerning the microchemical reactions and localizations of the alkaloid of Isopyrum thalictroides.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 168: 316-317. 1919. —See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 430. 445. Molliard, Marin. Production d'acide citrique par le Sterigmatocystis nigra. [Production of citric acid by Sterigmatocystis nigra.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 168: 360- 363. 1919.— Wehmer (1893) created the genus Citromyces on the basis of the fact that cer- tain fungi produced citric acid under certain conditions. It was considered that this fact was of significance in denoting relationship and that the production of citric acid was of the same significance as the formation of oxalic acid in Aspergillus, Penicillium, and Sterigmato- cystis. Experiments by the author show that conditions unfavorable to the growth of the mycelium of Sterigrnalocystis nigra and especially a small amount of nitrogen compared with the amount of sugar present in the substratum, result in the formation of citric acid. Both oxalic acid and citric acid may appear in the same cultures or they may each appear separately. Under the conditions studied much greater amounts of citric acid than of oxalic acid were formed. — The conditions resulting in the formation of citric acid in Sterigmatocystis nigra are the same conditions that favor its formation in Citromyces. Wehmer showed further that citric acid may also be formed by Mucor pyriformis and Penicillium luteum. — The author points out the danger of employing physiological characteristics in the classification of organ- isms in systems where morphological characteristics are also employed. — V. H. Young. 446. Neidig, R. E., C. W. Colver, H. P. Fishbtjrn, and C. L. von Ende. The acids of silage. Idaho Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 104: 19-20. 1918. METABOLISM (NITROGEN RELATIONS) 447. Neller, J. R. Studies on the correlation between the production of carbon dioxide and the accumulation of ammonia by soil organisms. Soil Science 5: 225-241. PL 1, fig. 1-5. 1918. METABOLISM (ENZYMES, FERMENTATION) 448. Bourquelot, Em., and M. Bridel. Syntheses biochimiques simultanees du gentio- biose et des deux glucosides /3 du glycol par l'emulsine. [Simultaneous synthesis of gentiobiose and of two ^-glucosides of glycol by emulsin.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 168: 253-256. 1919. — Emulsin of almonds is apparently a mixture of at least three enzymes; viz., gentiobiase, cellobiase and /8-glucosidase. Theoretically such a mixture of enzymes acting on a mixture of /3-glucose and glycol in diluted solution should bring about the synthesis of four substances; viz., cellibiose, gentiobiose and mono- and diglucoside of glycol. Experiments conducted along these lines yielded all of these substances in crystalline form except cellobiose. — V. H. Young. 449. Bourquelot, Em., and M. Bridel. Synthese biochimique, a l'aide de l'emulsine, du glucoside de l'alcool naphthylique alpha. [Biochemical synthesis of glucoside beta by emul- sin.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 168:323-324. 1919.— Naphthyllic alcohol (a-naphthyl- carbinol) obtained by Grignard's reaction was mixed with glucose in acetone solution and to the mixture emulsin was added. Changes in the rotatory power of the solution were noted. 68 PHYSIOLOGY [Bot. Absts. At the end of 5 years, a glucoside 08-glucoside of a-naphthyllic alcohol) was isolated in crystals. This glucoside does not reduce copper solutions but, on hydrolysis with sulphuric acid or emulsin, copper solutions were reduced. — V. H. Young. ORGANISM AS A WHOLE 450. Bracher, Rose. Observations on Euglena deses. Ann. Bot. 33: 93-108. 5 fig. 1919. 451. Neidig, R. E., C. W. Colver, H. P. Fishburn, and C. L. von Ende. Factors involved in the ripening of fruits. Idaho Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 104:22-25. 1918. GROWTH, DEVELOPMENT, REPRODUCTION 452. Trowbridge, C. C, and Mable Weil. The coefficient of expansion of living tree trunks. Science 48: 348-350. 1918. TEMPERATURE RELATIONS 453. Kidd, Franklin, and Cyril West. The influence of temperature on the soaking of seeds. New Phytol. 18: 35-39. 1919. — "The soaking of pea seeds (Pisum sativum) and of bean seeds (Phaseolus vulgaris) in excess of water is injurious at all temperatures, that is, the number and vigor of the plants produced are diminished. This injurious effect is more marked with low temperatures of soaking (5-10°C.) than with medium temperatures (15-20°C). At higher temperatures the amount of injury resulting again increases, so that the curve of the number of plants produced from seeds soaked at different temperatures rises and falls about an optimum in the region of 15-20°C." — Authors' summary. TOXIC AGENTS 454. Regan, W. S. Progress of experiments for destroying Ribes with chemicals. Rept. White Pine Blister Rust Control. Amer. Plant Pest Committee Bull. 2: 15-16. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 416. MISCELLANEOUS 455. Grove, Otto. A ropy cider bacillus. Ann. Rept. Agric. and Hort. Res. Sta. Univ. Bristol 1917: 15-17. [1918.] — Samples of cloudy cider held for 6 months became nearly milky with a ropy deposit. The deposit; consisted principally of bacteria. The aroma and flavor were acetic; specific gravity 1.001; acid (determined as malic) 0.9 per cent; tannin 0.08 per cent; alcohol 4.02 per cent by weight. — A small rod shaped organism is said to cause the trouble. It is irregular in size, 1.5-2.5 — 0.3-0.5m, often in twos and in short chains, revolving motility in a few individuals, involutions forms not uncommon, spores not observed. Growth in vari- ous media is described. Malic, tartaric and citric acids added to 2 per cent glucose in "yeast water" practically suppressed growth in 0.4 per cent concentrations and entirely suppressed it in 0.8 per cent concentrations. — It is thought that if the mixture of apples used to make cider contains a sufficient proportion of sour apples to bring the initial acidity up to 0.5 per cent, or more, there is no danger of ropiness setting in. — D. Reddick. 456. Hills, T. L., and J. J. Putnam. The influence of various woods on bacterial activity in the soil. Idaho Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 104: 16-18. 1918. 457. Moreau, Fernand. Sur le blanchiment des pates a papier colorees par des mycel- iums de champignons. [Bleaching of paper paste colored by fungus mycelium.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Mycolog. France 34 : 29-30. 1918.— The paper-school at Grenoble reported that the pres- ence of a fungus belonging to the Sphaeriaceae within a paper paste caused a resistance to bleaching with hypochlorites. The author carried out a number of experiments to determine the resisting power of various fungi to bleaching with hypochlorites. In all cases he obtained discoloration of the colored spores or mycelium of the fungi under study; e.g.. the black spores of Rhizopus nigricans. The presence of an excess quantity of black or brown fungi, however, would force the manufacturer to use such large quantities of discoloring material as to impair the fibers of the paste. — Fred C. Werkenthin. papers dealing with botanical subjects, wherever published, just as soon as possible after they appear. Every effort will be made to present complete and correct citations of all papers appearing later than January 1, 1918. As an adequate index of progress, Botanical Abstracts should be of use to the intelligent grower, field agent and inspector, extension worker, teacher and investigator. The international scope of this work should appear especially to workers having restricted library facilities. The classification by subjects should prove a great aid even bo those having access to large libraries. The Board of Control of Botanical Abstracts, Inc.— Donald Rbddick, Chairman — has charge of the publication. The membership of the B< >ard of Control is representative of the various American botanical societies. Each society is represented by two members, one elected for a period of two years and the other for a period of four years. Each society elects a member for a period of four years, at intervals of two years, to replace its representative who automatically retires. The Editorial Board of Botanical Abstracts is appointed annually by the Executive Committee of the Board of Control. The Bibliographical Com- mittee of Botanical Abstracts, which has charge of the securing of abstracts for the exten- sive field of periodica] literature, is appointed annually by the Board of Control. The mem- bers of the Board of Control, the Editorial Board and "the Bibliographical Committee have given their services free for 1919. The Executive Committee of the Board of Control of Botanical Abstracts has charge of ad interim affairs not involving matters of general policy. This Committee consists of the following members for 1919: R. A. Harper, Columbia University. B. E. Livingston, The Johns Hopkins University. Geo. E. Nichols, Yale University. Donald Reddick, Chair- man, Cornell University. C. L. Shear, U. S. Department of Agriculture. North American Botanical Organizations Represented on the Board of Control of Botan- ical Abstracts: American Association for the Advancement of Science, Section G, Botany. American Genetic Association. American Microscopical Society. American Phytopatho- logical Society. American Society of Agronomy. American Society of Naturalists. American Conference of Pharmaceutical Faculties. Botanical Society of America: General Section, Physiological Section, Taxonomic Section. Ecological Society of America. Paleontological Society of America. Society for Horticultural Science. Society of American Foresters. The Bibliographical Committee of Botanical Abstracts — J. R. Schramm, Chairman (Ithaca, N. Y.) — assigns the journals and other periodical publications to collaborators, who secure the required citations and abstracts. The names of the collaborators will be published for each volume of Botanical Abstracts. The Committee systematically follows the periodicals on its list and makes certain that all are promptly cared for, as their issues appear. All readers are earnestly requested to aid the Bibliographical Committee by bring- ing to its attention any periodical publications that are not being abstracted. The Com- mittee also solicits additional collaborators. Botanical Abstracts is published monthly, beginning September, 1918. Two volumes a year are issued. Each volume contains about 300 pages. Current 1920 Volumes: III and IV. Back volumes can be supplied to a few subscribers. Price for the two volumes a year, $6.00 domestic; $6.25 Canada; $6.50 foreign; net postpaid. Subscriptions are received at the following addresses: For United States of North America and dependencies: Williams & Wilkins Company, Mount Royal and Guilford Avenues, Baltimore. For Argentina and Uruguay: Beutelspacher y Cia., Sarmiento 815, Buenos Aires. For Australia: Stirling & Co.. 317 Collins St., Melbourne. For Belgium: Henri Lamertin, 58 Rue Coudenberg, Bruxelles. For the British Empire, except Australia and Canada: J he Cambridge University Press, C. F. Clay, Manager, Fetter Lane, London, E. C. British subscribers are requested to make checks and money orders payable to Mr. C. F. Clay, Manager, at the London address. For Canada: Wm. Dawson & Sons, Ltd., 87 Queen Street East, Toronto. For Denmark: H. Hagerup's Boghandel, Gothersgade 30, Kjobenhavn. For France: Emile Bougault, 48, Rue des Ecoles, Paris. For Germany: R. Friedlander & Sohn, Buckhandlung, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N. W. 6. For Holland: Scheltema & Holkema, Rokin 74-74, Amsterdam. For Italy: Ulrico Hoepli, Milano. For Japan and Korea: Maruzen Company, Ltd. (Maruzen-Kabushiki-Kaisha), 11 to 16 Nihonbashi Tori-Sanchome, Tokyo; Fukuoka, Osaka, Kyoto, and Sendai, Japan. For Spain: Ruiz Hermanos, Plaza de Santa Ana, 13. Madrid. For Switzerland: Georg & Cie., Freistrasse 10, Bale. No claims for copies lost in the mails will be allowed unless such claims are received within 30 days (90 days for places outside of the United States and Canada) of the date of issue. BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS Founded September 1918 to supply citations and abstracts of all papers, wherever published, dealing with Agronomy Bibliography, Biography and History Botanical Education Cytology Ecology and Plant Geography Forest Botany and Forestry Genetics (Plants and Animals) Horticulture Miscellaneous, unclassified publications Morphology and Taxonomy of Algae Morphology and Taxonomy of Bryophytes Morphology and Taxonomy of Fungi, Bacteria and Myxomycetes Morphology, Anatomy and Histology of Vascular Plants Paleobotany and Evolutionary History Pathology Pharmaceutical Botany and Pharmacognosy Physiology Soil Science Taxonomy of Vascular Plants PUBLISHED BY WILLIAMS & WILKINS COMPANY 1 Baltimore, Maryland, U. S. A. Two Volumes (300-325 pages to each volume) published each year. Current Volumes : Volumes III and IV, January 1920 to December 1920 incl. Back Volumes : Volumes I and II, September 1918 to May 1919 incl., and October 1919 to December 1919 incl. SUBSCRIPTION PRICE for two volumes a year, §6.00 United States, Mexico, Cuba; $6.25 Canada; $6.50 other countries, net postpaid A LIST OF AGENTS WILL BE FOUND ON THE THIRD COVER PAGE Vol. Ill MARCH, 1920 No. ENTRIES 458 871 Botanical Abstracts A monthly serial furnishing abstracts and citations of publications in the international field of botany in its broadest sense. PUBLISHED MONTHLY UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE BOARD OF CONTROL OF BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, INC. EDITORIAL BOARD Burton E. Livingston, Editor-in-Chief The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland Edward W. Berry, The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md., Editor for Paleobotany and Evolutionary History. H. C. Cowles, The University of Chicago, Chicago, 111., Editor for Ecology and Plant Geography. B. M. Duggar, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo.. Editor for Physiology. Alexander W. Evans, Yale University, New Haven, Conn., Editor for Morphol- ogy and iaxonomy of Bryophyles. C. Stuart Gager, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, N. Y., Editor for Botanical Education. J. H. Gotjrley, New Hampshire Agricultural Experiment Station, Durham, N. H., Editor for Horticulture. J. M. Greenman, Missouri Botanical Gar- den, St. Louis, Mo., Editor for Taxon- omy of Vascular Plants J Henry Kraemer, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich., Editor for Pharma- ceutical Botany and Pharmacognosy. E. W. Olive, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, N. Y., Editor for Morphology and Taxonomy of Fungi, Bacteria and Myxomycetes. C. V. Piper, U. S. Bureau of Plant Indus- try, Washington, D. C, Editor for Agronomy. Donald Reddick, Cornell University, Itha- ca, N. Y., Editor for Pathology. J. R. Schramm, Cornell University, Ithaca > N. Y., Editor for Morphology and Tax- onomy oj Algae. George H. Shull, Princeton University , Princeton, N. J., Editor for Genetics. E. W. Sinnott, Connecticut Agricultural College, Storrs, Conn., Editor for Mor- phology, Anatomy and Histology of Vas- cular Plants. J. J. Skinner, U. S. Bureau of Plant In- dustry, Washington, D. C, Editor for Soil Science. Gilbert M. Smith, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis., Editor for Cytology. Raphael Zon, U. S. Forest Service, Wash- ington, D. C, Editor for Forest Botany and Forestry. WILLIAMS & WILKINS COMPANY BALTIMORE, 17. S. A. THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS FETTER LANE, LONDON, E. C. Entered as second-class matter, November 9, 1918, at the post office at Baltimore, Maryland, under the Act o* March S. 1879 Copyright 1920, Williams & Wilkins Company -__ . ( $6.00 Domestic Price, net postpaid, for the two annual volumes < $6.25 Canada ($6.50 Foreign Current Volumes: III and IV CONTENTS Agronomy 458-488 Botanical Education 489-502 Forest Botany and Forestry 503-584 •Genetics 585-672 Horticulture 673-689 Morphology, Anatomy and Histology of Vascular Plants 690-693 Morphology and Taxonomy of Algae 694-698 Morphology and Taxonomy of Bryophytes 699-704 Morphology and Taxonomy of Fungi, Bacteria and Myxomycetes 705-732 Paleobotany and Evolutionary History 733-736 Pathology 737-799 Physiology 800-832 Pharmaceutical Botany and Pharmacognosy 833-840 Soil Science 841-871 INFORMATION FOR SUBSCRIBERS T WO THOUSAND SERIAL PUBLICATIONS ARE BEING CONSULTED TO SECURE ABSTRACTS AND CITA- TIONS FOR BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS. The Bibliographical Committee anticipates that this reference list will be increased to twenty-five hundred publications before the end of 1920. The large number of references available is amazing even to those who felt that they possessed a comprehensive knowledge of the available literature. Anyone who is seriously interested in plants ought to want Bo- tanical Abstracts as his own property, just as he wants certain books in his own library. Every day we receive further assurances from subscribers that the}' regard Botanical Abstracts as a most important necessity It is regretted that Volumes I and II are no longer available. The first two issues of Vol. Ill (the two volumes for 1920 are to be Vols. Ill and IV) are available and will be promptly sent to 3'ou on the receipt of your order. A statement will be rendered at anytime w T ithin ninety days if you prefer. Just don't delay, but order at once, is the best suggestion we feel could be made. THE PUBLISHERS. BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS. VOL III, NO 3 INDEXES FOR BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS The indexes and lists to be bound with Volume II are still delayed, but will be furnished to subscribers at the earliest possible date. BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS A monthly serial furnishing abstracts and citations of publications in the international field of botany in its broadest sense. UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE BOARD OF CONTROL OF BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, INC. Burton E. Livingston, Editor-in-Chief The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland Vol. Ill MARCH, 1920 No. 3 ENTRIES 458-871 AGRONOMY iSTJSc C. V. Piper, Editor BOTANICAL OAitDJBN 458. Anonymous. I. Results of wheat varieties and manurial trials.— Season 1918-19. Jour. Dept. Agric. Victoria 17: 158-163. 1919. II. [Same title.] Ibid. 17: 217-221, 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 844. 459. Baker, A. L. Those official potato grades. Potato Mag. I 9 : 15, 25. 1 fig. 1919.— Proposes certain changes. — Donald Folsom. 460. Bell, H. G. The fertilizer situation for 1919. Potato Mag. I 8 : 5, 23, 28. 1919.— Discusses the situation in regard to potatoes. — Donald Folsom. 461. Berry, James B., and John K. Giles. The production of corn. Corn Club Guide. Part 1. — Increased yields as a result of disease control. Georgia State Coll. Agric. Bull. 165. 16 p., fig. 18. 1919. 462. Bobilliard J. The flax industry. Jour. Dept. Agric. Victoria 17: 222-230. PI. 10. 1919. Flax cultivation, varieties, seeding, manuring and soil preparation and milling are discussed. — J. J. Skinner. 463. Burlinson, W. L., and W. I. Brockson. Sweet clover production. Illinois Agric. Exp. Sta. Ext. Circ. 29. 7p. 1919. — The circular discusses the methods to be employed in sweet clover culture, either for hay or for seed. — M. J. Prucha. 464. Burlinson, W. L., and R. W. Stark. Spring wheat for Illinois. Illinois Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 214 : 315-320. 1919. — Several varieties of spring wheat were tested for productivity under Illinois conditions. — M. J. Prucha. 465. Cross, W. E. Experiments on stripping cane. Louisiana Planter and Sugar Manu- facturer 62 : 301-302. 1 fig. 1919. — Experiments at the Tucuman (Argentina) Experiment Station indicate that stripping off the lower leaves has no effect on hastening the maturity of sugar cane. — C. W. Edgerton. 466. Dash. J. Sydney, The sugar industry in the island of Guadeloupe, French West Indies. Louisiana Planter and Sugar Manufacturer 62: 124-126. 2 fig. 1919. — Discusses briefly the problems of the sugar industry that are being investigated by the Experiment Station, including cultural methods, cane varieties, cane diseases, etc. — C. W. Edgerton. 69 BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, VOL. Ill, NO. 3 70 AGRONOMY [Bot. Absts. 467. Fisher, M. L. The washed lands of Indiana: A preliminary study. Indiana (Purdue) Agric. Exp. Sta. Circ. 90: 11-24. Fig. 1-18. 1919.— Much land in Indiana which was once productive has become practically worthless because of erosion. The worst condi- tions are found on the moderate slopes of 3 to 10 per cent. This erosion is due largely to the deforestation of steep hillsides, too heavy pasturing, a poor system of farming, and neglect. Methods of prevention of erosion and of reclamation of washed slopes are given. — Max W. Gardner. 468. Garber, R. J., and P. J. Olsen. A study of the relation of some morphological characters to lodging in cereals. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 2: 173-187. Fig. 1-2. 1919. — Extreme varieties with regard to lodging and non-lodging in wheat, oats and barley were selected for this study. Measurements were also made on Minnesota No. 2 winter rye which stands up better than the other cereals. A study was made of the correlation between lodging behavior and average size of culm, average number of bundles, average area of sclerenchyma, thickness of culm wall, length of lignified cells and thickness of lignified cell wall. None of the above mentioned characters except thickness of cell wall seems closely related to lodging. Both early and medium oat varieties examined showed distinct correlations between thickness of lignified cell walls and lodging. In general, lodging in cereals is dependent on so many factors of unequal value in the different sorts that no one factor seems to be correlated closely enough with lodging to be of much value as a selection index. Among the different strains of oats and barley the average number of vascular bundles was found to be correlated with average diameter of culms. — F. M. Schertz. 469. Gordon, George S. Tests with flax varieties. Jour. Dept. Agric. Victoria 17; 164-170. PI. 4- 1919. — Of 3 varieties of English flax, the Northern Linseed produced the largest yields. The percentage of oil in each was approximately the same. The American variety of fibre flax, "Blue Blossom," compared well in growth with the English varieties, and appeared disease resistant. — J. J. Skinner. 470. Gray, G. P. Tests of chemical means for the control of weeds. Univ. California Publ. (Agric. Sci.) 4: 67-97. Fig. 1-11. 1919. — A report of progress on experiments on the control of the wild morning glory [Convolvulus arvensis] involving trials of sodium arsenite, sodium c} r anide, sulfuric acid, and acid sludge. The herbicides were either introduced into the soil, or sprayed upon the foliage. — The application of a spray of sodium arsenite to the foliage, while not wholly successful, gave some promising results. The spray was more toxic when the plants were approaching the dormant condition and when the moisture content of the air was sufficient to prevent rapid evaporation. — II. S. Reed. 471. Larsen, S. G. Potato silage — how to make and use. Potato Mag. I 9 : 14. 1919. 472. Le Clerc, J. A. Potato flour and potato bread. Potato Mag. 1 8 :9-10, 29-31, 33. S fig. 1919. — Discusses preparation, composition, use and value of potatoes and potato prod- ucts, with special reference to bread-making. — Donald Folsom. 473. Lewis, A. C., and C. A. McLendon. Cotton variety tests, 1918. Georgia State Bd. Entomol. Bull. 52. 40 p. Fig. 1. 1919. — In South Georgia, all that part of the state south of a line from Augusta through Macon to Columbus, where wilt [Neocos?nospora vasinfecta] occurs, only varieties of cotton (Gossypium.) resistant to it should be grown, such as Lewis 63, Council-Toole and DeSoto. Where wilt, does not occur in this section pure strains of Toole, Cleveland Big-Boll, Cook's Improved and College No. 1 are recommended. In North Georgia, Cleveland Big-Boll, Cook's Improved and College No. 1 are recommended — T. II. McIIatton. 474. McClellan, W. R. Growing potatoes in the Greeley district in 1918. Potato Mag. 1 8 :9, 30-32. 1919. — Describes effects of 1918 weather and results from using selected seed stock. — Donald Folsom. March, 1920] AGRONOMY 71 475. Mullett, H. A. Minyip crop and fallow competition. Jour. Dept. Agric. Vic- toria 17: 65-75. Fig. 7. 1919— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 860. 476. Mullett, II. A. Garoke crop and fallow competition, 1918. Jour. Dept. Agric. Victoria 17: 193-206. Fig. 7. 1919— See Bot. Absts. :'., Entry 862. 477. Olin, W. H. Blood will tell in potatoes. Potato Mag. V: 7. 1 fig. 1919.— De- scribes methods of a successful grower of seed stock. — Donald Folsom. 478. Prescott, S. C. Dehydration of vegetables— past, present and future. Potato Mag. I 9 : 6, 16-17, 20-23. 4 fig- 1919. — Describes development of the dehydration industry, the methods employed, and discusses its importance. — Donald Folsom. 479. Purvis, J. E. Bracken as a source of potash. Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc. 19: 261-262. 1919. — Confirms report that in the summer months the bracken (Pteridium aqui- linum (L.) Kuhn) contains more potash than in later months. The bracken ferns grown on Welsh peaty soil yield more potash than those grown on Cambridge poor sandy soil. — Michael Levine. 480. Steinel, A. T. Story of the Skookum apple and its lesson for potato growers. Potato Mag. I 9 : 5, 33-34. 1 fig. 1919. — Advocates better marketing methods. — Donald Folsom. 481. Stewart, F. C. Missing hills in potato fields: their effect upon the yield. New York Agric. Exp. Sta. [Geneva] Bull. 459: 45-69. Fig. 1-2. 1919. — An account of an experiment designed to show how much of the loss due to missing hills or "skips" in potato (Solanum tuberosum) fields is made up by the increased yield of adjoining plants. It was found that, in the case of a "skip" containing a single missing hill, the two adjoining plants (one on either side) together make up 46.4 per cent of the loss in total yield. From the data obtained, a formula is evolved for use in computing the comparative yields of plats having different percentages of missing hills; but it is pointed out that this formula applies only to a single set of conditions, viz., such as obtained in the experiment. — Some data were obtained, also, on the difference in the yield of the two members of a pair of plants from halves of the same tuber when grown under conditions as nearly parallel as possible to field conditions. For 85 pairs of plants, the average difference, expressed in percentage of the mean yield of the pair, was 20.7 per cent. — F. C. Stewart. 482. Stuart, William. Commercial potato production in Florida. Potato Mag. I 8 : 6-8, 24-25. Fig. 1-9. 1919. — Discusses soil, location, varieties, importance of crop, irrigation and other cultural practices, and marketing. — Donald Folsom. 483. Tracy, S. M. Rhodes Grass [Chloris gaijana]. U. S. Dept. Agric. Farmer's Bull. 1048. 14 p., S fig. 1919. 484. Waldron, L. R., and J. A. Clark. Kota, a rust resisting variety of common spring wheat. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 2: 187-195. Fig. 1-3. 1919. — A variety of bearded, hard, red spring wheat designated as Kota (U. S. Dept. Agric, C. I. No. 5878) has been shown to possess resistance to the form or forms of the stem rust of wheat present at Fargo, North Dakota, Brookings, South Dakota, and St. Paul, Minnesota, in 1918. Some evidence of such resistance had previously been secured in 1917. This resistance is decidedly greater than that possessed by the common spring wheats and second only to the more resistant durum wheats. Results secured at Fargo, North Dakota, in 1918 showed a capacity for yield decidedly above the average of the common wheats and only slightly less than the aver- age yield of the durum wheats. Milling tests conducted with Kota wheat showed it to pro- duce somewhat less flour than the average of other wheats used in the same test. Baking tests ranked it very high as a bread wheat, as it markedly exceeded the other common wheats except Marquis, which it equaled. — F. M. Scherlz. 72 BOTANICAL EDUCATION [Bot. Absts. 485. Westbrook, Edison C, and A. B. Hursey. Tobacco culture. Bright leaf or flue-cured tobacco. Georgia State Coll. Agric. Bull. 171. 20 p., 8 fig. 1919.— General instruc- tions for raising and curing tobacco, also plans for making curing houses. — T. H. McHatton. 486. Wiancko, A. T. How to increase Indiana corn yields. Indiana (Purdue) Agric. Exp. Sta. Circ. 91. 20 p., fig. 1-10. 1919. — General advice is given to farmers relative to corn production in Indiana including choice of variety, improvement of seed by ear-to-row testing, selection and proper storage of seed ears, germination tests to eliminate unsatisfactory ears, rotational practice, soil fertilization, and cultural methods. — Max W. Gardner. 487. Wiancko, A. T., and C. O. Cromer. Spring small grains in Indiana. Indiana (Purdue) Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 225. 20 p., fig. 1-14- 1919.— Comparative yield data secured between 1904 and 1918 at Purdue upon a number of varieties of oats, spring barley, and spring wheat and upon spring emmer and spring rye are presented. Comparison of these with the yields of winter wheat and rye leads to the conclusion that the climate of Indiana is in general too warm for the satisfactory development of spring-sown small grains. In the northern part of the state, oats and barley may be profitably grown. Oats is the principal spring grain grown in Indiana. General data relative to oat culture is given including methods of seed grain disinfection and the results of tests upon different rates of seeding. — Max W. Gardner. 488. Wiancko, A. T., S. D. Conner, and S. C. Jones. The value of legumes on Indiana soils. Indiana (Purdue) Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 226. 20 p., fig. 1-6. 1919.— Out of 11,000,000 acres in field crops in Indiana, only 1,000,000 is in legumes. Twenty-five to 50 per cent of the nitrogen and humus of Indiana soils has been used up or lost, and 3,000,000 acres should be annually in legumes. Field tests in eight localities during 12 years show that crop rotations containing legumes resulted in an average increased yield of 4.6 bushels of corn and 4.7 bushels of wheat per acre as compared with rotations in which no legumes were in- cluded. Clover is the most practical legume for use in Indiana. General information relative to clover culture is given. Soy beans or cowpeas may be used on acid soils, alsike on wet soils, and hairy vetch or cowpeas on light sands. — Max W. Gardner. BOTANICAL EDUCATION C. Stuart Gager, Editor 489. Anonymous. Endowment of scholarship and prizes. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec. 7: 88. July, 1918. — Cash prizes for school garden and nature study work at Brooklyn Botanic Garden are dealt with. — C. S. Gager. 490. Anonymous. Prospectus of courses offered by the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, 1919. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec. 8: 1-13. Jan., 1919. 491. Cook, Melville Thurston. Applied economic botany, based upon actual agri- cultural and gardening projects, i-xviii+261 p. 142 illustr. J. B. Lippincott Company, Philadelphia and London, 1919. — A volume in the Farm Life Text Series, edited by K. C. Davis. Part I deals with plant life; Part II, with most important families of economic plants, with special exercises. The plan includes three things. First, a brief statement of recog- nized facts and principles concerning plants and plant growth usually given in text-books for secondary schools; second, a list of simple exercises and suggestions for observations, which the pupil can conduct without great difficulty and which will demonstrate many of the state- ments given in the book, and, third, a list of questions intended to be suggestive to the pupil, and to encourage further studies. — C. S. Gager. 492. Dille, Alvin. Lessons on potatoes for elementary rural schools. U. S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 784. 24 p. 1919.— A detailed outline of twelve lessons on the potato [Solnum tuberosum] covering the following general topics: Selection of seed in the field; harvesting March, 1920] FORESTRY 73 and grading ; marketing; winter storage; judging; structure of the potato plant and tuber; place of potato in crop-rotation; soil and fertilizer requirements; planting, including seed treatment; cultivation; potato pests; uses of the potato. A bibliography of publications relating to potatoes issued by the United States Department of Agriculture is appended. — J . R. Schramm. 493. Gager, C. Stuart. Seventh annual report of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, 1917. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec. 7: 33-82. Apr., 1918. 494. Gager, C. Stuart. A brief history of the botanic garden idea in Brooklyn. Brook- lyn Bot. Gard. Rec. 7:99-112. Oct., 1918.— Gives the history of the "Hunt Brooklyn Botanic Garden" (1855-1856) and of the botanic garden which it was proposed to establish in Prospect Park (Brooklyn) in 1861; also gives brief history of the land included in the present Brooklyn Botanic Garden and the steps leading to its establishment, referring to a fuller account of the present garden (Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec. 2: 109-114. Oct., 1913).— C. S. Gager. 495. Gager, C. Stuart. Eighth annual report of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, 1918. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec. 8:25-93. Apr., 1919. — Includes reports of the director, the curator of plants, the curator of public instruction, and the librarian; also financial statements. — C. S. Gager. 496. G[ager]. C. S. Science in peace and war. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec. 7: 89-92. July, 1918. 497. Guss, Roland W. Gardening and nature study in the schools of Cincinnati. Nat. Study Rev. 15: 85-87. 1919. — Children's garden products valued at three times cost of gardening budget. — A. Gundersen. 498. Guss, Roland W. Transportation of city children to the suburbs for gardening. Nat. Study Rev. 15:87-88. 1919. — Cincinnati Board of Education pays carfare to children's gardens under certain regulations. — A. Gundersen. 499. Hopping, Aleita. Mineral nutrition in plants— some suggestions on teaching the subject to high-school students of biology. School Sci. Math. 19: 302-304. 1919.— Advo- cates use of three-salt solution, such as one containing calcium nitrate, magnesium sulphate and mcnc-potassium phosphate. — A. Gundersen. £00. Lee, Y. K. [Chinese.] [Education in forestry.] Khu-Shou [Science, a publica- tion cf the Science Scciety of China.] 4:159-163. 1918. 501. Shaw, Ellen Eddy. Fifth annual children's garden exhibit. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec. 7: 112-113. Oct., 1918. 502. Ullrich, Fred T. Some reasons for the study of trees in nature-study in the ele- mentary schools. Nat. Study Rev. 15: 19-26. 1919. — Economic, aesthetic and religious reasons. — A. Gundersen. FOREST BOTANY AND FORESTRY Raphael Zon, Editor 503. Algau, H. Calcul du prejudice resultant de l'abatage premature des arbres for- estiers. [Calculation of the damage resulting from the premature cutting of forest trees.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Forest. Franche-Comtd et Belfort 13: 7-15. 1919. — The damage to a forest resulting from its premature exploitation is measured by the difference between its expectation value and its present sale value for immediate utilization. The smaller the trees, the more rapid their growth; the greater the increase in value per unit of volume as the trees 74 FORESTRY [Bot. Absts. increase in size, the greater is the damage. Detailed calculations are given showing that, in the case of two stands of fir or spruce, with different rates of growth, and with diameters ranging from 6 to 16 inches, the damage may vary from 200 per cent of the present sale value in case of the 6-inch trees to 5 per cent or less in the case of the 14-inch trees, 4 per cent being assumed as the rate of interest. No damage is done in the case of the 16-inch trees, which are ready for exploitation. So many variable factors, often impossible of exact determina- tion, are involved, that any very accurate estimate of damage is practically out of the ques- tion. — S. T. Dana. 504. Anonymous. Report of the Division of Forestry for the biennial period ended Decem- ber 31, 1918. 58 p. Territory of Hawaii, Bd. of Agric. and Forest., 1919. — This report covers the activities of the Hawaiian Division of Forestry in 1917-18 and presents chiefly the prog- ress made in placing the forest reserve system under administration and in the work of reforestation. On December 31, 1918 there were 47 forest reserves in the islands, with an area of 814,926 acres, of which 68 per cent is Government land. The protection of these areas is vital, as they directly govern the water supplies of lower lands, and fencing against stock and elimination of wild stock from fenced areas are the first necessities, since the forests deteriorate into grassland if not protected. Fires have been guarded against and only five occurred in the biennium. — Forest extension has been pushed; both by the experimental introduction of new species and by the larger-scale planting of species of known worth, largely koa. Jeffrey pine, Coulter pine, Jack pine, Scotch pine, Norway spruce, incense cedar and white pine have developed well at an elevation of 6,700 feet. A total of 1,632,598 trees of all species have been planted by private land owners and 776,045 by the Territory of Hawaii, in 1917-18.— F. S. Baker. 505. Anonymous. Diseases in plantations of exotic trees. New Zealand Jour. Agric. 18: 63. 1919. 506. Anonymous. Machine to locate forest fires. Canadian Forestry Jour. 14: 149. April, 1919. — A description is given of the Osborne fire finder, to be used at look-out stations, together with the manner in which the machine is to be used. — E. N. Munns. 507. Anonymous. Nos forets retrouvees: statistique sommaire des bois de l'fitat en Alsace et en Lorraine. (Statistical summary of the state forests in Alsace and Lorraine.) Bull. Trimest. Soc. Forest. Franche-Comte et Belfort 13: 5-7. 1919. — The state forests in Alsace and Lorraine cover 374,000 acres in five different departments and are composed largely of high forest. — S. T. Dana. 508. Anonymous. Le Beau en matidre forestiere. [Beauty in forest matters.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Forest. Franche-Comte - et Belfort 13: 18-20. 1919. — Beauty as well as utility should be considered in restoring the forests devastated by the war. Simple coppice, coppice under standards, and even-aged high forest are all inferior in beauty to a selection forest, which resembles a cleared-up virgin forest. As Broilliard has said, "Are we not forced to the conclusion that the best treatment of forests is that which renders them the most beautiful?" — 8. T. Dana. 509. Anonymous. [E. A.] Buskfuru. Pinus montana uncinata, P. pumila and P. m. gallica. Tidsskr. Skogbruk 26: 375-376. PI. 1. 1918.— Success has attended the planting in Norway of the above-named species, the seed of which has been received from France at frequent intervals during the last 50 years. These pines produce wood for fuel on expceed sites and poor soil where the native trees do not grow. — J. A. Larsen. 510. Anonymous. [J. W.] Skogsentomolgiens stilling i Sverige. [Forest entomology in Sweden.] Tidsskr. Skogbruk 26: 376-378. 1918. Mahch, 1920] FORESTRY 75 511. Anonymous [L.] Kaninchenverbiss in Kiefernkultur. [Rabbit damage to pine plantations.] Deutsch. Forstaeitg. 34: 50-51. 1919.— Need for food during the war led to considerable raising of tame rabbits as well as to a higher regard for wild ones. These do great damage to pine plantations. The oommi in remedy, aside from exterminating the rabbits is to fence plantations with woven wire, which is expensive and impracticable for areas greater than 2 hectares. A better method for larger plantations is to use either plants grown with balls of earth, or twice transplanted stock, at least 1 meter high. Although expensive, this method is less so than fencing, and also insures more successful plantations.— W. N. Sparhawk. 512. Anonymous [P. F.] Amelioration des chemins forestiers. [Improvement of forest roads.] Rev. Eaux et ForSts 57: 69-74. Fig. 1-8. 1919.— Forest engineers have been too given to the use of straight lines in laying out forest roads, with the result that the latter can not always be used satisfactorily for the transportation of forest products. This difficulty should be avoided by using curves to carry roads around obstacles 6uch as lakes, cliffs, and ravines. Methods are given in some detail for laying out reverse curves and for constructing directly the arc of a circle by means of an inscribed regular polygon.— S. T. Dana. 513. Arnould, A. Dommages causes aux vegetaux par les fumees industrielles. [Dam- ages caused to plants by industrial fumes.] [Rev. of: Holmes, J. A., E. C. Franklin, and R. A. Gould. Report of the Selby Smelter Commission. TJ. S. Dept. Int., Bur. Mines, Bull. 98. 528 p., 41 pi. , 14 fig. 1915.] Rev. Eaux et Forets 57: 121-125. 1919. 514. Berry, James B. Trees, theii use and abuse. Georgia State Coll. Agric. Rull. 162. 19 p., 18 fig. 1919. 515. Blair, Thomas Arthur. Influence of snow cover on the temperature distribution in Utah, January, 1919. Monthly Weather Rev. 47: 165-166. 1919. 516. Blum. Windschaden in bayerischenHochgebirge. [Wind-damage in Bavarian moun- tains.] Deutsch. Forstzeitg. 34:70. 1919.— Winds blew over scmn 500,000 cubic meters of timber, principally spruce, between January 3, and 7, 1919. Damage to the remaining forest by bark beetles is feared. — W. N. Sparhawk. 517. Bradley, J. W. A useful wood -splitting machine. Indian Forester 45: 18-21, Jan., 1919. — A machine employed during the coal shortage in India is described, with a dia- gram showing the plan of operation. — E. N. Munns. 518. Brown, W. R. Experiments in scientific cutting. Canadian Forestry Jour. 14: 169- 172. April, 1919. — A descriptive account is given of different methods of cutting in the spruce and fir forests of New Hampshire and Maine, which were employed in the early nineties. Selective cuttings to a diameter of 14, 12 and 10 inches were tried, with clean cutting of coni- fers in strips and clean cutting proper in both mixed stands and pure conifers. It was found that, in the selective system, the 14-inch diameter limit appeared to be best, but the trees did not appear to recover after being released from suppression. This was also true of the cut- tings in the other diameter classes, but the increased cost due to returning for the slight amount of material left on the ground, was prohibitive. Wind-fall was the worst enemy of the strip method, while removing the conifers from the mixed stands resulted in the dominance of the hardwoods. Clean cutting was not feasible because the reproduction of hardwoods more than offset the small amount of reproduction of conifers. The following conclusions are stated: — (1) The diameter limit in cutting should be based on the average age of the stand instead of on the average size of the trees. (2) Pure coniferous stands should be clean cut, leaving seed-trees for reproduction. (3) In even-aged, mixed stands, with deep soil and in locations protected from wind, thinning can be made by selective cutting when the hardwoods are removed. In poor stands the strip or group system can be applied under the same condi- tions. (4) Balsam-fir should be clean cut and the hardwoods destroyed wherever possible, if they cannot be marketed. (5) All methods of selective cutting should be applied with the expectation that there will be more or less loss from wind. — E. N. Munns. 76 FORESTRY [Bot. Absts. 519. Brush, W. D. Utilization of elm [Ulmus]. U. S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 683. 48 p., 4 pi., 8 fig. July 29, 1918. — Although limited in the amount of its stand, elm is an important wood for bent work and for uses in which it is subject to shock or impact and rough use in general. There are five species which produce the supply of elm wood in the United States: White elm (Ulmus americana), slippery elm (U. fulva), cork elm (U. racemosa), wing elm (U. alata), and cedar elm (17. crassifolia) . The mechanical properties, the wood structure, location of supplies, and sizes attained are discussed for the different species. Cork or rock elm is considerably stronger than the other species. It is estimated that about 75 per cent of the total stand of elm, which is estimated at 7,500,000,000 feet, is white elm, half of which is located in Michigan, Wisconsin, and Minnesota. The present lumber cut of elm, 240,000,000 board feet, places it twentieth in rank among all woods and tenth among hardwoods in point of lumber.production. The lumber cuthas decreased considerably.in the last 10 years as shown by tables. Practically all the elm cut, except that cut for fuel, goes to factories to be used in the manufacture of various products. The leading industries consuming it, in order of amount used, are slack cooperage (39.6 per cent) boxes, baskets and crates (18.1 per cent), vehicles and vehicle parts (8.7 per cent), chairs and chair stock, woodenware and dairymen's and poulter- ers' supplies, musical instruments, refrigerators and kitchen cabinets, furniture, agricultural instruments and trunks and valises. Grading rules, lumber prices, the value of standing timber, and marketing of elm timber are all discussed and a classified list of uses of elm in different wood-using industries is given. — W. D. Sterrett. 520. Bryant, R. C. The war and the lumber industry. Jour. Forestry 17 : 125-134. 1919. — The war developed the fact that the lumber industry of the United States was not sufficiently elastic or resourceful to meet the demands made upon it, necessitating aid of all kinds. The lack of public spirit on the part of the lumbermen and their narrow point of view were remark- able and were overcome temporarily through the office of a lumber director. As a whole, lumbermen do not grasp their relationship to the public and forestry has apparently not gained recognition on private lands. A more complete study of lumber economics is urged. — E. N. Munns. 521. Butterwick, A. J. S. The use of Atlas preservative to kill trees. Indian Forester 45:22-25. Jan., 1919. — Twenty tests were carried out on the use of the preservative upon various Indian woods, using only trees with very little or no heartwood, as these are the most difficult to kill by girdling. The trees were deeply girdled and the antiseptic was painted over the exposed wood. No results were noted; the treatment was applied in July and the trees retained their normal green foliage and sprouted. Trees were also treated with the preservative by injection, holes being bored several inches deep, into which the poison liquid was introduced. The results were variable and led to the conclusion that these methods were not advisable in practice. — E. N. Munns. 522. Cabrera, Teodoro. Tortas para hacer carbon. [Fuel bricks.] Revist. Agric. Com. yTrab. 2: 173. 1919. — It was found that the fruit of the tree, Enterolobium cyclocarpum Griseb., which grows very commonly along the roads, makes an excellent adhesive to form bricks or bits of carbon. — F. M. Blodgett. 523. Carpenter, Ford A. Convectional clouds induced by forest fires. Monthly Weather Rev. 47: 143-144. 1 pi. 1919. — Forest fires in southern California are frequently responsible for the formation of clouds, but none of these are known to have produced rain. — E. N. Munns. 524. Chase, Agnes. Some causes of confusion in plant names. Jour. Forestry 17:159- 162. 1919— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 1808. 525. Clark, F. G. Appraisal of fire damage to immature timber for statistical purposes. Jour. Forestry 17:36-38. 1919. — A formula is proposed for use in general studieB of fire- damage over large areas. The general formula for replacement is modified (1) by reducing the .cost of planting by a percentage represented by the proportion of artificial to natural reproduc- March, 1920] FORESTRY 77 tion based on experience, (2) by pro-rating the values for each age class for the dilTerent spe- cies, in accordance with present relative commercial values. An example is presented for northern Idaho and Montana. — E. N . Munns. 526. Clifford, J. D. Effect of thinning on a young teak plantation. Indian Forester 45: 16-18. 1919. — An acre of 17-year-old teak, 30 feet in height, was thinned in 1913 and remeas- ured and compared with the check plot in 1918. The5-year girth increment per tree amounted to 3.49 inches on the thinned area and 2.73 on the unthinned, the mean annual increment being 0.70 and 0.55 inches respectively. On the thinned plot eleven more trees attained a girth of two feet in five years than was the case on the unthinned, while the excess girth amounted to 272 inches. This first thinning took 40 per cent of the stems, while the second, in 1918, took 10 per cent of those remaining. Remeasurement is planned for 1923. — E. N. Munns. 527. Cremata, Merlino. Cercas alambradas y setos en Cuba. [Fences and hedges in Cuba.] Revist. Agric. Com. y Trab. 2 : 259-272. 29 fig. 1919.— Chapter one of this article gives a list of some sixty kinds of wood that make good posts. It includes a brief description of the tree and the wood, notes on distribution, history, nomenclature, etc. Chapter two deals in the same way with trees that may be planted as living posts. — F. M. Blodgett. 528. Crevat, Jules. Production d'une plantation de pins noirs d'Autriche. [Yields from a plantation of Austrian pine.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Agric. France 1919:32. 1919. — Brief note on the methods of establishing a plantation of Austrian pine and the yields to be expected from it. — E. A. Bessey. 529. d'Aboville, P. Determination du diametre au milieu du tronc de l'arbre sur pied. [Determination of the diameter at the middle of the trunk of a standing tree.] Rev. Eaux et For£ts 57 : 117-120. 2 fig. 1919. — If d is the diameter of a tree at the height of the observers eye, d' the diameter at half the height of the tree, and / the coefficient of form, then d' = df. If the observer stands at a distance from the tree equal to half its height less the height of the n' eye above the ground, then / = 1.4 — , when n' and n represent, respectively, the apparent n magnitudes of d' and d on a graduated scale held horizontally at arm's length. Having ob- tained/, the diameter at the middle-height of the tree, d', can readily be determined from the first formula given. Repeated tests have shown that satisfactory results may be secured by this method. — S. T. Dana. 530. Dana, S. T. Floods and erosion. Canadian Forestry Jour. 14: 159. April, 1919. — Examples are given of floods and erosion on watersheds where the timber cover has been denuded by destructive lumbering. Another example shows that since forest cover has become established floods and erosion have practically ceased. — E. N. Munns, 531. Eulefield. Kiefern-Harznutzung. [Production of resin from Scotch pine.] Deutsch. Forstzeitg. 34: 22. 1919. — An experimental operation on 10.86 hectares at Eisen- bach in Oberhesse, employing Scotch pine (Pinus sylvestris) 86 to 110 years old, yielded 1.37 kgm. of fluid per tree (299 trees per hectare). Gross returns, at 3 marks per kilogram, were 4.12 marks per tree, and expenses were 0.98 marks per kilogram or 1.35 marks per tree. Net return per hectare was 828.80 marks. On a level site the southwest side of the trees yielded the most resin; on a southeast slope, the east side yielded most. The yield was less on hot days and greater on warm, damp days. — W. N. Sparhawk. 532. Fernow, B. E. [Rev. of: Gill, W. Annual progress report upon state forest admin- istration in South Australia, 1917-18. Woods and Forests Dept. IS p. 1918.] Jour. Forestry 17:324-325. 1919. 533. Fischer, C. Das Verhalten der Sitkafichte in der Oberfb'rsterei Riidesheim, Eezirk Weissenthurm. [Behavior of Sitka spruce.] Deutsch. Forstzeitg. 34: 69. 1919.— Sitka pruces (Picea sitchensis) planted in 1901 are now from 12 to 14 meters high, and others planted 78 FORESTRY [Bot. Absts. in 1906 are from 7 to 8 meters high. Douglas fir has done nearly as well, and other American conifers have also given good results. Spruce has stood severe frosts without injury. — W. N. Sparhawk. 534. Fisher, M. L. The washed lands of Indiana: A preliminary study. Indiana (Pur- due) Agric. Exp. Sta. Circ. 90. U p., 18 fig. 1919 —See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 467. 535. Fltjrt, Phillipp. Ueber Wurzelverwachsungen. [Natural root grafting.] Schweiz. Zeitschr. Forstw. 70: 37-41. 1919. — Natural grafting of roots one or more centimeters in diameter was found to be as common as the natural grafting of stems and branches, but no grafting of smaller roots was found. In experiments, roots of spruce, pine, fir, beech, oak and ash have been held in contact under pressure since 1912, but no grafting has occurred. — The grafting of larger roots is explained by the fact that in these roots the cambium grows as in branches and stems and consequently permits of union of growing cells by division from the inside layer, while in the young root the growing cells divide in the outer layer and conse- quently cannot form a union. It is also pointed out that the grafting of absorption roots would be a disadvantage to the plant while the grafting of older roots would only tend to strengthen the system of support roots. Author remarks that nature has possibly provided the young roots with a repulsive power to react away from one another, as a stem is autotropic while a root is geotropic. — J. V. Hofmann. 536. Foster, J. H. [Rev. of Rankin, W. Howard. Manual of tree diseases. S98 p. MacMillan Co., New York, 1918.] Jour. Forestry 17: 321. 1919. 537. Guyot, Ch. Un projet de loi "tendant a la reorganisation generate de la police. [A proposed law for the general reorganization of the police.] Rev. Eaux et Forets 57: 100- 103. 1919. — The Minister of the Interior has asked all the municipal councils in France for suggestions on a proposed law which he plans to present to Parliament, transferring -to the authority of the prefect the greater part of the police powers now exercised by the municipal authority in accordance with the law of April 3, 1884, and organizing a rural police to replace the present rural guards. The proposed law is of interest to foresters and forest owners because it would afford better protection to private forests than the present system. — S. T. Dana. 538. Glover, H. M. Conversion of blue-pine forest to deodar in the Bashahr Division of the Punjab. Indian Forester 45: 1-3. PI. 1-8. 1919.— The rapid growth of deodar (Cedrus deodar a) following the removal of blue pine (Pinus excelsa) is described. — E. N. Munns. 539. Grainger, M. A. British Columbia reduces fire hazards. Canadian Forestry Jour. 14: 152. April, 1919. — An abstract is given of the new fire law for British Columbia, together with a brief description of activities in that province. — E. N. Munns. 540. Hagem, Oscar. Fremmede traslag i vort lands skogbruk. [Exotic trees in our for- ests.] Tidskr. Skogbruk 26: 363-375. Fig. 1-4. 1918. Calls attention to the need of more extensive experiments with exotic conifers, particularly those from the northwestern United States, Canada and the coast of Alaska. In these regions both temperature and precipitation appear to be similar to those pevailing on the west coast of Norway. Extensive experiments were begun by Borre Giersten in 1900-1903 with different exotics, but lack of knowledge of their requirements and the difficulty of obtaining different planting sites have frustrated most of the earlier efforts. The problem can only be approached, with any assurance of suc- cess, by sending some one abroad to collect seed and to study the climatic conditions and the distribution of the species intended for trial. — J. A. Larsen. 541. Hagem, Oscar. Beretning fra vestlandets forstlige forsogsstation. [Report of the Western Forest Experiment Station.] Tidsskr. Skogbruk 26: 392-395. 1918.— Anton Smittwas sent to the United States and Canada to collect tree seed for trial in Norway. Forty pack- March, 1920] FORESTRT 79 ages have been received. Many samples were sown in spring of 1917, with uniformly good germination. Those from the northwest coast of U. 8. A. have shown considerable frost injury while those from northern British Columbia and from Alaska survived the first winter quite well. — The Bergen Experiment Station is conducting an extensive series of soil tests for the purpose of discovering the causes of failure of plantations on soil with heavy raw humus and on "lyng" ground. The 1918 station budget is given. — J. A. Larsen. 542. Haslund, Ove. Taksation i firmaet Haaken Mathiesen's Skoge. [Forest taxation on the holdings of Haaken Mathiesen.] Tidsskr. Skogbruk 26: 380-385. 1918. 643. Hatjghton, S. Umbrella and baobab trees. Ceylon Antiquary and Lit. Reg. 4: 171. 1919. Brief, non-technical note on the baobab (Adansonia digitata) south of Mannar Island, which, according to local tradition, was transplanted there by Arabs from the Red Sea, probably attracted by the pearl fishery. No reference is made to Watt's Dictionary (1: 105), who attributes the introduction of the tree into India to Arab traders. — B. Laufer. 544. Hawes, A. F. Economic aspects of the wood-fuel campaign. Jour. Forestry 17: 163-167. 1919. — The coal shortage and the winter of 1917-18 aroused much interest in the use of wood for fuel in U. S. A. A campaign to encourage this use was inaugurated and per- manent results are looked for in the establishment of municipal forests, the creation of wood- markets on a cooperative basis, the establishment of standards of measurement and classifi- cation for fuel wood, an increased use of fuel wood and a greater general interest in woodland as a source of fuel. — E. N. Munns. 545. Hees. Bombenwiirfe in Kiefernbestande. [Effect of bombs on pine stands.] Deutsch. Forstzeitg. 34: 35. 1919. — Describes damage done by airplane bombs in pine for- ests near Treves Trier). — W. N. Sparhawk. 546. Hole, R. S. Notes from Dehra Dun Herbarium, No. IV. Cassia auriculata. In- dian Forester 45: 64-65. 1919.— A silvical distribution of a shrubby tree, the bark of great value for tanning. — E. N . Munns. 547. Howe, C. D. A land of forests — without forestry. Canadian Forestry Jour. 14: 212-216. 1919. — Only 500,000 square miles of Canada is actually forest-producing, and half of this has been burned. Investigations show that the white pine stands are practically gone and that the tree is not being reproduced except on limited areas. In the spruce areas there is a reduction of tw T o-thirds in the future growing stock, while in balsam stands the reduction is mere than one-sixth. Patronage and the lack of proper management are responsible for these conditions, which can be remedied by recuperative forestry practices. — E. N. Munns. 548. Howe, C. D. Making of the spruce tree. Canadian Forestry Jour. 14: 186. April, 1919. — White spruce has seed crops at intervals of from three to seven years, a fact ascribed to the use of large quantities of stored food, and to water conditions during the period between seasons. In many cases heavy yields extend uniformly over large areas. — E. N. Munns. 549. Htjbault, E. Une essence a grand rendement. [A species with large yield.] Rev. Eaux et ForSts 67: 75-79. 1919. — Douglas fir (Psevdotsuga douglasii Carr.), because of the properties of its wood, its rapid growth, and its large yield, is a North American species of special interest for use in. France. First introduced into Scotland during the first half of the last century it has proved successful there, in southwestern England, in Germany, and in France. Artificial stands do best on soils that are light, deep, and fertile, and poorly on either heavy clays or drj" sands. The species is generally regarded by English foresters as preferring siliceous soils, although its aversion to calcareous soils has not been demonstrated. The "Pacific green" variety has done well in Scotland and northern England with an annual pre- cipitation of from 25 to 33 inches, while the "Colorado blue" variety does well in drier cli- mates. The former, which, because of its more rapid growth, is the preferred variety, needs 80 FORESTRY [Bot. Absts. protection from violent winds and from early and late frosts, and is, therefore, often planted under a light cover. Plantations of this variety in the British Isles up to 60 years of age show a larger annual yield than plantations of larch, Sitka spruce, Norway spruce, or Scotch pine. In France this variety appears particularly adapted to the western part of the country, and can also be used in the Vosges region, but there on account of the danger from late frosts should be planted under a light cover. Judiciously employed, Douglas fir will furnish a larger yield than any other species that can be used in reforestation. — S. T. Dana. 550. Jobez, H. La foret et le paturage boise a la Societe Vaudoise des Forestiers. [Forest and pasture as discussed by the Vaud Society of Foresters.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Forest. Franche- Comte" et Belfot 13: 15-18. 1919. — Increased pasturage is essential for the quick reconstitu- tion of cattle herds exhausted by the war. At the same time the forests ought not to suffer, hence the necessity for pasture-forests. These increase the revenue from the soil, create a cattle shelter and favor the desirable kinds of forage. — S. T. Dana. 551. Jolyet, A. Deux essences qu'il ne faudra pas oublier. [Two species that should not be forgotten.] Rev. Eaux et Forets 57: 93-99. 1919. — In restoring the forests in the area devastated by the war, species should be chosen which are of rapid growth and capable of fur- nishing usable products in a short period. On the other hand, in restoring portions of the for- est in the midst of otherwise undamaged stands, the work should be conducted with a view to obtaining new stands as nearly as possible of the same type as those already existing. This means high forests of conifers in the Vosges mountains and coppice under standards in the greater part of the forests in the plains. In the Vosges plantations of the "green" form of Douglas fir are indicated. In the plains, black locust and white alder (Alnus incana) should be given careful consideration because of their rapid growth, ability to reproduce by suckers, and immunity from insect damage. White alder, while less known than black locust and pro- ducing a less valuable wood, is more tolerant, thrives in dry, calcareous soils, and suckers very abundantly. These, however, are not the two species referred to in the title of the article. From an economic point of view, it is essential to replace as quickly as possible the high forest trees which have disappeared, whether the coppice will recover naturally or must be replaced artificially. White (Weymouth) pine (Pinus strobus) and white poplar (Populus alba) are the two species particularly recommended for this purpose. White pine has a great advantage in being intermediate both in tolerance and in density of crown. It will come in naturally in the midst of broadleaf stands, and will also permit the establishment under its shade of such hardwoods as hornbeam, maple, ash, and even the common oak. It is well accommodated to the French climate, and will thrive on many soils. It is particularly suited for the formation of a high forest of conifers over a coppice of hardwoods, which is the only form of stand in which its use is recommended. This is because the tree must be allowed to reach fairly large size in order to form any considerable portion of heartwood, the sapwood being regarded practically as waste, during which time a return is yielded by the hardwood coppice; and because the white pine is nearly everywhere attacked by a fungus with a subter- ranean mycelium, the spread of which is prevented when the trees are grown far enough apart so that their roots do not come into contact with each other. White poplar has been looked upon somewhat askance because the abundant suckers which it produces have sometimes proved a nuisance in adjacent agricultural lands. These suckers would do no harm in the forests, where its use is recommended because of its rapid growth, coupled with the production of a merchantable wood which is among the best of the poplars. It is especially suited for U6e in naturally deep, fertile soils such as those formerly used for agriculture, but which have been so cut up by trenches and by shell holes as to be useless for cultivation for many years. The Japanese larch (Larix leptolepis) might also prove a desirable species to use along with white pine and white poplar, but not sufficient is known regarding its behavior in France to warrant too hearty endorsement. — *S. T. Dana. 552. Judd, C. S. Forestry as applied in Hawaii. Hawaiian Forest, and Agric. 15: 117— 133. May, 1918. This paper, originally delivered as an address, is divided into two parts; the first is a popular discussion of forestry in general and the second covers Hawaiian forestry March, 1920] FORESTRY 81 problems. Once heavily forested except on the lee slopes, these islands now have only 20 per cent of their area in forest. There are four general types of forest, the Algaroba (Pro- sopis juliflora) type, the Kukui (Ahiiritcs mollucana) type, the Ohia lehua {Metrosideros collina pohjmorpha) type and the Mumani (Sophora chrysophylla) type. The Ohia lehua type serves merely as protection forest for agriculture and the next preceding and following types have large protective value, although they may be worked for their timber in a minor way. The Algaroba type alone is primarily timber-producing. Protection is a prime requisite be- cause the irrigated sugar industry in the lowlands depends upon these rain forests. Cutting, but more particularly grazing, has caused the deterioration of the forests and their replace- ment by hilo grass. Methods of ridding the forests of this grass are discussed, and warning is sounded against wholesale importation of exotics which may prove worthless pests in Hawaii. — F. S. Baker. 553. Korstian, C. F. Life forms, leaf size and statistical methods in phytogeography. [Rev. of: Smith, Wm. G. Raunkiaer's life forms and statistical methods. Jour. Ecol. 1: 16- 26. 1913.] Jour. Forestry 17:328-331. 1919. 554. Korstian, C. F. Root habits of trees in northern Canada. [Rev. of: Pulling, Howard E. Root habit and plant distribution in the far north. Plant World 21: 223-233. 1918.] Jour. Forestry 17: 327-328. 1919. 555. Lee, Y. K. [Chinese] [Education in forestry.] Khu-Shou [Science, a publication of the Science Society of China] 4: 159-163. 1918. 556. Levy, E. Bruce. Seed-testing. New Zealand Jour. Agric. 18: 129. 1919.— The writer states that seed-testing has been established by the New Zealand Department of Agriculture for 10 years, although not yet compulsory. Two methods in common use, the continental method and the Irish method, are briefly compared. The Irish method is the one adopted in New Zealand and also in Great Britain. Theoretically the continental method is said to be more nearly correct but it is so laborious as not to be practical. A description of the New Zealand system follows in great detail, under the heads of: Process of germination, Purity analysis, Recording of progressive germination, Reporting and accounts. — E. R. Hodson. 557. Mahood, S. A. The collection and some uses of the oleoresin of Douglas fir. (Oregon fir balsam, Douglas fir turpentine). Amer. Jour. Pharm. 91:345-349. PL 1. 1919. — The collection of the oleoresin of Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga taxifolia) is accomplished in one of two ways. By the first, or "draining," method the oleoresin is allowed to drain into suitable receptacles when the trees are felled. By the second, or "cruiser," method apertures are made in the "pockets" produced by wind shakes, when the oleoresin readily flows out. — A descrip- tion of the methods employed for the collection of oleoresin from the European larch follows, which might presumably be applied to advantage in securing Douglas fir turpentine. By the European method", holes (about 1 to 1| inches in diameter and a foot from the ground) are bored to the centre of the tree, in the spring. They are then plugged and in the autumn are opened and allowed to drain, or they may be left open from the first and allowed to drain into suitable receptacles. The author suggests the combination of the European method with the "cruiser" method. The remaining portion of the paper deals with the commercial uses of the various oleore'sins. — Anton Hogstad, Jr.'\ 558. Melrose, G. P. Red-belt injury in British Columbia. Canadian Forestry Jour. 14: 164. April, 1919. — A Red-belt injury in Douglas fir is reported for the spring of 1916. This appears to have been caused by a sudden change in temperature during the time when the trees were unable to secure water from the frozen ground, or while portions of the trunk were frozen. No insect action yet noted in this connection. — E. N. Munns. 82 FORESTRY [Bot. Absts. 559. Mitchell, J. A. Bear clover. Jour. Forestry 17: 39-43. 1919. — A study of bear- clover (Chamoebatia foliolosa) on the Eldorado and Stanislaus forests [western U. S. A.] in 1912 indicates that forest reproduction is adversely affected by a bear-clover ground cover and that the relative percentage of incense-cedar reproduction increases, while that of pine repro- duction diminishes, as the density of bear-clover increases. In extremely heavy stands all reproduction is excluded. — E. N. Munns. 560. Munns, Edw. N. Some biological and economic aspects of chaparral. Jour. For- estry 17: 9-14. 1919. — The relationship between chaparral and tree-growth in the transition belt in western U. S. A. is pointed out, with consideration of the bearing of the brush on the problem of forestation. By coppicing, chaparral forms a soil cover quickly after fire and it is valuable as a soil binder, preventing erosion and landslides. The economic value of chapar- ral is briefly discussed. — E. N. Munns. 561. Munns, Edw. N. Women in southern lumbering operations. Jour. Forestry 17: 144-149. 1919. — Owing to the shortage of labor in the South [U. S. A.] during the latter part of 1918, women undertook much work formerly done by men. Few positions in the woods, mill, or office were not occupied by women, who generally proved satisfactory. — E. N. Munns. 562. Myhrwold, Prof. Skogkultur i Frankrike. [French silviculture.] Tidskr. Skog- bruk 27: 8-15. PL 1-7. 1919. 563. Nansen, Fritjof [and others]. Frankrike-Norge-Skogen. [France-Norway for- ests.] Tidskr. Skogbruk 27: 1-8. 1919. — Original correspondence between the two govern- ments relating to proposed plantations of Norway spruce in France by Norwegian foresters. — /. A . Larsen. 564. Pearson, G. A. [Rev. of: Hesselman, Henrik. Soil nitrification in relation to forest reproduction. Skogsvordsforeningens Tidskr. (Haft 1) 104 P- 1918.] Jour. Forestry 17: 69-73. 1919. — Investigations of the absence of forest reproduction on the heath lands of northern Sweden showed that the chemical condition of the floor was of more importance than was soil moisture deficiency. Most of these forest soils are characterized by the fact that transformation of organic matter toward nitrates stops with the formation of ammonia. This is remedied by clear cutting or heavy thinning or by cultivation or burning. The result is due to the activity of bacteria which require salts for development. The condition of the soil may be determined by the vegetation cover, certain plants indicating nitrogen deficiency. — In America, the application of these findings is limited to the humid regions, and it is significant that heavy cutting and burning are practiced in the douglas fir region. In open yellow pine stands the soil has a deficiency of litter and humus, except under old trees, and reproduc- tion occurring under such circumstances is due more to better moisture conditions than to improved chemical conditions of the soil. Lack of reproduction in these yellow pine forests is due to poor soil moisture conditions at a critical period in the life-history of the tree. — E. N. Munns. 565. Recknagel, A. B. Timber census in the northeastern states [U. S. A.]. Jour. For- estry 17: 178-179. 1919. — A timber census was made of the northeastern states during 1918. The stand of spruce in New York is given as 3,500,000,000 feet. Other data are not yet com- piled — E. N. Munns. 566. Record, S. J. Mahogany and some of its substitutes. Jour. Forestry 17: 1-8. 1919. — A key is given embracing the woods known in the trade as 'mahogany," or used as substitutes for the wood to which this name belongs. Representatives of 13 families and 27 genera are described, 11 genera belonging to the mahogany family, Meliaceae. The key is based on gross and lens characters. [See Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 748.] — E. N. Munns. March, 1920] FORESTRY 83 5G7. Reed, Geor<;i; M. Phytopathological survey of the trees and shrubs of Prospect Park and the Botanic Garden (Brooklyn). II. Report of the second season's work. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Reo. 7: 14-23. 191(1.— Sect. Bo Absts. 3, Entry 785. 568. Richardson, 11. \Y. The northeastern Minnesota forest fires of October 12, 1918. Geog. Rev. 7: 220-232. Figs. 1-5. April [May], 1919. 569. Rowlee, \V. W. Synopsis of the genus Ochroma, with descriptions of new species. Jour. Washington [D. C.] Acad. Sci. 9: 157-197. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 1835. 570. SCHWAB, W. G. The forests of Dickenson County, Virginia. Office of the State Forester, Bull. 17. 16 p., 6 pi., 1 folded map. 1917. 571. Schwab, W. G. The forests of Buchanan County, Virginia. Office of the State Forester, Bull. 16. 20 p., pi. 2-8, 1 folded map. 1918. [Reprinted from Virginia Geol. Surv. Bull. 18.] 572. Sporri, Ed. Zur Griindung von Staatswaldbesitz im Kanton Zug. [Reason for state forests in the Canton Zug.] Schweiz. Zeitschr. Forstw. 70: 41-43. 1919 While state control of all industries tends to eliminate individual initiative, the control of industries which are vital to the state is necessary. The forest industry falls in the latter class, and the experience of other cantons led to purchase of forests in Zug in 1915 and 1916, and additions later. To date 92 hectares have been purchased, of which about 40 per cent is timbered land. The state control of forest will build up a state industry for the community where private control would not. — All European states own forests, and government control is receiving more and more attention in the United States on account of the destruction of the forests by private owners. — J . V. Hofmann. 573. Stecher. Bucheckernernte 1918. [Beechnut harvest of 1918.] Deutsch. Forstzeitg. 34: 32-33. 1919. — Describes gathering of beechnuts in Cassel-Reinhardtswald. One village of 800 people gathered more than 400 centner (44,000 pounds). The nuts are used for food, being especially valuable under conditions existing at the time on account of their high oil content. Prices were as high as 150 marks per centner ($0.32 per pound). One hectaliter of fresh, dry nuts weighs 1 centner; after 10 days in a warm room there is a loss of weight of 11 kgm. and when completely dry a further loss of 2.5 kgm. With crude hand presses the nuts yield 14 per cent of their weight as oil. — W. N. Sparhawk. 574. Sudworth, Geo. B. [Rev. of: Pearson, R. S. Note on the preparation of turpen- tine, rosin, and gum from Boswellia serrata. Indian Forest Rec. 6:303-345. 1918.] Jour. Forestry 17:322-325. 1919. 575. Taylor, N. Effects of, the severe winter (1917-18) on the woody plants of the Garden. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec. 7: 83-87. 1918. 576. Taylor, W. M. The ailanthus-tree [Ailanthus glandulosa] for woodpulp. New Zeal* land Jour. Agric. 18: 223. April 21, 1919.— Comment is made on an article by V. Fedele (Monthly Bull. Agric. Intell. and Plant Dis. [Roma]). This tree, commonly known as "tree of heaven," has many qualities which fit it for pulp production. It is readily propagated by root cuttings and transplants well at any age. The growth is rapid, and it has the remark- able habit of making its strongest growth after pollarding. It is said that an acre of trees will yield approximately 25 tons of wood every third year. It thrives very well on every site in New Zealand, even on arid or very rocky soils. The wood yields 44 per cent of easily bleached cellulose, from which paper pulp can be made. Altogether it is considered a tree of great promise for the New Zealand paper industry. — E. R. Hodson. 577. Taylor, W. H. Shelter belts. New Zealand Jour. Agric. 18:165. 1919.— This article deals with protective planting for orchards and states that quickness of growth is the chief consideration while the kind of trees obtainable is a secondary consideration. The 84 FORESTRY [Bot. Absts. pines most used are, Pinus radiata (insignis) and P. muricata, of which the latter is the most valuable, as it retains its lower branches longer. Black wattle (Acacia decurrens) is recom- mended for certain localities. Where a high shelter is required with narrow limits, Lom- bardy poplar is regarded most suitable, especially when in combination with Elaeagnus japonica. North American species recommended are Gowen cypress (Cupressus goveniana), redwood (Sequoia semper vir ens), Monterey cypress (Cupressus macrocarpa), and Lawson's cypress (Chamaecyparis lawsoniana) , particularly the latter onaccountof its hardiness, wind resistance, low branching habit and rapid growth. A number of other species are described, and methods of treatment and spacing. — E. R. Hodson. 578. Toumey, J. W. The relation of gray birch to the regeneration of white pine. Jour. Forestry 17: 15-20. 1919. — Studies on plots of birch and pine in New Hampshire show that pure stands of birch (Betula populifolia) do not cause the death of white pine (Pinus strobus), though the rate of height growth of the white pine falls off rapidly with the increase in den- sity of the birch stand. In general, the rate of height growth of the pine varies directly with the density of the stand of the birch, due more to root competition than to light relationships. Stands of birch can be planted without cutting of the pine until the birch can be utilized, or until the growth of the pine is measurably decreased. — E. N . Munns. 579. Totjmet, J. W. [Rev. of: Sampson, A. W. Effect of grazing upon aspen reproduc- tion. U. S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 741. 29 p. 1919.] Jour. Forestry 17: 564-567. 1919— The duty of the forester is to care for forest reproduction and to grow successful crops of timber on forest land. Uncontrolled and unregulated grazing on such land has no place, but some grazing may be permitted. — E. N. Munns. 580. Totjmet, J. W. [Rev. of: Sampson, A. W. Climate and plant growth in certain vegetative associations. U. S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 700. 1918.] Jour. Forestry 17 : 59-62. 1919. 581. Turner, E. Phillips. Reclamation of sand-dunes. New Zealand Jour. Agric. 18: 148. 1919. — It is pointed out that the reclamation operations should begin at the source of the sand-drift (in case of coastal dunes this is high water mark), and that trees should not be planted until (1) a protective littoral dune has been raised, or (2) a belt along the coast has been planted to Marram brass (Ammophila arenaria). The French method of building a lit- toral dune by means of sand-catching fences is described and directions are given for planting marram. Tree planting is done only on the landward side, with the following species for New Zealand conditions: Pinus radiata (insignis), Cupressus macrocarpa, Pinus muricata, P. thunderbergii and P. densiflora. In order to secure hardy stock a local nursery is advised. When a protective coastal belt has been established by means of marram and trees, the re- mainder may be reclaimed by a less expensive method, though the use of tree-lupins followed by prairie grass, clovers, trefoils, danthonia, microlaena and cocksfoot. — E. R. Hodson. 582. Van Dissel, E. D. Treatment of the dunes in Holland. New Zealand Jour. Agric. 18: 150. 1919.— It is stated that the area of the dunes in Holland is 92,625 acres or about 1.15 per cent of the entire area. The method of fixation by planting marram grass (Ammophila arenaria) is described and the advantages of more permanent reclamation by means of afforest- ation are pointed out. Afforestation on the dunes of Schoorl, by the state, dates from 1865. In the early trials Pinus laricio var. austriaca, P. montana, P. silveslris, P. maritima and Picea excelsa were used. The first three species gave excellent results but Pinus silvestris succeeded only in sheltered places, while Picea excelsa and especially Pinus maritima were not successful. In 1893 new trials were made at the same place, in which Picea alba (used by Denmark and Jutland) was chiefly used, but it proves unsuited for afforesting the Dutch dunes. Subsequent work has been done with the successful species of the early trials, to which has been added Pinus laricio corsicana. Pinus montana is well suited to exposed sites, as it withstands violent winds and quickly covers the soil. Broad-leaved trees are used to some extent in the moist, sheltered places; alder and oak have given the best success. Difficulties encountered besides winds are included under damage by insects, fungi, fire and higher animals. The planting-stock used in this work should be raised in nurseries situated near or on the dunes. — E. R. Hodson. March, 1920] FORESTRY 85 583. Viardin, L. L'organisation forestiere, avant 1789, dans la Lorraine reconquise. [Forest organization in reconquered Lorraine prior to 1789. | Rev. Eaux et Forfltfl 57:80-85. 1919. — The first representative of the forest hierarchy in Lorraine was the griiyer (a lord hav- ing a right on the woods <>f his vassals), who is referred to is public documents as early as the first half of the fourteenth century. On April JO, 1464, the office of grand gruyer of Lorraine was established under which were a number of individual gruyera. The latter, assisted by a conlrSlcur, acted both as a forest administrator and forest accountant, designating the timber to be cut, receiving receipts, and collecting fines resulting from trespasses. Following the French occupation in 1681, Louis XIV abolished the grueries and the Maitrise royalc of Mctz became the headquarters of forest administration in Lorraine, while; in 1G8G the Duchies of Lorraine and Bar were divided into 13 individual maitrises. The conlrdleurs of the former grueries were replaced by special receveurs charged exclusively with collecting the returns from the forest. With the end of the French occupation, this organization was in turn abolished by Duke Leopold who reestablished the grueries while retaining the special receveurs. The former, relieved of their accounting duties by the receveurs, frequently added the duty of provost to their other duties. In 1701, the duchieswere divided into five forest departments, each in charge of a commissaire riformateur, to which a sixth was added in 1720. These corrimissaires reformaleurs constituted a special chamber in charge of all questions relating to the management of the forests, including cuttings, clearings, and the exercise of rights of user. In 1720, this chamber was joined with the Council of Finances to form the Council of Finances and of Waters and Forests. In 1727, the commissaires riformateur s were given the title of grands gruyers. From the coming of Stanislas in 1737, it was the Council of Finance and Commerce which exercised complete authority in all forest questions. In reality however, the Council was controlled in forest matters by Paul-Francois Gallois, who after, some difficulty succeeded in substituting the French system of maitrises for the former grueries. The reorganization was completed in 1747 when Lorraine and Barrois were divided into 15 maitrises. Each of these was in charge of a maitre, who was generally assisted by a lieutenant, an agent of the king (who was concerned particularly in controlling rights of user), a hammer keeper, a surveyor, a clerk, and from 1 to 10 bailiffs. These offices were all purchasable and all hereditary. On the death of Stanislas in 1766, Lorraine was reunited to France, and be- came the nineteenth department of forests and waters, and in 17S9 on the death of Claude- Nicolas Mathieu, who had been grand maitre of Waters and Forests in the Duchies of Lorraine and Bar, that office was discontinued. — S. T. Dana. 584. Weir, James R., and Ernest E. Hubert. The influence of thinning on western hemlock and grand fir infected with Echinodontium tinctorium. Jour. Forestry 17:21-35. 1919. — Five plots aggregating 9.5 acres were laid out in the Priest River Valley, in Idaho, on potential timber land. The area was cut over in 1900 and 1902, and 57 hemlocks (Tsuga het- ero-phulla} and 375 grand firs (Abies grandis) were growing in 1915. Following the cutting there was a decrease in the rate of diameter growth, due to opening the stand, followed by a decided increase in which hemlock took more part than did grand fir. With hemlock a marked second growth of the old crown took place, while with fir a secondary crown appeared on the lower trunk, in some cases extending nearly to the ground. The crown size of the trees in the cut-over area averaged 185 per cent greater than that of those of the virgin stand. The mean annual diameter growth on the cut-over area was found to be 143 per cent greater for hemlock and 176 per cent greater for grand fir, than was the case with the same species on the uncut area. While the injuries caused by logging were severe, there was a greater proportion of healed wounds on the cut-over area than on the uncut area. In general a less favorable set of conditions for fungous, activity existed on the cut-over area; the total numbers of infected trees, of sporophores, and of sporophore-bearing trees, on the cut were less than on the uncut area. This is probably due to the removal of the infected trees on the former area. The thinning exerts a restrictive influence on Echinodontium tinctorium, due to better growing conditions for the trees, increased light and amelioration of stagnant-air conditions. — E. N. Mu tins. BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS. VOL. Ill, NO. 3 86 GENETICS [Bot. Absts. GENETICS George H. Shull, Editor 585. Adami, I. G. Medical contributions to the study of evolution. xviii-\-872p. Duck- worth : London, 1918. — This volume of lectures and addresses is divided into three parts. The first part, on adaptation and disease, contains the author's Croonian Lectures before the Royal College of Physicians in 1917. These lectures contain an epitome of the author's views on present evolutionary problems, and are particularly valuable for their numerous references to the data of variability and mutation in bacteria and the origin of zymotic diseases. Among the main points emphasized are the phenomena of "direct adaptation' 'in bacteria, numerous cases being cited in support of this view, some of which are difficult to explain on any other basis. A broad discussion of antitoxins, acquired immunity and related problems leads to a neo-Lamarckian position, based also upon experiments on intoxication of germ cells, etc. Chapter VI discusses "The physico-chemical basis of immunity and of evolution," and devel- ops the conception, long since expressed by Adami, of the "biophoric molecule" as aproteid- ogenous unit having "vital and heritable properties" and composed of rings or chains of amino- acids, with a "nucleus" composed of a central amphoteric glycocoll group, to which are attached varying orders of side chains. This conception is applied in some detail to such phe- nomena as growth, enzyme action and anaphylaxis. These lectures contain vigorous attacks upon the Batesonian and Weismannian positions. — In parts II and III are reprinted ar- ticles and addresses published or delivered on both side of the Atlantic. Under the general headings "Heredity and adaptation" and "Growth and overgrowth" are included such diverse topics as variability in bacteria, inheritance of acquired conditions in man, inflammation, liquid crystals, Weismannism, classification of tumors, and various aspects of cancerous growths. This book serves to emphasize the reviving interest in neo-Lamarckianism on a physico-chemical basis — R. R. Gates. 586. Anonymous. Disease resistance in plants. Gard. Chron. 65: 192. Apr. 19, 1919. — Discussion of current hypotheses of the physiology of disease resistance — John Bushnell. 587. Anonymous. Self-sterility in fruit trees. Gard. Chron. 64: 238. Dec. 14, 1918. — Editorial review of: Sutton, Ida. Report on tests of self-fertility in plums, cherries, and apples at the John Innes Horticultural Institution. Jour. Genetics 7:281-300. 1918. — John Bushnell. 588. Anonymous [J. F.] Variability in plants. Gard. Chron. 65: 285-286. June 7» 1919— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 973. 589. Anonymous [J. F.] Variability in plants. Gard. Chron. 65: 321. June 28, 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 974. 590. Anonymous. Inheritance studies with poultry at the Rhode Island Agric. Experiment Station. Bull. Rhode Island State College 13: 41-42. 1918— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 1470. 591. Anonymous. Six hundred twins already discovered. Jour. Heredity 10: 210. May, 1919. 592. Anonymous. The inheritance of blindness. Jour. Heredity 10:211. May, 1919. 593. Atjny, A. C, and H. K. Hayes. Experiments in field technique in plat tests. Jour. Agric. Res. 15: 251-262. 1918— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 976. 594. Bateson, W. Studies in variegation. 1. Jour. Genetics 8:93-99. PI. 3-4, 1 fig. April, 1919. — Reports bud variations on variegated plants giving branches, leaves, and sec- tors of leaves (1) pure green, (2) pure white, and (3) with reversal of green and white layers of cells. Reversals giving green-skinned sports on white-skinned chimaeras are described for March, 1920] GENETICS 87 Euonymus japonicus lati 'foil us var. varicgata, and for three varieties of Pelargonium. The white-skinned and green-skinned varieties of Coproxmu Haueri are described. The various sports are illustrated by 16 excellent figures in color, and one text figure shows the distribu- tion of chlorophyll-and non-chlorophyll-bcaring cells in Euonymus. Reversals in periclinal chimaeras are considered to be rare and due to some instability in the growing point, such as a greater vigor of the green core, or to injury. Author suggests that the phenomena of reversal in variegated periclinal chimaeras may be duplicated in respect to somatic and genetic distinctions in characters not thus visible, thereby bringing about changes in the properties of the layer from which germ cells arise. — A. B. Stout. 595. Bateson, W., and Ida Sutton. Double flowers and sex linkage in Begonia. Jour. Genetics 8: 199-207. PI. 8. June, 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 978. 596. Beauverie, J. Les methodes de selection appliquees aux cereales de semences. Etat actuel de la question. [Methods of selection applied to seed grains. Present status of the matter.] Rev. Gen. Sci. Pur. et Appl. 30:79-87, 108-114. 1919.— Summarizing the work of Biffen, Nilsson, and others, author points out that the method of selecting the best seeds, year after year, of a mixture of strains seldom leads to the establishment of a superior variety with any degree of permanence, the quality of the seeds produced varying from year to year according to weather, cultural, and other conditions, with an undue proportion of inferior seeds in each crop. On the other hand, selecting from the progeny of a single individual, that is, in a "pure line" or in "pedigreed" stock, one has the chance of finding strains which will be permanently superior, year after year. In these strains some characters are fixed, such as the shape, color, and roughness of the grains; some vary with the conditions, such as length of stems, and weight of grains, though being more or less controlled by heredity; while still others vary entirely with the conditions of culture. But in the pure line the behavior of the individual as influenced by circumstances is not necessarily repeated in its own descendants, the behavior of the latter being controlled by its ancestors. There are doubtless many "pure lines" in nature, not recognized or recognizable. Occasionally one of these may "sport" or mutate, in a striking and desired manner, or a striking and desired change may come about by accidental crossing. Man takes advantage of the possibility of crossing, and by deliberate hybridizing may secure a new and desired combination of characters already existing, such as superior fecundity with disease resistance, resistance to cold, etc. The paper also includes an historical sketch of the development of plant breeding through pedigree cultures at seed- control stations in various countries of the world, recognition of the leaders, and a statement of some of their main results. — G. J. Peirce. 597. Bensaude, Mathilde. Recherches sur le cycle evolutif et la sexualite chez les Basidiomycetes. [Researches on the evolutive cycle and sexuality in the Basidiomycetes.] 156 p., pi. IS, fig. 30. [Dissertation.] Nemours, 1918. — "Miss Bensaude has investigated Cop- rinusfimentarius, Armillaria mucida, and Tricholoma nudum. The work includes two phases: (1) the morphology and cytology of the mycelia, and (2) the results obtained from the study of the single spore cultures of C. fimentarius. — The mycelia of the 3 species were obtained from germinating spores as well as from material collected in the field. The author accepts Falck's classification of the mycelia into primary, secondary, and tertiary forms. The claim is made that the first few days after the germination of the spores the resulting mycelia belong to the primary class, in which the hyphae are partioned off into cells which contain from one to many nuclei. These uninucleate cells may give rise to varying numbers of uninucleate oidia. Disarticulated hyphal cells, which she calls "pseudoidia," are also formed which, like true oidia, may germinate. The nuclei in the germ tubes divide amitotically. Cross-w r alls with clamp connections never appear in the hyphae of the primary mycelia. Miss Bensaude grew single spores of C. fimentarius in pure cultures, and succeeded in isolating 10 single spores. Of these, 4 germinated, and in 2 cultures primary mycelia were obtained which did not produce carpophores. When parts of each mycelium were mixed in a culture, a secondary mycelium 88 GENETICS [Bot. Absts. appeared and fruit bodies were produced. The chief method of bringing about the plasmog- amy is through the union of a hyphal cell of one thallus with an oidium from another thallus. Miss Bensaude concludes that the "dicaryo" in C . fimentarius is formed following plasmogamy between cells coming from two different thalli.— The transformation of a primary mycelium into a secondary mycelium is very difficult to observe. This is brought about by the anasto- mosis of 2 hyphal cells of different thalli in C. fimentarius. The fusion of 2 such cells (plas- mogamy or pseudogamy) introduces the cytoplasm and nucleus or nuclei of one cell into the other, which results in the establishment of a binucleate cell. If 2 cells unite which have more than 2 nuclei in common, all disintegrate but 2. The uninucleate oidium may fuse with a hyphal cell, and this is a very common means of bringing about the initial binucleate condi- tion of the cell. — Each cell in these secondary hyphae is binucleate, constituting a "dicaryon." Conjugate nuclear division occurs in these hyphae as a rule in the apical cell, although inter- calary cells divide occasionally. At the time of division the 2 nuclei move to the middle of the cell, and the actual process of cell division is preceded by the formation of a protuberance which is to form a clamp. One of the nuclei which Miss Bensaude calls (+) on the basis of her results with single spore cultures, enters this very short branch, and the (— ) nucleus remains at about the same level in the mother cell. Spindles are formed and conj ugate nuclear division takes place. One of the (+) daughter nuclei goes back into the mother cell, and the other goes to the apex of the young clamp. A cross-wall cuts off the beak cell from the mother cell. Of the 2 (—) daughter nuclei, one goes to the apical part of the mother cell and the other to the basal part, and a cross-wall is formed at the level of the young clamp, dividing the cell into an apical portion with (+) and (— ) daughter nuclei and a basal cell with only the (— ) daughter nucleus. The little beak now fuses with the basal cell, and its nucleus passes into this cell, so that it also becomes binucleate. Very often the apex of the beak fuses with the mother cell before nuclear division takes place. — Reversion of secondary to primary mycelium occurs, in which case a uninucleate cell appears among binucleate cells. No clamps are found on the cross-walls of this cell, and these uninucleate cells may bear oidia." [Through rev. in Bot. Gaz. 68 : 67-68. July, 1919.] See also Bot. Absts. 3. Entries 347 and 644.— Michael Levine. 598. Botjlenger, G. A. L'evolution est-elle reversible? Considerations au sujet de cer- tains poissons. [Is evolution reversible? Considerations relating to certain fishes.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 168: 41-44. 1919. — Conclusions regarding relationships of groups have often rested on belief that evolution never reverses itself. Author believes such reverses have occurred. In fishes of family Cichlidae primitive teeth were undoubtedly conical. Many African members have bi- or tri-cuspid teeth, and in some of them conical and bi- or tri-cuspid mixed. Young fishes, however, have bi- or tri-cuspid teeth, older ones conical, indicating that evolutionary trend is now back toward conical shape. Concludes also that in evolution of this family the number of vertebrae was reduced to about 24, but subsequently increased to 30 or more in African forms whose dentition is aberrant, thus constituting another rever- sal. Other more obscure evidences of reversal of evolution are found in same family. — A. Franklin Shull. 599. Botjlenger, G. A. Un cas d' evolution ontogenique a rebours chez un lezard africain (Eremias lugubris A. Smith). [A case of reversed ontogenetic evolution in an African lizard.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 168: 78-80. 1919. — These lizards descended from striped ancestors, and adults are striped at present. Some young, however, show stripes broken up into spots, which later elongate and unite to form stripes. Is regarded as case of reversed ontogeny. Author speculates also concerning purpose of jet black and bright color-pattern of young, as compared with gray and pale yellowjand tan of adult, so similar to desert regions, but reaches no conclusion. — A. Franklin Shull. 600. Boveri,Theodor. Zwei Fehlerquellen bei Merogonieversuchen und die Entwick- lungsf ahigkeit merogonischer und partiellmerogonischer Seeigelbastarde. [Two sources of error in investigations of merogony and the ability of merogonic and partially merogonic sea-urchin hybrids to develop. Arch. Entwicklungsmech. Organ. 44: 417-471. 3 pi. 1918. — Unfinished March, 1920] GENETICS 89 posthumous article, pointing out two facts which help explain conflicting results of echinoderm crosses. First, whole eggs or egg fragments which have been taken and appear to have no nuclei may contain chromatin of nucleus in irregular mass not recognizable in living proto- plasm; and this chromatin is capable of normal participation in development. .Second, nucleus may be divided into two or more partial nuclei, probably due to failure of chromosome vesicles to coalesce at proper stage in reconstruction of nucleus. These two discoveries are used to explain facts taken from literature and from new experiments. Egg fragments of Sphaerechinus apparently without nuclei, fertilized by sperm of Paracentrolus (Strongylocen- trotus), yielded some paternal larvae (as previously reported), but majority were intermediate larvae. But intermediate larvae had large nuclei, hence were diploid, for author confirms former conclusion that nuclear size is safe criterion of haploid or diploid number of chromo- somes. Egg fragments in these cases must have contained nuclei. Disappearance of nucleus on shaking occurs only in young eggs, probably just after polar-body formation. In fully ripe female only few eggs are in this stage, while nuclei of older eggs resist disintegration on shaking. One supposedly merogonous larva from Sphaerechinus X Paracentrolus (female named first) was nearly paternal. It had smaller nuclei than genuine hybrids, but not small enough to be haploid. Author concludes egg fragment contained only partial nucleus. Some larvae of same cross were maternal, and these have been shown to be plainly haploid. In one set of crosses Sphaerechinus X Parechinus (Echinus) many larvae died early; these were probably haploid. Those that lived longer were probably not haploid, yet some were pater- nal. However, crosses involving whole egg of Sphaerechinus are sometimes paternal. Sug- gests that when "merogonous" larvae were paternal egg fragment contained partial nucleus, and that these maternal chromosomes helped develop larva to pluteus stage at which paternal characters could appear. Godlew r ski's merogonous Parechinus X Antedon crosses gave some maternal embryos, but author suspects egg fragments contained nuclei; nuclear size was not determined in these larvae. — Some larvae have nuclei of haploid size on one side, diploid size on other. These are attributed to partial merogony, dispermy in which one sperm nucleus fuses with egg nucleus, other functions alone. In partial merogonous larvae of crosses Sphaer- echinus X Paracentrotus and Sphaerechinus X Parechinus diploid and haploid cells migrate and mix, making certain characteristics intermediate. If two cleavage spindles resulting from dispermy be placed, not parallel, but perpendicular to one another, all micromeres, and hence mesenchyme, might be diploid. One merogonous larva appeared to be in this condition, its gut and mesenchyme being diploid and its skeleton normal. Some doubtful cases are described. — Author suggests two stages of development, early stage in which any chromosomes will suffice for development, later stage in which right interchromosomal combination must be present, as well as mutually compatible cytoplasm and chromosomes. Explains why hybrids between Sphaerechinus and either Paracentrotus or Parechinus can be paternal only when maternal nucleus is also present: maternal nucleus is necessary in order that develop- ment may proceed into second stage when paternal characters can appear. Nucleus is not, however, merely organ to insure development : giant eggs formerly shown, in crosses, to pro- duce more nearly maternal embryos than did normal eggs in similar crosses owed that prop- erty to their double nuclei. Moreover, hybrids from egg fragments were not less like mother than were hybrids from whole eggs, as they would be if cytoplasm determined characters. — A. Franklin Shull. 601. Bridges, Calvin B. The genetics of purple eye-color in Drosophila melanogaster. Jour. Exp. Zo6l. 28: 265-305. May 20, 1919. — Purple is an early mutation (found Feb. 20, 1912) that has proved especially useful. It is strictly recessive, easily and rapidly separable from wild-type, fully viable, fertile, and productive. Its locus is in second chromosome 6.2 units to right of black, or 52.7 to right of star. This is middle of second chro- mosome as mapped, and apparently also in actuality, since this region is characterized by abnormally high double crossing over, special sensitivity to action of age, heat, and cold upon amount of crossing over, and by special limitation upon action of certain genetic crossover variations. Purple has been involved in development of many important fields of Drosophila genetics: with vermilion it gave '"intensification" or "disproportionate modification." It has 90 GENETICS [Bot. Absts. been model for repeated "mimic" mutations and has itself been "recurrent." Purple was used most extensively in early analysis of autosomal linkage — coupling F 2 , back-cross test of crossing over in both male and female, two-point map, three-point map, etc. Coincidence curve for age-variation in crossing over is roughly mirror image of crossover curve for age- variation, while coincidence curve for temperature-variation in crossing over seems to be straight line independent of temperature curve of crossing over. Age and temperature varia- tions in crossing over seem therefore to depend on two different physiological factors affecting respectively "internode length" and "coefficient of crossing over." — Calvin B. Bridges. 602. Bridges, Calvin B. Specific modifiers of eosin eye color in Drosophila melanogas- ter. Jour. Exp. Zool. 28: 337-384. July 5, 1919— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 2092. 603. Bridges, Calvin B. Vermilion-deficiency. Jour. Gen. Physiol. 1:645-656. July 20, 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 982. 604. Brown, N. E. The defertilization of flowers by insects. Gard. Chron. 63: 4. 1918. — Author observed a Syrphid fly eating the pollen from anther and stigma of a Pelargonium flower. — John Bushnell. 605. Coe, H. S. Origin of the Georgia and Alabama varieties of velvet bean. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 10: 175-179. 2 fig. 1918.— See Bot. Absts. 3, 1471. 606. Collins, E. J. Sex segregation in the Bryophyta. Jour. Genetics 8: 139-146. PI. 6, 6 fig. June, 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 2103. 607. Collins, G. N. Intolerance of maize to self-fertilization. Jour. Washington, D. C, Acad. Sci. 9: 309-312. June 4, 1919. Of several hundred strains of maize (Zea) which have been repeatedly self-fertilized only one has been discovered which does not suffer a loss of vigor in consequence. — This intolerance of self-fertilization is difficult to reconcile with the flowering habits of maize, most varieties of which are synacmic or slightly proterandrous. It is pointed out that a slight departure from synacmy toward proterogyny would not only increase the chances for cross-fertilization, but would also insure complete fertility when climatic condi- tions were unfavorable for the distribution of pollen. — An explanation of the combination of synacmy with an intolerance to self-fertilization is suggested by the idea of the hybrid origin of this species. Euchlaena the nearest relative of maize and generally regarded as an ancestor shows no measurable reduction of vigor as a result of self-fertilization. It must be assumed therefore that the intolerance of self-fertilization is a character derived from some source other than Euchlaena. It does not seem unreasonable to suppose that the ancestor possess- ing this intolerance would have also some means of insuring cross fertilization. Perfect- flowered spikelets and androgynous inflorescences of maize are proterogynous. The sexes, however, are normally separated, the male inflorescence occupying a terminal and the female inflorescence a lateral position on the plant. Terminal inflorescences mature before lateral and the delay attendant on a lateral position neutralizes the natural proterogyny. The con- clusion is reached that the unknown ancestor of maize was perfect-flowered and was protected from self-fertilization by complete proterogyny. While maize retains the intolerance of self- fertilization of this perfect-flowered, proterogynous ancestor the protective proterogyny is lost through the separation of the sexes, a characteristic derived from Euchlaena. — J. H. Kempton. 608. Connors, C. H. Methods in breeding peaches. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hortic. Sci. 14 (1917) : 126-127. 1918. — Early attempts in trying to cross peaches when paper bags were used, proved practically negative. Mosquito netting shows slightly better results, but not entirely satisfactory. Later attempts were made to enclose entire tree with cheese cloth supported on framework, with quite satisfactory results. — Object was to study inheritance of size of blos- soms. It was first thought that size of blossom might be due to hybridization, but is now known that all sizes are found in the wild forms in China. Crosses and selfings were made. March, 1920] GENETICS ( .Jl Early freestones and semi-clings give about 10 per cent from stone to tree, later freestones give, up to 50 per cent. — Total of 403 trees of known parentage were planted in spring of 191G, and 1073, in 1917. No method is yet devised to [secure Fi generation. [See Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 724.]— C. E. Myers. 609. Coulter, Merle C. Inheritance in Pediastrum. [Rev. of: Harper. R. A, Organization, reproduction, and inheritance in Pediastrum. Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 66: 375-439. PL 6-6, fig. 64. 1918.] Bot. Gaz. 67:513-514. June, 1919.— Many complexities occur in reproductive processes of flowering plants, and reviewer conceives that studies on lower organisms promise to have profound bearing on theoretical genetics. He thinks however that the peculiarities of Pediastrum make doubtful the applicability of author's conclusions to higher plants, though he sees that there may be something comparable between the method of colony formation in Pediastrum and the arrangement of nuclei in early stage of embryo formation in gymnosperms and arrangement of nuclei in the embryo-sac of angiosperms. — G. H. Skull. 610. Coulter, Merle C. Mendelian inheritance in gametophytes. [Rev. of: Transeau, Edgar Nelson. Hybrids among species of Spirogyra. Amer. Nat. 53:109-119. Fig. 7. 1919. (See Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 715.)] Bot. Gaz. 67: 514-515. June, 1919.— Reviewer consid- ers behavior of gametophyte generation one of most critical tests of current theoretical mech- anism of inheritance, and thinks the lower plants especially favorable material for such stud- ies. Predicts that segregation will be found taking place in the first generation and there should be no dominance. Transeau's studies were purely observational but are taken to agree with this expectation. Reviewer hopes that the author will find means of studying the hybrid Spyrogyras "under rigid experimental control." — G. H. Shull. 611. Coulter, Merle C. A corn pollinator. Bot. Gaz. 68: 63-64. 1 fig. July, 1919.— See Bot. Absts/3, Entry 989. 612. Coulter, Merle C. A new conception of sex. [Rev. of: Jones, W. N. On the nature of fertilization and sex. New Phytol. 17: 167-188. 1918.] Bot. Gaz. 68:68-69. July, 1919. 613. Coulter, Merle C. Self-sterility. [Rev. of: East, E. M., and J. B. Park. Stu- dies on self-sterile plants. II. Pollen-tube growth. Genetics 3 : 353-366. 8 fig. 1918.] Bot. Gaz. 68:70-71. July, 1919. 614. Cowgill, H. B. Cross-pollination of sugar cane. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 10: 302- 306. 1919— See bot. Absts. 3, Entry 2106. 615. Cowgill, H. B. Studies in inheritance in sugar cane. Jour. Dept. Agric. Porto Rico 2: 33^1. 1918— See Bot, Absts. 3, Entry 2107. 616. Dahlgren, K. V. Ossian. Erblichkeitsversuche mit einer dekandrischen Capsella bursa-pastoris (L.) [Genetical experiments with a decandrous Capsella bursa-pastoris.] Svensk. Bot. Tidsskr. 13 1 : 48-60. 2 fig. 1919.— The author relates some results obtained by crossing a constant type of Capsella bursa-pastoris having petals transformed into sta- mens, with Capsella Heegeri and two of Almquist's "elementary species" of C. bursa-pastoris (viz., C. collina and C. emarginata) . — Apetalous forms are not a uniform race. The apetaly can be produced either by abortion of the petals or by their transformation into stamens. By unfavorable nourishment petals and stamens sometimes disappear and i eal female flowers (fertile) may be obtained. — In Fi the apetalous type prevails, but small petals or intermedi- ate forms between petals and stamens are seen. In F 2 segregation takes place according to the proportion 3 : 1, if we consider apetalous individuals (EE) and heterozygotes (Ee) as one group. These two categories are rather difficult to separate. In some families the number of individuals with petals was too great. This might be caused by foreign seeds in the soil. — 92 GENETICS [Bot. Absts. By crossing with C. Heegeri, a segregation concerning capsule form took place in the propor- tion 15 : 1, as has been first observed by Shull. If Ee and EE [in original paper by a mistake these were written Ee and ee] are considered as one group, the segregation will be 45 : 15 : 3:1. Results were as follows: — Obtained Calculated C. bursa-pastoris apetala 298 288.98 ± 9.26 C. bursa-pasloris normalis 96 96.33 =*= 8.59 C. Heegeri apetala 14 19.27 ± 4.29 C. Heegeri normalis 3 6.42 =*= 2.51 Many disappointing crossings were made between Capsella grandiflora and other Capsella forms. A flowering Fi plant has perhaps been produced; this one however did not give any seeds. [See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 1473.] — K. V. Ossian Dahlgren. 617. Danforth, C. H. Evidence that germ cells are subject to selection on the basis of their genetic potentialities. Jour. Exp. Zool. 28: 385-412. July 5, 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 990. 618. Dehaut, E. G. Developpement en sens inverse de la coloration verte, chez Lacerta muralis tiliguerta et L. mur. quadrilineata. [Development of green coloration in reverse direction in Lacerta muralis tiliguerta and L. m. quadrilineata.] Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. France 82: 514-515. May 17, 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 1474. 619. Dehaut, E. G. Interversion d'un caractere cranien dans certaines races du Sus scrofa. [Interversion of a cranial character in certain races of Sus scrofa.] Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. France 82: 515-516. May 17, 1919— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 1475. 620. Delphin, L. [Rev. of: Downing, Elliot R. The third and fourth generation. An introduction to heredity. 164 P-, 13 fig. University of Chicago Press: Chicago. 1918.] Rev. Gen. Sci. Pure" et Appl. 30: 58. 1919. 621. Doncaster, L. Note on an experiment dealing with mutation in bacteria. Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc. 19: 269. 1919— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 823. 622. Dorset, M. J. A note on the dropping of flowers in the potato. Jour. Heredity 10: 226-228. Fig. 19. May, 1919. 623. Drieberg, C. A freak papaw (Carica Papaya). Jour. Heredity 10 : 207. May, 1919. 624. Dxjerden, J. E. Crossing the North African and South African ostrich. Jour. Genetics 8: 155-198. PI. 7, 2 fig. June, 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 2118. 625. Edmonds, M. E., and P. Sargeant. Variability in plants. Gard. Chron. 65:299. June 14, 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 993. 626. Enriques, Paola. [French rev. of: Maiocco, F. L. Le leggi di Mendel e l'eredita [Les lois de Mendel et l'heredite]. [Mendel's law and heredity.] 222 p. Fratelli Bocca: Torino, 1918.] Scientia 25: 510-511. 1919. 627. Falck, K. De forsta grunderna av arftlighetslaran. [On the first principles of genetical science. 25 p. Stockholm, 1919.— Small pamphlet written for use in schools.— K.V. Ossian Dahlgren. 628. Faure, Ch. Note sur un cas d'hermaphroditisme rudimentaire chez le coq. [Note on a case of rudimentary hermaphroditism in the cock.] Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. France 82: £19-520. May 17. 1919— See Bot. Absts, 3, Entry 1480. March, 1920] GENETICS 93 G29. Freeman, Geo. F. Heredity of quantitative characters in wheat. Genetics 4: 1-93. Jan., 1919. — Number of reciprocal crosses were made between an Algerian white macaroni wheat, an Algerian red bread wheat, and two white bread wheats, Early Baart and Sonora. All facts observed on inheritance of date of first head, height of plant, width of broadest leaf, are in harmony with hypothesis of segregation of a number of simple Mendelian unit characters. Constants employed to measure variability were stand- ard deviation of time of heading and coefficient of variation of height and leaf width. — All crosses produced normal Fi plants usually somewhat above average in size. Sterile seeds and plants and vegetatively deficient plants occurred in F 2 and F 3 of macaroni-bread wheat crosses, probably the results of recombination of Mendelian unit factors. If blending inher- itance occurred, Fi would have shown abnormality. In nearly all crosses, the behavior of F| cultures from selected F t plants indicated clearly the existence of genetic differences in Fi explainable only as the result of recombination of several unit factors.— Heterozygosity in Fj and F 3 of the macaroni-bread wheat crosses is shown by marked greater variability in hybrid populotions. Differences in variability between F2 and F 3 show increasing homozygosity in Fj. — In size characters, macaroni-bread wheat crosses gave hybrids less in average size than parents but much greater in variability. Bread wheat hybrids were intermediate or greater in size but no more variable than parents. Tall and wide-leaved cultures from genetically equivalent hybrid groups and from pure lines as well were uniformly less variable than short and narrow-leaved cultures. Some suppression factor appears to reduce variability in races with high means resulting from increased vegetative growth. Size factors seem to produce greater variability in combinations producing results below the mean of the hybrid popula- tion. This effect suppressed nearly all extra variability due to heterozygosity in the bread wheat hybrids. Recent literature is reviewed. — Breeze Boyack. 630. Freeman, G. F. A mechanical explanation of progressive changes in the proportion of hard and soft kernels in wheat. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 10: 23-28. 1918. — See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 2125. 631. Goodspeed, T. H., and Pirie Davidson. Controlled pollination in Nicotiana. UnivS California Publ. (Bot.) 5: 429-434. 1918.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 998. 632. Gowen, J. W. Inheritance studies of color and horn characteristics. Maine Agric' Exp. Sta. Bull. 272. 187-148 p., 4 fig. 1918.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 999. 633. Harland, S. C. Tomato breeding in St. Vincent. Agric. News Barbados 17:4-5. 1918. — St. Vincent native tomato is perennial, grows very vigorously and produces smooth, regularly shaped fruits about 1| inches in diameter. Fruits contain many seeds and are very acid in taste. This native variety is unaffected by "Blossom-end rot" although sometimes attacked by the bacterial disease due to Bacterium solanacearum. — Fi and F2 crosses between native variety and Ponderosa have been studied. The Fi generation proved uniform. Qual- ity of fruit and fruit size were intermediate between the parents. Fi fruits were slightly subject to "Blossom-end rot." InF2 segregation occurred for all differential characters. There was an enormous range of sizes and shapes of fruits although no plant produced fruit as large as Ponderosa or as small as the native variety. Segregation occurred for habit of plant and quality of fruit. — Many F 2 plants were attacked by "Blossom-end rot" while others were apparently immune to this affection. Some plants were more resistant to the disease caused by B. solanacearum, than others, although none were immune. — H. K. Hayes. 634. Harrison, J. B. Seedling sugar canes. Internat. Sugar Jour. 20: 55S-560. 1918. Also: same title. Agric. News Barbados 17: 289-290. 1918. 635. Hendrickson, A. H. Five years results in plum pollination. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hortic. Sci. 15 (191S) : 65-66. 1919. — Work covers a period of five years involving 100,000 hand-pol- linations to determine effect of selfing and crossing, and more than 175,000 blossoms were counted to secure per cent of set under normal orchard conditions. Results were consistent 94 GENETICS [Bot. Absts. for the various j^ears of the test. Of the eight varieties of the Japanese type studied, seven were self-sterile, and one partly self-fertile. Of the nine varieties of the European type studied, three were clearly self-sterile and the others were somewhat uncer ain. Varieties of each type effectively cross-pollinate one another when respective blossoming periods are coincident, [See Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 727.]— C. E. Myers. 636. Hunter, C apt. H. The improvement of the barley crop. Jour. Dept.Agric. Ireland 19: 139-159.. Fig. 1-11. 1919. The greater part of this paper is a description of methods for per- forming (1) a progeny performance-test of pure lines derived from commercial varieties of bar- ley and (2) the extraction of desirable commercial types from crosses of strains containing valuable characters of which a recombination is desired. Selected cases of improved pure lines of Archer and Goldthorpe varieties isolated in the progeny performance-test are cited. The hybridization work consists of crosses of Archer, Goldthorpe and Spratt varieties of barley. Selections of plants carrying a recombination of the two parent types were made and tested for length of straw, yield and nitrogen content. Photographs and descriptions of isolated strains which proved worthy are given. In a cross of Archer X Spratt, the broad- and narrow- eared character is followed through three generations. The broad-eared type behaves as a recessive to the narrow-eared. — John W. Gowen. 637. Jones, W. N. On the nature of fertilization and sex. New Phytol. 17: 167-188. 1918— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entries 612, 1486. 638. Jordan, David Starr. War and genetic values. Jour. Heredity 10:223-225, May, 1919. 639. Kempton, J. H. Inheritance of waxy endosperm in maize. U. S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 754. 99 p., 14 fig. June 26, 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 2154. 640. Kottur, G. L. Note on protecting the cotton flowers from natural crossing. Poona Agric. Coll. Mag. 9: 131-132. 3 fig. 1918.— See Bot, Absts. 3, Entry 2156. 641. Kraus, E. J., and H. R. Kraybill. Vegetation and reproduction with special refer- ence to the tomato (Lycopersicum esculentum). Oregon Agric. Exp. Sta Bull. 149. 90 p., 22 fig. 1918— See Bot. Absts. 1, Entry 1402; 3, Entry 1488. 642. Lankester, Sir Rat. The terminology of parthenogenesis. Quart. Jour. Microsc. Sci. 63: 531-536. Apr., 1919— See Bot, Absts. 3, Entry 1010. 643. Laughlin, H. H. Population schedule for the census of 1920. Jour. Heredity 10: 208-210. May, 1919. 644. Levine, Michael. Life history and sexuality of Basidiomycetes. [Rev. of: Ben- satjde, Mathilde. Recherches sur le cycle evolutif et la sexualite chez le Basidiomycetes. [Researches on the evolutive cycle and sexuality in the Basidiomycetes.] 156 p., pi. 1-8, fig. SO. [Dissertation.] Nemours, 1918. [Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 597.] Bot. Gaz. 68: 67-68. July, 1919. 645. Lombarteix, Jean Marie. Les semis comme moyen de combattre la degenerescence de la pomme de terre. [Seeds as means of combatting degeneration in the potato.] Rev. Hortic. 90: 170. Oct., 1918 — Author states that in France the old varieties of potatoes are degenerating. Not only is yield reduced but the plants are becoming more susceptible to dis- ease. This degeneration is attributed to continued vegetative propagation which results in reduction of vigor and consequent loss of disease resistance. It is held that, in all species which may be propagated by both seeds and cuttings, seedlings are more vigorous than plants propagated vegetatively. — It was found that vigor, yield and disease resistance were restored completely by using for seed potatoes the tubers produced by plants grown from seed. The varietal characteristics of the potatoes secured by this method closely resembled those of the parental variety. — ./. //. Kempton. March, 1920] GENETICS 05 646. Love, II. II., and \V. T. Craig. Methods used and results obtained in cereal inves- tigations at the Cornell Station. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 10: 1 15 157. / pi., 1 fi us, that they often change into yellows in the course of their life and that they frequently produce or are produced by yellows. He considers that the yellows in these cases really possess the factor for sable but that the production of black pigment is inhibited by independent modi- fiers. He finds that heterozygous chocolate and pink eyes have modifying influences of this kind. The agouti factor is represented as independent of the black-yellow-sable series (y, Y, Y'). He finds that white spotting is recessive to self-color in agreement with other work, but that the progeny of two piebald mice may have either more or less white than either parent. He believes that his results can be explained by means of multiple factors without assuming either factor inconstancy or contamination. — Sewall Wright* 659. Plough, Harold H. Linear arrangement of genes and double crossing over. Proc. Nation. Acad. Sci. [U. S. A.] 5: 167-16S. May, 1919. — Plough has demonstrated that cross- ing over varies with temperature and probably with other environmental factors. Bridges had shown that crossing over varies with age. These influences, very marked for short regions, gradually vanish as distance increases. This must mean that double crossing over is increased proportionally more than single crossing over — which can actually be demonstrated if inter- mediate points are followed, but remains undetected if they are not. On theory of linear linkage, double crossing over is not, as Castle claims, "unproved hypothesis," but absolutely required by evidence. Castle's theory would necessitate assumption that long chromosomal "distances" are less affected by environment than short ones. — Alexander Weinstein. 660. Rabaud, Etienne. Evolution et sexualite. [Evolution and sexuality.] Scientia 25: 275-2S7. 1919.— Problem of sexuality is physico-chemical, not morphological. Sex and sexual reproduction may be influenced by external factors, or by internal features such as chromosomes; action is physiological in either case. Hermaphroditism implies sexuality, may be more recent than separation of sexes, and requires no special explanation. Regarding utility of sexual reproduction, author rejects rejuvenscence theory, including production of favorable recombinations (Jennings). Sees no connection between parasitic or sedentary modes of life and sexuality. Evolution occurred before sexuality existed, hence evolution by recombination can not be any great advantage. Sexuality arose as result of exchanges between living matter and external influences. Species thus becoming sexual continued to live, not because sexuality brought them any advantage, but because it did them no harm. Or, if some species were thereby injured, they perished. — A. Franklin Shull. 661. Reed, H. S. Growth and variability in Helianthus. Amer. Jour. Bot. 6: 252-271. S fig. June, 1919'— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entries 1028, 1029. 662. Sage, E. Jtjdson. Variability in plants. Gard. Chron. 65: 308. June 21, 1919. — See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 1023.] 663. Schacke, Martha A. A chromosome difference between the sexes of Sphaero- carpostexas. Science 49: 218-219. Feb. 28, 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 1034. 664. Schmidt, Johs. Racial studies in fishes. II. Experimental investigations with Lebistes reticulatus (Peters) Regan. Jour. Genetics 8: 147-153. 1 graph. June, 1919. — See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 2191. 665. Snyder, H. Wheat breeding ideals. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 10: 113-119. 1918. — See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 2199. 666. Sttjrtevant, A. H., C. B. Bridges, and T. H. Morgan. The spatial relations of genes. Proc. Nation. Acad. Sci. [U.S. A.] 5: 168-173. May, 1919.— In Castle's three-dimensional diagram [see Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 658] only a few loci lie outside a single plane. These excep- 98 GENETICS [Bot. Absts. tions are due in part to Castle's use of data that are not significant because of the small number of individuals involved, or because particular characters were sometimes not distinguishable, etc. In part also they are due to his use of data derived from different experiments and hence not safely comparable, where the result turns on very small differences, because of the varia- tion of crossing over values due to genetic differences, environment, age, and differential viability. — Where data are derived from same experiment (i.e., where genes are all followed in the same individuals) arrangement of loci is always in a straight line provided that distances involved are short enough to allow no double crossing over. Since entire X chromosome of Drosophila can be mapped by combining overlapping segments which are themselves straight lines, arrangement of loci is necessarily represented by a single straight line. — In Castle's diagrams the genes which are located on the basis of sufficient data are all arranged approxi- mately in a line — only the line (if he had drawn it) would be curved. This curvature is due merely to existence of double crossing over. Apparent distance between widely separated loci is less than distance obtained by summating the intermediate segments, because double crossing over is not detected when only two loci are followed. Where double crossing over is followed, the total distance is always sum of component distances; i.e., arrangement is a straight line. — Occurrence of double crossing over between widely separated loci explains why observed crossover values have not exceeded 50 per cent. — Castle is unwilling to admit existence of double crossing over; but his attempt to explain small size of smallest classes by single break fails, because combinations of characters impossible on Castle's scheme have already been reported. Castle's own hypothesis to account for double crossing over is incon- sistent with his representation of distances as proportional to crossover values. Moreover, even if Castle's scheme had successfully weathered double crossing over, it would fail to deal with triple crossing over, of which many cases have been found. — Alexander Weinstein. 667. Tedin, H. Vaxtforadling. [Plant improvement.] Den mindre jordbrukarens hand- bok XXXVII-XXXVIII. Stockholm, 1919. — Contains information about the theory and importance of genetical science, written for farmers. — K. V. Ossian Dahlgren. 668. Thompson, J. Arthur. [French rev. of: Newman, H. H. The biology of twins (mammals). (Biologie des jumeaux (Mammiferes).) 186 p., 56 fig. University of Chicago Press: Chicago, 1917.] Scientia 25: 511-513. 1919. 669. Whiting, P. W. Genetic studies on the Mediterranean flour-moth, Ephestia kiihn- iellaZeller. Jour. Exp. Zool. 28: 413^45. 2 pi., 1 fig. July 5, 1919. 670. Whitney, David D. The ineffectiveness of oxygen as a factor in causing male production in Hydatina senta. Jour. Exp. Zool. 28: 469-492. July 5, 1919.— Food of these rotifers was in all cases green flagellate Chlamydomonas. All rotifers were reared in mass cultures from which random collections were taken to determine sex ratio. Fewer males were produced in sunlight than in darkness, reversing results of former experiments. Reversal is attributed to fact that in former experiments Chlamydomonas was artificially kept active, whereas in present experiments it was allowed to settle on glass and become less available for food. In some experiments oxygen was measured and found to be more abundant in sun- light (2 to 15 cc. per liter) than in darkness (2 to 8 cc. per liter). In other experiments in which oxygen was allowed to dissolve from the air in some cultures but was excluded from others, same proportion of male-producers was obtained in each. General conclusion is that oxygen is not a factor affecting sex. Paper contains brief criticism of methods and conclu- sions of Shull and of Shull and Ladoff. — A. Franklin Shull. 671. Witte, H. tiber weibliche Sterilitat beim Timotheegras (Phleum pratense L.) und ihre Erblichkeit. [On female sterility in timothy (Phleum pratense L.) and its inheritance.] Svensk Bot. Tidsskr. 13 1 : 32-42. 2 fig. 1919.— In a pedigree of an isolated Phleum pratensi at Svalof author has found several plants which did not produce any seeds, as the female organs were rudimentary. Exceptionally however a single seed could be found. The normal plants produced in average 4895 =*= 260 seeds, and the male ones only 1.7 ±0.92 seeds per indi- March, 1920] HORTICULTURE 99 vidual. The length of spikes and culms was the same in both categories. In all 43 normal and 19 female plants were secured, which indicates a monohybrid segregation (calculated, 46.50 : 15.50). Also in the next general ion nude individuals were found among the few plants which came to flower. — K. V. Oaaian Dahlgren. 672. Woods, Frederick Adams. Portraits of early Americans. Jour. Heredity 10: 212-222. Fig. 13-18. May, 1919. HORTICULTURE J. H. Gocrley, Editor 673. Andas, J. \Y. The cultivation of chicory. Jour. Dept. Agric. Victoria 17: 113-116. Fig. 2. 1919. — Method of cultivation practised for chicory (Cichorium intybus) are given. The seeds are planted in September and roots dug in March. — J . J. Skinner. 674. Andas, J. W. An economic plant. The Jerusalem artichoke. [Helianthus tuber- osus.j Jour. Dept. Agric. Victoria 17: 246-248. Fig. 1. 1919. — The artichoke is suitable to a variety of soils, its cultivation and economic value is discussed, and its composition given. — J. J. Skinner. 675. Berry, James B. Trees, their use and abuse. Georgia State Coll. Agric. Bull. 162. 19 p., 18 fig. 1919. 676. Chase, W. W. Common insects and diseases of the apple. Georgia State Bd» Entomol. Bull. 54. 51 p., 12 pi., 22 fig. 1919— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 748. 677. DaRrow, George M. Currants and gooseberries. U. S. Dept. Agric. Farmers' Bull. 1024. 40 p., 26 fig. 1919. 678. Farrell, J. Apple culture in Victoria. Jour. Dept. Agric. Victoria 17: 145-157. PI. 6. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 758. 679. Free, Montague. Effect of low temperatures on greenhouse plants. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec. 8: 14-17. Jan., 1919. — Gives experience of Brooklyn Botanic Garden con- servatories during the unusually severe winter of 1917-1918, accompanied by abnormal shortage of coal. — C. S. Gager. 6S0. Gunderson, A. J. The pruning of winter-injured peach trees. Illinois Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 218: 383-394. Fig. 1-13. 1919.— The extent of winter injury of peach trees and the factors affecting severity of injury are discussed. The experimental work was confined to 3, 4, and 5-year old, winter-injured Elberta peach trees. The trees were pruned with varying degrees of severity and observations were made as to the effect of such pruning on the growth and on the bud formation. Moderate pruning gave best results. — M. J. Prucha. 681. Hollingshead, R. S. Chemical analyses of logan blackberry (loganberry) juices. U. S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 773. 12 p. 1919. — "The juices of berries growm in Washington and Oregon differ markedly in composition from those of fruit produced in California. There is also a very large variation in the composition of juices from fruit grown in the various parts of these states. This is probably due to the fact that in the northern section the berries are grown under heavy rainfall, whereas the land in California usually is irrigated. Apparently California juices have a somewhat higher ash content and a lower acid content than the juices from the more northern states. Observations extending over several seasons would, of course, be necessary to confirm this apparent difference." — Author's summary. 100 MORPHOLOGY, ETC., OF VASC. PLANTS [Bot. Absts. 682. Holmes, Arthur D. Digestibility of some by-product oils. U. S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 781. 16 p. 1919.— "The coefficients of digestibility of the by-product oils (98.4 per cent for apricot-kernel, 98 per cent for cherry-kernel, 9S.2 per cent for cantaloupe-seed, 96.6 per cent for peach-kernel, 98.2 per cent for pumpkin-seed, and 95.8 per cent for tomato-seed oil) indicate that these oils are very well assimilated by the [human] body and possess a nutri- tive value equal to that of other better known edible oils, such as cottonseed, corn, peanut, cocoanut, soybean, and olive ois.l" — Author's summary. 683. Hotr, I. P. [Chinese.] [Plant oils in China. 1 Khu-Shou [Science, a publication of the Science Society of China] 4: 321-325, 448-459. 1919.— Seventeen different plant oils are briefly discussed as regards chemical composition, physical properties, and uses in China. Descriptions of the plants, as well as their distribution, are included, together with methods of extraction of oils (in some instances). — D. E. Lee. 684. Johnson, James. The influence of heated soils on seed germination and plant growth. Soil Science 7: 1-103. PI. 1-8. 1919— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 854. 685. McHatton, T. H., and H. W. Harvey. Peach growing in Georgia. Georgia State Coll. Agric. Bull. 169. 32 p., 11 fig. 1919. — History of Prunus persicd in Georgia with general cultural and handling directions. Commercial varieties recommended, Mayflower, Greens- boro, Carman, Waddell, Hiley, Belle, Elberta and Fox.— T. H. McHatton. 686. Pickett, B. S. Some soil treatments for mature apple orchards. Illinois Agric. Exp. Sta. Circ. 233. 6 p., 8 fig. 1919. — The cultivation, mulching, and fertilizing the soil in old apple tree orchards are discussed and the benefits therefrom emphasized. — M. J. Pfnfiha. 687. Prescott, Edward E. The Australian flora from an ornamental aspect. Jour. Dept. Agric. Victoria 17: 183-187, 242-245. PI. S. 1919.— A description of the ornamental plants of Australia is given. — /. J. Skinner. 688. Wallis, E. Pear growing in Victoria. Jour. Dept. Agric. Victoria 17: 76-86, 207-216. PI. 16. 1919— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 869. 689. Zee, T. N. [Chinese.] [Some ancient works on agriculture.] Khu-Shou [Science, a publication of the Science Society of China] 4: 269-273. 1918. MORPHOLOGY, ANATOMY AND HISTOLOGY OF VASCULAR PLANTS E. W. Sinnott, Editor 690. Campbell, Douglas Houghton. Mosses and ferns. 3d ed. 8vo, 708 p. Mac- millan Co.: New York, 1918. — New edition revised and brought up to date, includes investigations based on collections of tropical liverworts and ferns, especially from the Indo- Malayan region. A large appendix, taking into account the more recent investigations in the field covered by the book, has also been added. — E. W. .Sinnott. 691. Engler, Arnold. Tropismen und excentrisches Dickenwachstum der Baume. Ein Beitrag zur Physiologie und Morphologie der Holzgewachse. [Tropisms and eccentric thickening in trees. A contribution to the physiology and morphology of woody plants.] Preis- schr. Stiftung Schnyder von Wartensee 21: 1-106. 14 pi., 16 fig. Beer and Co.: Zurich, 1918. — Detailed field notes and stem analyses bearing upon the general form and eccentricity of trees growing on steep slopes and in other abnormal positions, with special reference to heliotropism, geotropism, and the effects of longitudinal compression upon the cambium. The author concludes that there is very little difference between the structure of the so-called March, 1920] MORPHOLOGY, ETC., OF ALGAE 101 "compression wood" and normal wood of dicotyledons. The geotropically produced wood of ring-porous dicotyledons, on the other hand, is characterized by pi ing relatively more "latewood" and wider vessels than normal tissue. The structural changes which occur during geotropic and hcliotropic bending are briefly discussed. [See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 826.] —7. W. Bailey. 692. Garber, It. J., and P. J. Olsen. A study of the relation of some morphological characters to lodging in cereals. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 2: 173-187. Fig. 1-2. 1919. — See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 468. 693. Parrott, P. J., H. E. Hodgkiss, and F. Z. Hartzell. The rosy aphis in relation to abnormal apple structures. New York Agric. Exp. Sta. [Geneva] Tech. Bull. 66. 29 p., 8 pi. (2 colored), 6 fig. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 783. MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY OF ALGAE J. R. Schramm, Editor 694. Bristol, B. Muriel. On the retention of vitality by algae from old stored soils. New Phytol. 18: 92-107. Fig. 1-2. 1919. — Fifteen samples of soil from the experimental plots at Rothamsted (England), which had been sealed at various times from 1846 to 1893, were examined for living algae. A culture fluid was inoculated with the soils in 1916. After a short time green algae developed, and later blue green. The identification of species wa3 rendered difficult by the fact that most of the forms appearing in cultures were not exactly identical with known species. Notes of each species mentioned record these variations from the type. In the following list of species, the numbers following each name indicate (1 ) the number of samples from which it was recovered, and (2) the number of years it lived in dry soil. Nostoc muscorum Kiitz. (7-70), N. Passer inianum Bornet et Thuret (1-59), N. sp. (3-59), Anabaena laxa (Rabenh.) A. Br. (?) (2-46), A. oscillarioides Bory forma (4-59), Nodu- laria Harveyana (Thwaites) Thuret (1-70), Cylindrospermum licheniforme (Bory) Kiitz. (2-59), Plectonema Battersii Gomont (4-47), H apalo siphon flexuosus Borzi forma (?) (4-47), Phormid- ium tenue (Menegh.) Gomont (1-47), Trochiscia aspera (Reinsch) Hansg. (4-48), Chlorococ- cum humicola (Naeg.) Rabenh. (11-59), Stichococcus bacillaris Naeg. (3-48), Nitzschia Palea (Ktz.) W. Sm. (1-48). — A new variety (terrestris) , with two new forms (major and minor) of Anabaena oscillarioides Bory is described. — The degree of dryness of the stored soil appears to affect the longevity in some cases. — I. F. Lewis. 695. Carter, Nellie. Trachelomonas inconstans, a new flagellate. New Phytol. 18: 118-119. Fig. 1. 1919. 696. Groves, James. Notes on Lychnothamnus. Jour, of Bot. 57: 125-129. 1919.— The author discusses a charophyte raised from mud collected in Cape Colony, and concludes that it is L. macropogon, Braun, an Australian species, heretofore not known from Africa. The status of the generic name Lychnothamnus is discussed, it being shown that L. macropogon, a somewhat transitional species, may be treated in one of four ways: it may remain in Lychno- thamnus, be placed in Lamprothamnium, be separated in a genus Macropogon or be reinstated in Chara. The author, after discussion, prefers the last alternative. Incidentally the new combination Nitellopsis obtusa (Desv.) is made for Lychnothamnus stelliger Braun. — K. M. Wiegand. 697. Hatjman, L. Notes floristiques. Quelques cryptogames, gymnospermes et mono- cotiledones de l'Argentine. [Floristic notes. Some Argentine cryptogams, gymnosperms and monocotyledons.] An. Mus. Nacion. Hist. Nat, Buenos Aires 29: 391-444. PI. 1-4, fig. 1-3. 1917. BOTAXICAL ABSTRACTS, VOL. Ill, NO. 3 102 MORPHOLOGY, ETC., OP BRYOPHYTES [Bot. Absts. 698. Smith, Gilbert Morgan. A second list of algae found in Wisconsin lakes. Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci. 19: 614-653. PI. 10-15. 1918.— The present paper is a continuation of the author's studies on Wisconsin algae (see Smith, G. M. A preliminary list of algae found in Wisconsin lakes. Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci. 18: 531-565. 1916) but is confined almost exclusively to the plankton forms. — Planktosphaeria is proposed as a new genus in the family Palmellaceae, with P. gelatinosa as the only species. — The following new species are described: Asterococcus limneticus, Oocystis eremosphaeria, Tetraedron verrucosum, Characium curvatum, and Chlorbotrys limneticus. — New varieties are proposed, as follows: Chroococcus limneticus var. elegans, Westella botryoides var. major, Oocystis natans var. major, Micr actinium pusillum var. elegans, Actinastrum hantzschi var. elongatum, Scenedesmus arcuatus var. capitatus, Sorastrum americanum var. undulatum, and Botryococcus protruberans var. minor. — The following new combinations appear: Quadrigula pfitzeri (Ankistrodesmus pfitzeri Schroder), Kirchneriella obesa var. major (Kirchneriella major Bernard). — Critical notes are given for Phaeococcus planctonicus , Dactylococcopsis acicularis, Trichodesmium lacustre, Aphanizomenon flos-aquae, Gonium pectorale, Tetraedron proteiforme, Polyedriopsis spinulosa, Closteriopsis longissima var. tropica, Kirchneriella elongata, Actinastrum hantzschi, Crucigenia irregularis, C. lauterbornei, Sorastrum americanum, Characium limneticum, Clos- terium aciculare var. subpronum, and Botryococcus braunii. The description of Gloeocystopsis limneticus is amended. Critical notes on the genera Asterococcus and Pediastrum are included. — J . R. Schramm. MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY OF BRYOPHYTES Alexander W. Evans, Editor 699. Andrews, A. LeRoy. Bryological notes — V. Scapania nimbosa from Norway. Torreya 19: 49-51. 1919. — This hepatic, previously known only from a few stations on the western coasts of the British Isles, was collected by the writer in 1907 in the Tverfjeldene (limestone) region of western Norway. — J. C. Nelson. 700. Claassen, Edo. Mosses of several Ohio counties. Ohio Jour. Sci. 19: 362-366. 1919. — A list is given of the moss flora of northern Ohio. It includes 5 Sphagnaceae, 72 Acro- carpi and 79 Pleurocarpi. — H. D. Hooker, Jr. 701. Dixon, H. N. Miscellanea bryologica— VI. Jour. Botany 57: 73-80. 1919 — Chaetomilrium Deplanchei (Besch.) Duby and its allies are first considered, C. Geheebii Broth, and C. tahitense (Sull.) Mitt, being studied in detail, with critical notes on material from the New Hebrides, New Caledonia and other localities. The conclusions are reached that C. Geheebii is a synonym of C. Deplanchei and that C. tahitense should be considered merely a variety of the latter species, the new combination C. Deplanchei var. tahitense (Sull.) Dixon being made. Critical studies and notes are then given on the following species: Gym- nostomum oranicum Rehm. of South Africa, which is definitely referred to the genus Weisia under the name W. oranica Rehm.; Anoectangium scabrum Broth, of German East Africa, which is made a synonym of A. pusillum Mitt.; Taxithelium Gottscheanum (Hampe) Broth, of the Philippine Islands; Hypnum scabrellum Lac. of the East Indies, which is made a synonym of Sematophyllum lamprophyllum Mitt.; S. decipiens Dixon, a new species from Borneo; Bryum Bescherellei Jaeg. of New Zealand, which is made a synonym of B. erylhrocarpoides Hampe & C. M.; and Barbella Levieri (Ren. & Card.) Fleisch. of eastern Asia. A few corrected determinations from an earlier paper on Ceylonese mosses are like- wise included. — K. M. Wiegand. 702. Evans, Alexander W. Hepaticae of St. Croix, St. Jan, St. Thomas and Tortola. In: N. L. Britton. The flora of the American Virgin Islands. Mem. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. 1: 104-109. 1918. — After a short historical introduction 21 species from the islands in ques- tion are listed. These include 13 Lcjeuneae, 3 Frullaniae, and 1 representative of each of the following genera: Riccia, Plagiochila, Radula, Notothylas, and Anthoceros. No new species or combinations are proposed. [See Bot. Absts. 1, Entry 1077.] — A. W. Evans. March, 1920] MOKPHOLOGY, ETC., OF FUNGI, BACTERIA, ETC. 103 703. Evans, Alexander W. A taxonomic study of Dumortiera. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 46: 167-182. 1919. — A history of the genus Dumortiera is given with an account of the scope of the genus and its treatment by other workers. Many of the. species are based on unsatisfactory characters; a discussion of the merit of the following is given: branching of the thalluSj structure of the thallus, receptacles, and spores. Of the 10 species that have been referred to the genus, 3 belong to other genera; using the structural features of the thallus as a basis the writer recognizes at present only 2 species, D. hirsuta (Sw.) Nees and D. nepalensis (Tayl.) Nees, both of which are widely distributed. — P. A. Munz. 70-4. Hurst, C. P. Ilfracombe mosses and hepatics. Jour. Botany 57: 91-97, 119-124. 1919. — The report is based on collections made in 1917 around Ilfracombe and on Braunton Burrows, North Devonshire, England. Lists of mosses and hepatics, with notes and discus- sions, are given. — K. M. Wiegand. MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY OF FUNGI, BACTERIA AND MYXOMYCETES E. W. Olive, Editor 705. Anderson, P. J. Index to American species of Phyllosticta. Mycologia 11: 66-79. 1919.— This index is designed to supplement "The North American Phyllostictas" by Ellis and Everhart. Forty-one new species, 20 species reported for the first time, 116 new hosts, and transfers which have appeared since the publication of Ellis and Everhart's monograph are included. Citation of literature is given under each species and a host index presented which includes all species on which Phyllostictas have been reported. No attempt is made to trace synonomy. — H. R. Rosen. 706. Atanasofp, D. A novel method of ascospore discharge. Mycologia 11: 125-128. Fig. 1-3. 1919. — In certain Pyrenophora species and in Pleospora herbarum (Pers.) Rab. which have asci whose walls are composed of two layers, the outer layer, during the process of spore liberation, ruptures and contracts at a point about one third of the distance up from the base of the ascus, thus forming a ring. The inner wall in turn ruptures immediately above the ring and the spores are set free at this point. — H . R. Rosen. 707. Beardslee, H. C. Michigan collections of Myxomycetes. Rept. Michigan Acad. Sci. 19 (1917) : 159-162. 1919. A list of Myxomycetes collected in Montmorency County, Michigan, during August of two summers. Physarum diderma Rost. and P. leucopus Link are reported as of special interest because of their rarity. Fifty-five species are reported. — G. H. Coons. 708. Bengston, Ida A. The proteus group of organisms with special references to aggluti- nation and fermentation reactions to classification. Jour. Infect. Diseases 24: 428^181. 1919. 709. Bessey, Ernst A. An undescribed species of Ophiodothella on Ficus. Mycologia 11: 55-57. PI. 5. 1919. — O. Fid sp. nov. is described as producing a leaf spot on Ficusaurea in Florida. The fungus belongs near the genus Ophiodothella as limited by Theissen and Sydow, differing in the presence of paraphyses and in the possession of a pycinidial stage which is unlike any described for species of this genus. — H. R. Rosen. 710. Dietel, P. tiber die wirtswechselnden Rostpilze. [Concerning the heteroecious rusts.] Centralbl. Bakt. II, 48: 470-500. 1918. — The author has summarized, without bibli- ographical citations, the heteroecious rusts, so far as they were known up to the beginning of 1917, giving in convenient tabular form the rust, the aecidial and teleutosporic hosts. He thus enumerates 264 species of heteroecious rusts, as against Klebahns 137. In another table, in parallel columns, certain heteroecious species are compared with parallel short-cycled micro- or lepto-forms, which occur on the same aecial host. The author concludes with a theoretical discussion of the origin of heteroecism. — E. W. Olive. 104 MORPHOLOGY, ETC., OF FUNGI, BACTERIA, ETC. [Bot. Absts. 711. Don caster, L. Note on an experiment dealing with mutation in bacteria. Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc. 19: 269. 1919. 712. Elliott, John A. A smut on Iresine. Mycologia 11 : 87-88. Fig. 1-4. lQ\9.—Toly- posporium iresine sp. nov. is described as attacking the flowers of Iresine paniculata from Indiana. — H. R. Rosen. 713. Fischer, E. Neueres uber die Rostkrankheiten der forstlich wichtigsten nadel- holzer der Schweiz. [Recent information about important rusts of conifers of Switzerland.] Schweiz. Zeitschr. Forstw. 49: 113-120. 1918. — Review of recent European advances in knowl- edge, without bibliographical citations, of the following: Cronartium asclepiadeum, Peri- dermium pini and Cronartium ribicola on Pinus; Melampsorella caryophyllacearum, Calypto- spora goeppertiana, Puccinastrum circaeae, Melampsora abieti-caprearum on white fir (Abies); Chrysomyxa rhododendri, C. ledi, Thecopsora sparsa, Aecidium strobilinum, Ae. conorum- piceae on Picea; 4 species of Melampsora having aecia on Larix and telia on certain species of Salix. — D. Reddick. 714. Fraser, W. P. Cultures of heteroecious rusts in 1918. Mycologia 11:129-133. 1919. — By using fresh aeciospores obtained from rusted plants of Ranunculus Macounii suc- cessful infections, with the production of uredinia and telia of Uromyces Alopecuri Seym., were obtained on Alopecurus aristulatus while Agropyron tenerum and Hordeum jubatum failed to show infection. Aecia of Puccinia augustala Peck were produced on Mentha cana- densis by using telia from Scirpus atrovirens. Successful infections of Puccinia Impatientis (Schw.) Arth. were obtained on Hordeum jubatum by using aeciospores from Impatiens bifiora. Uredinia and in most cases telia of Puccinia Agropyri E. and E. were produced on Elymus canadensis, E. virginicus, Hordeum jubatum and Bromus cilialus by using aeciospores from Thalictrum dasycarpum. Urediniospores from Bromus failed to infect Elymus virgini- cus, Agropyron Smithii, A. tenerum, A. repens and Hordeum jubatum suggesting the possibility of two kinds or strains of aecia on Thalictrum. — H . R. Rose?i. 715. G[ager], C. S. The Ames bequest. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec. 7:23-24. Jan., 1918. — The fungus herbarium (517 specimens) and library of the late Frank H. Ames- bequeathed to Brooklyn Botanic Garden. — C. S. Gager. 716. Gauman, E. Uber die Spezialisation der Peronospora calotheca DeBary. [Speciali- zation of P. calotheca.] Svensk Bot. Tidsskr. 12:433-445. 2 fig. 1918.— See Bot. Abst. 3, Entry 765. 717. Gauman, E. Uber die Spezialisation der Peronospora auf einigen Scrophulariaceen. [Specialization of Peronospora on Scrophulariaceae.] Ann. Mycolog. 16: 189-199. 6 fig. 1918. —See Bot. Abst. 3, Entry 766. 718. Gussow, H. T. The Canadian tuckahoe. Mycologia 11: 104-110. PI. 7-9. 1919. — Black sclerotia are found in Canada whose habitat is among the roots of poplar woods. They range from the size of a hen's egg to that of a cocoanut, bouncing like a solid rubber ball when fresh. The bark seems structureless and sand and stones are frequently found imbedded within the interior which is blackish olive-green mottled with dirty-white crevices. A sclerot- ium which was planted outdoors produced a fruiting body in 10 months. Grifola Tuchahoe sp. nov., a stiped polypore, is the name given to this body. — H . R. Rosen. 719. Hawk, Philip B., Hamilton R. Fishback, and Olaf Bergeim. Compressed yeast as food for the growing organism. Amer. Jour. Physiol. 48:211-220. 1919. — See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 806. 720. Hawk, Philip B., Clarence A. Smith, and Ralph C. Holder. Baker's yeast as food for man. Amer. Jour. Physiol. 438: 199-210. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 807. M akcu, 1920] MORPHOLOGY, ETC., OF FUNCI, ISA* TERIA, ETC. 105 721. Hoehnel, Franz v. Fungi Imperfecta Beitrage zur Kenntnis derselben. [Studies on Imperfect fungi.] Hedwigia 60: 129-170. 191S. [Continued from Bedwigia 59.] — The author gives the results of his examination of the following Fungi — usually with full descriptions: — (30) Phoma occulta Desm. = Sclera phomclla occulata (Desm.) Hoehn.; Sphaeria leptidea Fr. the author does not accept the genus M //.inlhyrium Kabat A Mubak proposed for this fungus. He thinks that the ascogenous form is, as yet, unknown. (37) Chaelopyrena hesperidum Pass. Not Chaelopyrena Sacc. Syll. Fung. 2: 184. Sclerochaeta Hoehn. = Chae- lopyrena Pass. For Phoma penicillatum Fckl. Chaetopyrena penicillatum (Fckl.) Hoehn. is proposed. It is probably a pyenidial state of Pyrenophora. (38) Pyrenochaelina oblegens Syd. A conidial state of Parodiella. (39) Sphaeria miribelii Fr. = Sarcophoma miribelii (Fr.) Hoehn. Gives synonymy. (40) Phoma nitidum Rob. = Sclerophoma nitida (Rob.) Hoehn. (41) Sphaeria aliena Fr. = Sphaeria foveolaris Fr. which is Sclerophoma foveolaris (Fr.) Hoehn. Gives synonymy. (42) Phoma punctiformis Desm. = Sclerophoma punctifor- mis (Desm.) Hoehn. (43) Bakerophoma sacchari Died, insect work. To be stricken out. (44) Species of Phyllosticta on rose leaves. (1) Phyllosticta rosae Rob. An immature Pyre- nomycetis. To be stricken out. (2) Phyllosticta rosarum Pass. Probably founded on spermogonia of Phragnndium and hence to be stricken out. (3) Phyllosticta rosicola Massal. Is a Stictochorella Hoehn. and probably connected with Sphaerella rhodophila Pass. (45) Phoma exigua Desm. To be stricken out. (40) Hendersonia (Piestospora) smilacina Desm. = Cylindrophoma smilacina (Desm.) Hoehn. (47) Plenozylhia euphorbiae Syd. Is not a Nectrioidacea but rather a Macro phoma. (48) Sphaeria leguminis-cytisi Desm. = Diplodina leguminis-cylisi (Desm.) Hoehn. The probable ascigerous stage, Sphaerella leguminis-cytisi Ces. & DeNot. becomes Didymella leguminis-cytisi Hoehn. (49) Botryella nitidula Syd. la a Darluca parasitic in the sori of a Puccinia. The parasitized rust is considered to be a new species for which the name Puccinia aculeatispora is proposed. No description is given of the spores of the rust of which but few were seen. (50) Sphaeria perforans Rob. = Tiarospora perforans (Rob.) Hoehn. The synonymy is given. (51) Haplosporella longipes Ell. & Barth. Is probably a form of Sphaeropsis mori Berl. (52) Pleosphaeropsis dalbergiae Died. Appears to be referable to Sphaeropsis as also does the genus Cytosphaera Died. (53) Apo- sphaeriopsis pini-sylvestris (Ferraris) Hoehn. This is Coniothyrium olivaceum Bon. var. pini- sylvestris Ferraris raised to specific rank. .Coniothyrium cedri Rolland is probably identical. (54) The genus Haplosporella Speg. The type, H. chlorostroma Speg. is Camarosporium robiniae (West.) Sacc. from which C . jenestratum (B. & C.) Sacc. and C. pseudoacaciae Brun. are not specifically distinct. H. brunaudiana Pass, is overmature Anthostomella scopariae H. Fabre. In the type specimen Eriospora biparasitica Hoehn. n. sp. is parasitica. Hap- losporella caespitosa (B. & Br.) Sacc. does not belong in this genus. It is probably a pyenid- ial form of Cucurbitaria hederae Wint. "H. caespitosa" in Roum. F. gall exs. 5778 is a form of Coniothyrium hederae (Desm.) Sacc. mislabeled. H. dothidioides Sacc. is over-mature Phaeochora chamaeropsis (Cke.) Hoehn. H. minor Ell. & Barth. = Sclerothyrium minor (E. & B.) Hoehn. Haplosporella missouriensis is probably a Cytoplea. H. rhamni Died. = Sclerothyrium rhamni (Died.) Hoehn. H. dendritica Raciborski is probably a Lasmenia. To Haplosporella have been referred very different and unrelated forms. For those with dis- tinct conidiophores Microsporella n. gen. is proposed with M. pityophila Hoehn. as the type. It is |perhaps a pyenidial state of Cucurbitaria pityophila (K. & S.) de Not. (55) Stenocar- pella zeae Syd. Is probably a form of Diplodia zeae (Schw.) Lev. together with Diplodia macrospora Earle and D. maydicola Speg. (50) Species of Septoria on Convolvulus. Septoria convolvuli is a true Septoria of which S. flagellaris E. & E. and S. fabletiana Speg. are probably forms. S. convolvuli Desm. var. soldanellae Brun. is raised to specific rank with some doubt. Septoria calystegiae West, is referred to Hendersonia Berk, (non Sacc. = Stagonospora Sacc.) as H. calystegiae (West.) Hoehn. with Polystigma pertusarioides Desm. Septoria sepium Desm., S. convolvulina Speg. A. obtusispora Oud. and S. longispora Bondarzew as synonyms. (57) Taeniophora acerina Karst. Phragmotrichum acerinum Fr. Pyenidial state of (-) Cucur- bitaria acerina. (58) The genus Sphaeronemella Karst. Proposes Hyalopycnism. gen. with Sphaeria vitrea Cda. as type. (59) Mycorhynchella n. gen. (Nectrioideae). 3 species including Sphaeronema betae Hollrung. (00) Phoma acervalis Sacc. Referred to Cyanophomella Hoehn, 106 MORPHOLOGY, ETC., OF FUNGI, BACTERIA, ETC. [Bot. Absts, n. gen. (61) Botryogene visci Syd. = Stagonstroma visci (Syd.) Hoehn. (62) Genus Chae- tostroma. Species referred to Amerosporium Speg. (63) Chaetodiscula hysteriformis Bubak & Kabat. = Myxormia typhae (Fckl.) Hoehn. Chaetodiscula Bub. & Kab. = Hymenopsis Sacc. = Godroniella Karst. = Myxormia B. & Br. (64) Pseudolachnea Ranojevic = Dinema- sporiopsis Bub. & Kab. which should be included in Dinemasporium Lev. More or less indis- tinctly septate conidia occur. (65) Baclrexcipula strasseri n. gen. & sp. on a fir needle. (66) Psalidosperma mirabile Syd. = Ypsilonia cuspidata Lev. (67) Hainesia Ell. & Sacc. Characters of the genus emended and species discussed. (68) Phyllosticta destructiva Desm. var. a. malvarum = Ascochyta destructiva (Desm.) Hoehn. var. b. lycii = Ascochyta lycii (Desm.) var. c evonymi = Stictopatella (n. gen.) evonymi (Desm.) Hoehn. var. d. hederae is a Phyllosticta. Perhaps Ph. hedericola D. & M. (69) Apiosporium fumago Fckl. In part = DiplopeltisfumagoHoehn. (70) Peltaster Hedyotidis Syd. A good form genus. (71) Asteromella Pass. & Thuem. emend. Hoehn. Pycnidia maculicolous, internal, small, with parenchymat- ous-membranaceous walls; conidia hyaline, small, bacillary; conidiophores short, simple (?); conidia apical, not catenulate; ostiole roundish. Segregated from Phyllosticta Pers. (72) Sacidium alpestre Ces. = Leptothyrium alpestre (Ces.) Hoehn. (73) Conidia of Euryachora betulina (Ft.) Schroet. Didymochora (n. gen.) betulina Hoehn. Leptostromaceae. (74) The genus Dothiorella Sacc. An aggregate genus in which have been placed species referable to Pleurophomella Hoehn., Dothiorina Hoehn., Ceuthospora, Doihichiza Lib. non Sacc. Lep- todothiorella n. gen. etc. Dothiorella proper is defined and numerous species critically treated. Aposphaerina episphaeria n. gen. & sp. proposed. The section is not finished in this number. — J. J. Davis. 722. Kauffman, C. H. Unreported Michigan fungi for 1915 and 1916, with an index to the hosts and substrata of Basidiomycetes. Rept. Michigan Acad. Sci. 19 (1917) : 145-157. 1919. — Continuing the listing of fungi in the Cryptogamic Herbarium of the University of Michigan, the writer lists the Phycomycetes, Ascomycetes and Basidiomycetes, and Fungi Imperfecti as yet unreported. In addition to the lists of fungi, the writer gives an index to the hosts and woody substrata of Hymenomycetes in Michigan. — G. H. Coons. 723. Kern, Frank D. North American rusts on Cyperus and Eleocharis. Mycologia 11 : 134-147. 1919. — Five species of rusts are described on Cyperus including Puccinia Cyperi- tagetiformis (P. Henn.) comb. nov. and P. abrepta sp. nov. while 4 species are described on Eleocharis including Puccinia liberta sp. nov. and Vredo incomposita sp. nov. A key to the rusts on each host genus, based on urediniospore and teliospore characters, is presented. — H. R. Rosen. 724. Klebahn, H. Peridermium pini (Willd.) Kleb. fund seiner Uebertragung von Kiefer zu Kiefer. [P. pini and its passage from pine to pine.] Flora 111-112: 194-207. PI. J+-5. 1918— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 774. 725. Kopeloff, Nicholas, and Lillian Kopeloff. The deterioration of cane sugar by fungi. Louisiana Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 166. 72 p., pi. 1-2, fig. 1. 1919. — See. Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 819. 726. Kopeloff, Nicholas, and Lillian Kopeloff. Some new phases of the problem of preventing sugar deterioration. Louisiana Planter and Sugar Manuf. 62: 237-238. 1919. —See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 820. 727. Levine, Michael. Further notes on the sporadic appearance of non-edible mush- rooms in cultivated mushroom beds. Mycologia 11: 51-54. Pi. 4- 1919. — The author found an undetermined, white agaric, and Alcuria vesiculosa and A. vesiculosa var. saccata in mushroom beds. — H. R. Rosen. 728. Murrill, W. A. Illustrations of fungi. Mycologia 11:101-103. PI. 6 (colored). 1919. — The following polypores found around New York City are described and illustrated: Ganoderma Tsugae Murrill, Inonotus dryophilus (Berk.) Murrill, Ganodenna sessile Murrill and Tyromyces Spraguei (Berk. & Curt.) Murrill. — H. R. Rosen. March, 1920] paleobotany 107 729. Palm, BJ. Sur une Plasmodiophoracee nouv elle Liginera isoetis. [A new slime mold.] Svensk Bot. Tidsskr. 12: 228-232. S jUj. 191s. I'ndor the name Liginera isoltia, Palm describes a new species of the genus Liginera. This newly discos ered member of the Plasmodio- phoraceae lives as a parasite w ithin t he cells of leaves of Tsoetis lacu%tr%8. Occasionally single spore walls were found in cells at some distance from the main centers of infection. The author thinks this distribution indicates infection by amoebae. — L. O. Kunkel. 730. Tanaka, Ty6zabur6. New Japanese fungi. Notes and translations. VI.Mycologia 11:80-S6. 1919. — The following fungi are described: I'ncinula curvispora K. Ilara sp. nov. (U. septala var. curvispora K. Haravar. nov.) on Fagus sylvalica vax.Siebaldi, U. geniculata Gerard var. carpinicola K. Haravar. nov. on Carpinus sp., U.necalor (Schw.) Burr. var. Actin- idae K. Hara comb. nov. on Actinidia polygama and A. Kolomikta, Microsphaera alni (Wallr.) Salm. forma Quercus-glanduliferae K. Hara forma nov. on Quercus glandulifera, Macrophoma Corchori Sawada sp. nov. on Cor chorus capsularis, Perenospora chenopodii-ficifolii Sawada sp. nov. on Chenopodium ficifolium, Bremia sonchi K. Sawada sp. nov. on Sonchus oleraceus, B. saussureae Sawada sp. nov. on Hemistepta carihamoides, B. ovata Sawada sp. nov. on Crepis japonica, and Helicobasidium mompa N. Tanaka forma macrosporum K. Hara formi nov. on Morus. — H. R. Rosen. 731. Tanaka, Tt6zabur6. New Japanese fungi. Notes and translations— VII. My- cologia 11: 148-154. 1919. — The following fungi are described: Didymella Mori K. Hara sp. nov. on twigs of Morus alba, Mycosphaerella Colocasiae K. Hara sp. nov. causing a leaf spot of Colocasia antiquorum, Valsa Mali Miyabe et Yameda ex M. Miura causing a twig disease of apple, Diaporthe Mali Miura sp. nov. producing a leaf spot, fruit rot and twig blight of apple. Phragmidium Rubi-Sieboldii Kawagoe sp. nov. on leaves of Rubus Sieboldii, Polyporus pubertatis Yasuda sp. nov. on bark, Neottiospora Theae Sawada sp. nov. causing a leaf spot of Thea sinensis, and Pestalozzia gossypii Hori sp. nov. ex S. Thuruda which produces reddish- brown spots on cotton leaves. — H . R. Rosen. 732. Weir, James R. Concerning the introduction into the United States of extra-limital wood-destroying fungi. Mycologia 11: 58-65. 1919. — See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 797. PALEOBOTANY AND EVOLUTIONARY HISTORY Edward W. Berry, Editor 733. Arber, Agnes. Aquatic angiosperms : The significance of their systematic distribution. Jour. Botany 57: 83-86. 1919. — Aquatic angiosperms are not primitive, but descendents of ter- restrial ancestors. Their floral organs are decidedly terrestrial. A study of the sytematic dis- tribution of aquatic families and species of Angiosperms shows certain general conclusions. Most obvious is the relative paucity of hydrophytes. Families of such are almost negligible. This is to the author not surprising, since the phanerogams are a terrestrial stock. Also, the area of freshwater is much smaller than the land surface. The occurrence of aquatic forms in many different families and genera, with no apparent rule, is noted. Many aquatic members in a family is held to show that the habit is ancient in that family, the differentiation of genera having occurred since the aquatic habit was adopted. The Nymphaeaceae and Podostema- ceae are cited as examples - . The primitive nature of the Helobieae is noted and the possible relation to the Ranales discussed. The aquatic habit here is ancient though the ancestors were terrestrial. The great diversity in this group is also noted, as suggesting its primitive nature. It is suggested that the primitive Ranalean and Heliobian stock was particularly adapted to aquatic life. It is significant that no Sympetalous family has become entirely aquatic and no species has acquired submerged pollination. In the Compositae there are barely a one-half dozen aquatic members. The same is true of the early cohorts of the Engler tystcm, which are now considered to be recent reduced forms. Aquatic habit in the dicots is largely confined to the Polypetalae, and mostly to the Ranales. The Sympetalae may now 108 PALEOBOTANY [Bot. Absts. be handicapped in adopting an aquatic habit by the high degree of complexity they have acquired; while the more simple Ranales are perhaps more plastic to the aquatic habit. There was also less competition in earlier times than now, before the water was so well populated. — K. M. Wiegand. 734. Bertrand, Paul. Sur la flore du bassin houiller de Lyon (bassin houiller du Bas- Dauphine). [Flora of the Coal basin of Lyon.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 168: 174-177. 1919. — To determine the possible extension of the St. Etienne Coal Basin in the direction of Lyon, deep borings have been made to the east and southeast of that city with the result that a series of bituminous and coal-bearing rocks to the thickness of 700 meters or more were dis- covered directly overlying the crystalline rocks. This series throughout has yielded deter- minable plant remains which serve well the purposes of correlation. Walchia occurs through- out the entire series, very sparingly at the base but abundantly toward the top, showing that the lowermost units are not older than the transition beds between the Rive-de-Gier and the St. Etienne series. The plant species, of which the author gives a list, are typical of the St. Etienne series and the absence even from the upper beds of the species characteristic of the zone of Odontopteris minor Br. shows that the uppermost units are no younger if indeed quite as young as the bituminous beds of Montrambert of the Lower Stephanien. — H. Bassler. 735 Garwood, Edmund J., and Edith Goodyear. On the geology of the Old Radnor District with special reference to an algal development in the Woolhope Limestone. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London 74: 1-30. PI. I-VII. 1918.— The Woolhope Limestone of the Old Radnor and Nash-Scar districts of the Welsh Border constitutes a special reef facies of the Wenlock series of the Middle Silurian with by far the most remarkable development of algal limestone yet recorded from the British rocks. This limestone, 80 to 100 feet thick, is unusu- ally pure, CaC03 exceeding 99 per cent of the whole, calcareous algae, especially Solonopora, in places constituting fully half the rock. The algae occur in the form of irregular nodular growths varying in size from that of a pea to masses 17 centimeters in diameter, appearing on weathered surfaces as conspicuous white spots scattered through the deposit. Two species of algae are discussed in detail and figures on Plate VI. Spharocodium gothlandicum Roth- pletz and Solonopora gracilis sp. nov. (described on page 27). These fossil reefs though strik- ingly similar, appear to be slightly older than the algal-reef-bearing series of southern Got- land. — II. Bassler. 736. Nathorst, A. G. Ginkgo adiantoides (Unger) Heer in Tertiar Spitzbergens nebst einer Kunzen Uebersicht der iibrigen fossilen Ginkgophyten desselben Landes. [G. adian- toides in Spitzbergen Tertiary, etc.] Geol. Foren. Forhandl. Stockholm 41: 234-248. Fig. 1-4. 1919.— The discovery of this species near the base of the Tertiary, both at Green Harbor and Braganza Bay, Spitzbergen, here announced for the first time, is interesting from the fact that these localities are 8° of latitude farther north than any at which it has been discov- ered heretofore, though its distribution in the North Temperate Zone is wide. In time it is known to range from the Upper Cretaceous to the Upper Pliocene. In a statement to the brief review of other ginkgoalian plants of Spitzbergen, the author emphasizes that the following must be considered merely preliminary to a critical revision of this group which he hopes to publish as a supplement to his Contributions to the Mesozoic Flora of Spitzbergen. The so- called "Taxodium Shales" (Tertiary) of Kap Staratschin yielded two species of Torellia Feildcnia] somewhat provisionally assigned to the Ginkgoales. In the "Sandstone Series," [apparently transitional between the Cretaceous and the Jurassic of this region, there are two plant-bearing horizons about 40 meters apart, of which the higher comprises the so-called "Ginkgo beds" and the lower the "Elatides beds." The first-mentioned are the richer in gink- goalian remains, having already yielded several species each of genera the Ginkgo and Baiera and at least one each of the genera Czekanowskia, Phoenicopsis, and Eretmophyllum (?). Two much reduced species of Baiera and one of Torellia are the only ginkgoalians thus far reported from the Elatides beds. Neither the Rhaetic nor the Triassic of Spitzbergen have yet yielded plants of this group but Psygmophyllum Williamsoni Nath. from the Devonian has some superficial characters which suggest affinity. [See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 1613.] — H. Bassler. March, 1920] ' pathology 109 PATHOLOGY Donald Reddick, Edilor 737. Anderson, P. J. Index to American species of Phyllosticta. Mycologia 11:66-79. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 705. 738. Anonymous [B. O. Dodge]. Index to American mycological literature. Mycologia 11:97-100. 1919. 739. Anonymous [B. O. Dodge]. Index to American mycological literature. Mycologia 11:158-161. 1919. 740. Anonymous. Hearing on proposed restrictions on importation of plants. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec. 7: 93-95. July, 1918. — Refers to public hearing held at Washington, May 28, 1918, on plant quarantine legislation of United States Congress. — C. S. Gager. 741. Bennett, C. W. Soft rot of pepper caused by Bacillus carotovorus. Rept. Michigan Acad. Sci. 20: 351-352. PI. 28. 1918.— A description of a soft rot disease observed in 1917 on pepper plants growing in the Horticultural plots of the Michigan Agricultural College. Experiments were made in order to compare the pepper rot organism with Bacillus carotovorus. which had been suggested as the causal organism. There was no apparent difference between the rot symptoms produced by the pepper rot organism and those produced by laboratory cul- ture of Bacillus carotovorus. As a result of these experiments the writer concludes that the pepper may be listed among the many hosts of Bacillus carotovorus. — J. Norma Anderson. 742. Berry, James B., and John K. Giles. The production of corn. Corn Club Guide. Part I. Increased yields as a result of disease control. Georgia State Coll. Agric. Bull. 165. 16 p., IS fig. 1919— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 461. 743. Berry, James B. Georgia plant diseases. A brief discussion of the diseases of eco- nomic crops and recommendations for prevention and control. Georgia State Coll. Agric. Bull. 168. 57 p. 1919. 744. Bessey, Ernst A. An undescribed species of Ophiodothella on Ficus. Mycologia 11 : 55-57. PI. 5. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 709. 745. Brandes, Elmer W. Distribution of Fusarium cubense E. F. S., the cause of banana wilt. Rept. Michigan Acad. Sci. 20: 271-275. 1918. — The author gives a report of observations in American banana countries north of the equator. He concludes that the banana wilt organism, Fusarium cubense, which he has already shown to be pathogenic (Ann. Porto Rico Agric. Exp. Sta. 1916:29-31), exhibits biologic specialization in the several countries visited thus accounting for the observed relative susceptibility of a given variety grown in different countries. Observations are reported also on the relation of climatic conditions to the prevalence of the disease in various countries. Sustained wet weather favors the para- site while dry weather is unfavorable. — L. R. Hesler. 746. Brittlebank, C. C. Tomato diseases. Jour. Dept. Agric. Victoria 17: 231-235. 1919. — A new tomato disease, "spotted wilt," first found in 1915-16, has proved disastrous in 1918-19 in Victoria. The attack is first on the new terminal leaves. Brown and blackened areas scattered between the larger veins appear. The author states that it is the same dis- ease that occurs in America (Phytopathology 6: 162. 1919). Examination failed to disclose a causal organism, and inoculation experiments gave negative results. Experiments on sterilized soil suggest that the disease might be due to some chemical or physical deficiency in the soil. — J. J. Skinner. 110 PATHOLOGY [Bot. Absts. 747. Brittlebank, Charles. Green manurial crops and "take all." Jour. Dept. Agric. Victoria 17: 171-173. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 848. 748. Chase, W. W. Common insects and diseases of the apple. Georgia State Bd. Entomol. Bull. 54. 51 p., 12 pi., 22 fig. 1919. — Contains descriptions, life histories and meth- ods of controlling the more common pests of the apple, Pyrus malus. The last part devoted to cultural directions. — T. H. McHatton. 749. Col6n, E. D. La eradication de la enfermedad de las rayas amarillas de la cana, [Eradication of yellow-stripe disease of cane in Puerto Rico.] Estac. Exp. Insul. Puerto Rico Circ. 14. 6 p., 3 pi. 1918. — A study of literature and specimens of mottled cane of Porto Rico has revealed that it is the same disease already known and studied in Java and Hawaii under the name of the "yellow stripe" disease. A summary of the facts known of the disease seems to indicate that it is a characteristic mosaic disease. [English translation in Agric. News Barbados 18: 62-63. 1919.]— F. M. Blodgetl. 750. Coons, G. H. The soft rot of hyacinth. Rept. Michigan Acad. Sci. 20:353-354. PI. 89-40. 1918. — A rot of the hyacinth caused by Bacillus carotovorus is recorded. The disease is considered identical with a rot described by Heinz in 1889 and attributed to Bacillus hyacinthi septicus. — L. M. Massey. 751 Coons, G. H. Michigan plant disease survey for 1917. Rept. Michigan Acad. Sci. 20:425-450. PL 41-50. 1918. — A summary of plant disease conditions in State of Michigan for 1917 based upon general observations and special reports. Specimens sent in by farmers and county agents furnished data for conclusions drawn. Reports were made on diseases of cereals, orchard and small fruits, vegetables, and conifers. The article shows the widespread distribution of these diseases and stresses the fact that they are easily communicable. It is the purpose of the Plant Disease Survey to stop the great leak in agriculture which results from preventable diseases, and in this capacity it deserves recognition by both state and nation. — J. Norma Anderson.. 752. de Castella F. Copper fungicides for vine diseases. Jour. Dept. Agric. Victoria 17: 104-112. 1919. — It is shown that copper-soda sprays are most efficient when the copper is mainly in the form of basic sulphate, the advantages being greater stability, less scalding of foliage, and higher fungicidal power. When pure sodium carbonate is used the copper will be contained in the carbonate form. The class of mixture which causes the least damage is that which contains the maximum of tetracupric sulphate. Either an acid or alkaline copper soda causes foliage damage. — In the case of an alkaline spray, leaf injury is due not to excess soda, but to the presence of copper carbonate. Directions for mixing: dissolve 10 pounds of bluestone in 20 gallons of water and 3.5 pounds of soda ash in 30 gallons of water. Mix the 2 solutions and screen. — J . J . Skinner. 753. Dtjngan, George H., and John Pieper. Control of important potato diseases and insect pests. Illinois Agric. Exp. Sta. Ext. Circ. 31. 7 p. 1919. — Treatments for the control of some of the potato diseases are given. — M. J. Prucha. 754. Earle, F. S. Instrucciones para la eradication de la enfermedad del mosaico de la cana. [Instructions for eradicating mosaic disease of cane. Puerto Rico Estac. Exp. Insul. Circ. 14. P. 6-8. 1918. — The key to control, as the disease is not curable, consists in planting only healthy cuttings, either from healthy fields or resistant varieties. Care should be taken that new plantings be isolated from old. New planting should be inspected and dis- eased plants removed. [English translation in Agric. News Barbados 18: 62-63. 1919.] — F. M. Blodgetl. 755. Edgerton, C. W. The mottling disease or mosaic of sugarcane. Louisiana Planter and Sugar Manufacturer 62 : 397. 1919. — A disease of sugar cane which resembles the mottling disease of Porto Rico and probably is identical with it is present in some parts of Louisiana. March, 1920] pathology 111 The loss caused to the sugar industry is evidently not as great as in Porto Rico though no reliable information is as yet available on this point. The presence of this disease possibly explains the deterioration in some varieties of cane which has been noticed during the past few years. The Japanese canes are immune to the disease. — C. W . Edgerlon. 756. Elliott, John A. A smut on Iresine. Mycologia 11:87-88. Fig. 1-/,. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 712. 757. Erwin, A. T. Tip burn. Potato Mag, l 9 : 8, 34. 2 fig. 1919.— Popular account of a potato disease, regarding cause, appearance, control and varietal susceptibility. — Donald Folsom. 758. Farrell, J. Apple culture in Victoria. Jour. Dept. Agric. Victoria 17: 145-157. PL 6. 1919. — A continuation of an article treating of apple diseases. For eradication of San Jos6 scale hydrocyanic acid gas is stated to be the most effective and reliable agent. A description of several fungus diseases is given and control measures are described. — J. J. Skinner. 759. Federal Horticultulal Board. U. S. Department of Agriculture. Quaran- tine on account of black stem rust. Service and Regulatory Announcements 62. P. 58-59. 1919. — On and after May 1, 1919, no species or cultivated varieties of Berberis or species of Mahonia may be shipped into the following states: Nebraska, Iowa, Illinois, Indiana, Ohio, North Dakota, South Dakota, Minnesota, Montana, Wisconsin, Michigan, Wyoming, and Colorado. These species have been largely eradicated from the states named. The purpose is to prevent the spread of black stem rust of cereals caused by Puccinia graminis. — D. Reddick. 760. Felt, E. P. Insect galls and gall insects. Ottawa Nat. 32: J127-131. 16 fig. 1919. 761. Fischer, E. Neueres uber die Rostkrankheiten der forstlich wichtigsten nadelhblzer der Schweiz. [Recent information about important rusts of conifers of Switzerland.] Schweiz. Zeitschr. Forstw. 49: 113-120. 1918— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 713. 762. Fischer, Eduard. Die Publikationen iiber die Biologie der Uredineen im Jahre 1917. [Publications on the biology of rusts in 1917.] Zeitschr. Bot. 10: 389-395. 1918. 763. Gaines, E. F. Comparative smut resistance of Washington wheats. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 10:218-222. 1918. — Stinking smut [T. laevis] is more abundant in the winter- wheat section of Washington than anywhere else in TJ. S. A. It is not uncommon to find fields with 40 per cent smut. — Seed of 13 varieties was inoculated heavily with spores and planted in test rows. Turkey is the only highly resistant wheat of commercial importance in the list. — It seems probable from the outcome of the tests that two distinct factors function in resist- ance. One prevents infection, the other prevents smut-ball formation. If they do exist there is a high degree of correlation between them. — D. Reddick. 764. Gardner, Max William. The mode of dissemination of fungous and bacterial dis- eases of plants. Rept. Michigan Acad. Sci. 20:357-423. 1918. — This phase of plant path- ology is important, as attested by the extensive literature on the subject and by recent gov- ernmental activities along the lines of quarantine. Not only the agents of dissemination, but also adaptations of disease-producing organisms to these agents, are discussed. The text is first presented in topical outline form and the literature is then reviewed following the scheme presented in the outline. The natural agencies, most important in local spread, are air and wind, water, insect and other animals. Man in commercial and other practices is responsible for the dissemination of pathogenic bacteria and fungi over long distances. The list of ref- erences to literature contains 220 titles. — L. R. Hester. 112 PATHOLOGY [Bot. Absts. 765. Gatjman, E. tiber die Spezialisation der Peronospora calotheca DeBary. [Speciali- zation of P. calotheca.] Svensk Bot. Tidsskr. 12: 433-^45. 2 fig. 1918. — Using Peronospora calotheca from various plants, the author made infection experiments and measured a large number of conidia. The conclusion is reached that the Peronosporae on different species of the Rubiaceae are not only biologically but also morphologically different. — Instead of using the specific name Peronospora calotheca for all forms on Rubiaceae, different specific names should be applied to the forms on different hosts. Four new species of Peronospora are de- scribed. — J. Roseribaum. 766. Gauman, E. Uber die Spezialisation der Peronospora auf einigen Scrophulariaceen. [Specialization of Peronospora on Scrophulariaceae.] Ann. Mycolog. 16: 189-199. 6 fig. 1918. — As a result of infection experiments, the author concludes that in the case of Peronospora found on plants belonging to the Scrophulariaceae possibly a greater biologic specialization is found than in many Uredineae. Study of the conidiophores and conidial measurements show that the majority of these biologically specialized forms can also be distinguished morpholog- ically. — In some cases two different morphological species occur on the same host. Perono- spora on Linaria vulgaris is mentioned as an example. In this case one form occurs on the reproductive and the other on the vegetative parts. — Seven new species of Peronospora are described. — J. Rosenbaum. 767. Gentner, G. Uber durch Macrosporium sarciniforme Cav. hervorgerufene Erkrank- ungen der Luzerne und des Klees. [Diseases of alfalfa and clover caused by M. sarciniforme.] Prakt. Blatt. Pfianzenb. u. Pflanzensch. 16: 97-105. 1918.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 2651. 768. Gough, G. C. Wart disease. Gard. Chron. Ill, 63:206. Fig. 90. 1918.— Review of recent literature on potato wart "caused by Synchitrium endobioticvm." — D. Reddick. 769. Graves, Arthur Harmount. Some diseases of trees in greater New York. My- cologia 11: 111-124. PI. 10. 1919.— A bark disease of the butternut is described in which limbs and whole trees are killed; Melanconium oblongum is associated with the disease. The most destructive disease of sweet birch, the symptoms of which are typical lipped cankers, is due to Creonectria coccinea (Pers) Seaver (Nectria coccinea Fr.). Winter injury or leaf scorch of the beech, heart rots of oaks caused by 3 fungi (Globifomes graveolens (Schw) Murr., Ino- notus hirsutus (Scop.) Murr., and Pyropolyporus everhartii (Ellis & Gall.) Murr.), a bark dis- ease of the paper mulberry caused by Creonectria purpurea (L.) Seaver (Nectria cinnabarina Fr.), injury to various trees from severe winter conditions of 1917-18, are among other dis- eases discussed. — H. R. Rosen. 770. Hill, Gerald F. History of citrus canker in the Northern Territory. Bull. North- ern Territory, Australia 18. 8 p., 8 pi. 1918. — An account of the discovery of citrus canker and the results of a subsequent careful examination of practically all known citrus trees in the Northern Territory of Australia, to which Territory the disease is confined. The disease has been found at Stapleton, Port Darwin, Darwin Botanic Gardens, Darwin Post Office, Point Charles Lighthouse, Cape Dow, and at the Aboriginal Reserve at Oenpelli. The dis- covery at Stapleton was made in December, 1912. Pseudomonas citri was isolated and identi- fied. In the sections of the territory where the disease is found, infection is severe. — Spraying with Bordeaux mixture (4: 4: 50) and with copper soda sprays was ineffectual. All citrus trees in the infected areas have been burned and growing or importation for a period of five years pro- hibited. Government proclamation in 1915 prohibited importation of citrus trees from any part of the world. Later modification allows importation from California and Arizona, U. S. A. — Most of the trees in the infested regions came from the Botanic Gardens, Darwin. There is good evidence to show that the disease was introduced into Darwin Botanic Gardens from China and Japan. — J . P. Benson. 771. Hiltner, L. tiber Anquellung, Beizung und Impfung des Saatguts. [Soaking, dis- infecting and inoculating seed.] Prakt. Blatt. Pfianzenb. u. Pflanzensch. 16: 105-111. 1918. MABCH, 1920] PATHOLOGY 113 772. Johnson, James, and R. K. Hautman. Influence of soil temperature on the root-rot of tobacco. Jour. Agric. lies. 17:41-86. PI. 1-8. L919. — Authors' summary is as follows: "(1) The root-rot of tobacco, caused by Thielavia basicola, is marked by the stunting of plants in various degrees due to a reduced root system. The extent of tin damage is determined in a large measure by the environmental conditions surrounding the roots ( >f the host. — (2) A study of these environmental conditions is essential to the proper understanding of the occur- rence and distribution of the disease in general and local areas, and to good judgment in rec- ommendation for control measures. — (3) There seems to be no variation in the pathogenicity of the root-rot fungus secured from different sources. The amount of disease is determined entirely by the susceptibility of the host, the amount of infestation, and the soil environmental factors surrounding the roots of the host. (4) The factors especially studied were the amount of infestation in the soil, the soil moisture, soil temperature, soil reaction, physical structure, and fertility. An analysis of these factors separately as related to root-rot frequently is very difficult, if not impossible. Under normal conditions the end result in injury by root-rot is the sum total of the favorable and unfavorable action of these factors on the disease. Some of these factors are much more important than others. — (5) Other factors aside, the extent of infection and injury from tobacco root-rot is directly proportional to the amount of infestation of the soil. — (6) Root-rot is seemingly capable of developing in relatively dry soils. Increasing the moisture content of the soil up to three-fourths of its water-holding capacity does not materially increase root-rot. Saturated soils are, however, considerably more favorable for the disease than unsaturated ones. — (7) The temperature of the soil is undoubtedly the most important factor determining the extent of the root-rot of tobacco, other factors being equal. The most favorable temperature for the disease ranges from 17° to 23°C. Below 15° the dis- ease is less marked, and above 26° the severity is gradually reduced until at about 29° or 30° it has little or no influence. At 32° practically no infection occurs even in the most heavily infested soils. Soil temperature records in the field for four seasons indicate that occurrence of the disease under practical conditions is determined primarily by soil temperature. — (8) The disease is checked by very high soil acidity. Heavy infection can occur, however, in soils showing a considerable acid reaction. The results depend a great deal upon the suscepti- bility of the variety used in the test, the amount of infection, the soil temperature, and on other factors. The results of tests of Wisconsic. tobacco soils indicate that the use of acid fertilizers will not reduce infection by T. basicola. Although alkaline soils are more favorable to disease than very acid ones, the use of lime on infested soils may not necessarily reduce the yield due to increased infection from T. basicola. — (9) The amount of organic matter present or intro- duced into the soil does not play a very important part in the amount of infection. High organic matter content, however, no doubt favors increased infestation and aids the fungus to persist in the soil. Where heavy inoculation is made, infection apparently occurs more readily in pure sand than in the presence of organic matter, but under conditions unfavorable for the parasite the amount of infestation is more rapidly reduced in soils lacking in organic matter. — (10) Clay soils as such seemingly are no more favorable for infection than sand, and under certain conditions possibly less so. Clay may, however, favor the persistence of the para- site in the soil, and may actually favor infection because of increased danger of saturation with water and because of the occurrence of lower temperatures than in sandy soils. — (11) Increasing the fertility of infested soil by pure chemicals is likely to cause increased stunting of growth rather than increased growth, especially if too high a concentration of soil solution results. Fertilizers applied to heavily infested soils under practical conditions seem to be largely wasted except in seasons in which such high temperatures result that the disease is held in check. — (12) Field observations and limited laboratory experiments seem to show that infested soils when compacted are more favorable for the disease than loose, open soil. — (13) Transplanting infected seedlings to an uninfested field is bad practice, although recovery from the disease may occur. Such recovery, environmental conditions aside, is proportional to the resistance of the type used." — Extensive experimental data are presented in detail in sup- port of the conclusions. A bibliography of 27 titles is appended. — D. Reddick. 773. Johnson, James. The influence of heated soils on seed germination and plant growth. Soil Science 7: 10-103. PL 1-8.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 854. 114 PATHOLOGY [Bot. Absts. 774. Klebahn, H. Peridermium pini (Willd.) Kleb. und seiner Uebertragung von Kiefer zu Kiefer. [P. pini and its passage from pine to pine.] Flora 111-112: 194-207. PI. J^-5. 1918. — After a discussion of the validity of the species and the exhaustive but fruitless search for an alternate host Haack's experiments on direct inoculation with aeciospores are discussed. The author then outlines the problem, his own inoculation experiments, and their results. Thirty per cent of the 2- to 4-year old trees of Pinus sylveslris which were dusted with aecio- spores of Peridermium pini developed infection; some showing the presence of mycelium, some bearing pycnia, and some bearing fully formed aecia within two years of the time of inoculation. The experiments were carefully controlled and they are therefore considered conclusive enough to establish the fact that Peridermium pini can spread directly from pine to pine by means of aeciospores. The author discusses the general question of susceptibility and the bearing of the results obtained on problems connected with the investigation of heteroecious rusts. — Reginald H. Colley. 775. Krakover, L. J. The leaf-spot of red clover caused by Macrosporium sarcinaeforme Cav. Rept. Michigan Acad. Sci. 19 (1917) : 273-328. 5 pi., 2 fig. 1918.— The writer reports investigation on red clover leaf spot caused by Macrosporium sarcinaeforme which attacks leaves and petioles of red clover but not alsike or other legumes. The writer describes fully the signs of the disease and the morphology of the causal organism. Inoculation experiments indicate that 5 to 7 days are necessary for spot formation. The injury caused by the fungus brings about the disintegration and collapse of the cells of the host, the fungus advancing intercellularly and intracellularly. The organism grows readily in media and its appearance on different substrata is described. Relations to temperature, humidity, light and dark are given. Attenuation was found in old cultures and this attenuation seems correlated with loss in power to produce substance toxic to the clover leaf. Wind of approximately 4 miles an hour velocity carried the spores 14.6 miles. Bibliography of 23 titles is appended. — G. H. Coons. 776. Lewis, A. C, W. W. Chase, and W. F. Turner. Spray calender. Georgia State Bd. Entomol. Bull. 53. 39 p.,' 2 pi., 8 fig. 1919. 777. Lewis, A. C, and C. A. McLendon. Cotton variety tests 1918. Georgia State Bd. Entomol. Bull. 52. 40 p., 1 fig. 1919— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 473. 778. Ltjtman, B. F. Osmotic pressures in the potato plant at various stages of growth. Amer. Jour. Bot. 6: 181-202. 1 table, 2 fig. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 800. 779. Makemson, Walter Kenneth. The leaf mold of tomatoes caused by Cladosporium fulvum Cke. Rept. Michigan Acad. Sci. 20: 309-350. PI. 23-37. 1918.— Tomato leaf mold {Cladosporium fulvum Cke.), appearing as velvety, tawny-olive colored patches on the under side of the leaf and as yellow spots produced in the tissue above, occurs in southern climates as a serious disease of field grown plants and of plants grown under glass in northern latitudes. Fruits once set escape the disease, and main stems of the vines are not often attacked. Blos- soms are especially susceptible. Successful inoculation experiments are reported. Infection is stomatal. The mycelium is both inter- and intra-cellular. Minimum temperature for growth of fungus is 9°C, the optimum 20° to 25°C, and the maximum below 34 °C. Moisture favors growth. Strong, diffuse light retards spore formation. The fungus grows best on a reaction of medium varying from +10° to +15° Fuller's scale, but withstands a considerable range in reaction. Translocation of starch in infected plant leaves is interfered with. Organ- ism is disseminated by air currents. Period of incubation is usually from 6 to 10 days, but may be longer depending on conditions of humidity and temperature. Growth as a sap- rophyte may enable the fungus to exist between crops, but the longevity of the conidia prob- ably accounts for its survival. Bordeaux mixture proved inefficient in the control of the disease; ammoniacal copper carbonate, sulfide of potassium and sulfur dust also valueless. Self-boiled lime-sulfur and concentrated lime-sulfur solution gave evidence of value, the former giving results more promising in moist chamber experiments but less effective under natural conditions than the latter. Sulfur fumigation, ventilation control and clean culture are recommended as prophylactic measures. — L. M. Massey. March, 1920] PATHOLOGY 115 780. McHatton, T. II., and J. W. Fikor. Spray calender for Georgia. Georgia State Coll. Agric. Bull. 170. 12 p., S fig. 1919. 781. Osborn, T. G. B. Report of the Consulting Botanist and Plant Pathologist. Kept. Min. Agric. South Australia 1917-18: . 191S. [Issued separately, 3 p.]— "Take-all" (Ophiobolus graminis) on oats is reported, but the disease is not so severe as on wheat and barley. — A species of Alternaria was apparently responsible for barren wheat plants. — Leaf stripe, HelmirUhosporium inconspicuum, on Zea mays is reported for the first time. — The following potato diseases were found: early blight (Alternaria solani), wilt (Fusarium solani), Irish blight (P. infestans), scab (Rhizoctonia solani); the latter disease is responsible for reduction in yield and a depreciation of the crop. — A dieback of apricots is attributed to senility. — Coniothecium chromatosporium is constantly associated with a canker of apple and pear. — Venturia pomi, of apples and pears, causes blossom rot of certain sheltered apple trees. — A bacterial disease of Citrus is being studied. — The following diseases have been found: onion mildew (P. schleideniana) , cucurbit mildew (Erysiphe cichoracearum) , streak of sweet pea (Bacillus lalhyri), anthracnose of Platanus (Gloeosporium nervisequum) , also found injuring American oaks (Quercus sp.), rhododendron leaf disease (Gloeosporium rhododendri), poplar leaf blister (Taphrina aurea), smut of couch grass (Cynodon dactylon) caused by I'stilago cynodontis. — D. Reddick. 782. Palm, B. J. Sur une Plasmodiophoracee nouvelle, Liginera isoetis. [A new slime- mold.] Svensk Bot. Tidsskrift 12: 228-232. 3 fig. 1918.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 729. 783. Parrott, P. J., H. E. Hodgkiss, and F. Z. Hartzell. The rosy aphis in relation to abnormal apple structures. New York Agric. Exp. Sta. [Geneva] Tech. Bull. 66. 29 p., 8 pi. (2 colored), 6 fig. 1919. — Apples attacked by rosy aphis (Aphis sorbi Kalt.) are abnormally small, poorly colored and unsymmetrical. They contain fewer seeds than normal apples, the seeds are of smaller average size, and more of them are imperfect. Also, the seeds are more variable in number and weight. Although attacks by rosy aphis increase the number of small, few-seeded and seedless fruits, the number of such fruits which fall prematurely is fewer than under normal conditions. Different structures of the apple are affected in dif- ferent degrees, the weight of the fruit being most affected, weight of seeds next, and number of seeds least. Both in aphis-injured apples and normal apples the relation between fruit weight and seed weight appears to be closer in small fruits than in large ones; but this relation is not very marked in any case. While there is no reduction in the number of primary fibro- vascular bundles, even in severely malformed fruits, their development is arrested on the side of greatest distortion, and the number of ultimate branches is much fewer than in normal fruits. — F. C. Stewart. 784. Pollock, J. B. The longevity in the soil of the Sclerotinia causing brown rot of stone fruits. Rept. Michigan Acad. Sci. 20: 279-280. 1918. — Evidence is set forth to show that the sclerotia of the Sclerotinia causing plum brown rot may remain alive in fallen mum- mied fruits for 10 years at least, and some of them produce apothecia every year. It is sug- gested that this longevity of the fungus renders control by disposal of mummied fruits more difficult. — L. R. Hesler. 785. Reed, George M. Phytopathological survey of the trees and shrubs of Prospect Park and the Botanic Garden (Brooklyn). II. Report of the second season's work. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec. 7: 14-23. Jan., 1918.— Continuation of: Same title. I. Report of the first season's work (Ibid. 6: 14-20. Jan., 1917). — The area intensively surveyed contained approximately 1830 trees, representing about 50 different kinds. 231 trees had decayed areas classified as major, and 192 trees had decayed areas classified as minor. Thus 423 trees, or a total of 23 per cent were found to be injured by decay producing fungi. Certain kinds of trees, as the silver maple, Norway maple, the ashes, and the birches, showed a very high percentage (25 to 50 per cent) of decayed areas. Other species showed lower percentages of injury. — C. S. Gager. 116 PATHOLOGY [Bot. Absts. 786. Sharples, A. The laticiferous system of Hevea brasiliensis and its protective func- tion. Ann. Bot. 32: 247-251. 1918— See Bot. Absts. 1, Entry 1409. 787. Shinbo, Ippo. Beitrage zur Kenntniss einiger einheimischen Pflanzengallen in Japan. [A Japanese plant gall.] Bot. Mag. Tokyo 33: 1-12. 3 fig. 1919. 788. Stakman, E. C. Destroy the common barberry. U. S. Dept. Agric. Farmers' Bull. 1058. 11 p., 6 fig. 1919. 789. Stakman, E. C. Banish the barberry and save the wheat. Amer. Assoc. Nursery- men Ann. Conv. 43: 41-46. 1918. 790. Stevens, Frank Lincoln. An apple canker due to Cytospora. Illinois Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 217: 367-379. 1 pi., 15 fig. 1919.— The disease was found on the main trunk of a young apple tree, the diseased area, 22 cm. wide, encircling the tree trunk. The fungus appeared as small black pustules under, or erumpent through the cuticle. Under the micro- scope these proved to be compound pycnidia. No ascigerous structures were found. The method of isolation is described. Artificial inoculations in test tubes of apple and other twigs with the pure culture proved successful. Though the fungus here discussed agrees well with Cytospora of Valsa leucostoma, it is best to defer final judgment as to its specific name. — M. J. Prucha. 791. Stevens, F. L., and Esther Y. True. Black spot of onion sets. Illinois Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 220: 507-532. Fig. 1-19. 1919. — The disease causes serious losses, appearing on onions during storage, particularly on onion sets of white varieties. Several fungi were found present on the diseased specimens, the so-called Vermicular ia being present in 60 to 80 per cent of onion sets examined. — The disease has been found in many states. It assumes three distinctly different types. The most common type appears as a nearly black spot, about 1 cm. in diameter, on the dry outer scales of the bulb. In this spot numerous black knots of mycelium are seen. They are typical sporodochia and the new combination Volutella circinans is proposed. The mycelium is 3.6 to 10.8 m in diameter, irregularly branched and cut by septa at irregular intervals. Perithecia were found in organic connection with mycelium recognizable as that of the fungus causing the disease. A new genus, Cleistolhecopsis, is proposed for the fungus, the chief difference from Cleistotheca being that conidial stages are unlike. — The rapid drying of the onion sets is emphasized as the preventive measure. — M . J. Prucha. 792. Stevens, Frank Lincoln. Two Illinois rhubarb diseases. Illinois Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 213: 299-312. Fig. 1-19. 1919. — Anthracnose is due to Colletotrichum erumpens. The disease was found in several Illinois counties. It consists of a soft rot of the petioles; the diseased spots usually are soft, watery, and oval. When these spots attain a length of somewhat more than a centimeter, acervuli appear abundantly in the centers of the spots. The acervuli begin subcuticularly as an aggregate of hyphae which soon rupture the cuticle. Soon after this, the setae appear and spores begin to form. The fungus is readily isolated; its cultural characters are described, and its taxonomy is discussed. — Rhubarb leaf spot is due to Phyllosticta straminella. It mainly affects the leaf blade, forming irregularly circular dead spots from a few to several centimeters in diameter. Close inspection shows numerous very minute dark pycnidia. The microscope reveals the presence of a pycnidial fungus of the Phoma or Phyllosticta type. Spores issue in cirrhi. Cultural characters and taxonomy are given. — M. J. Prucha. 793. Tanaka, Ty6zabur6. New Japanese fungi. Notes and translations. VI. Mycolo- gia 11: 80-86. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 730. 794. Tanaka, Tt6zabur6. New Japanese fungi.— Notes and translations. VII. Mycologia 11: 148-154. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 731. March, 1920] PHTSIOLOGT 117 795. Waldron, L. R., and J. A. Clark. Kota, a rust resisting variety of common spring wheat. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 2: 187-195. Fig. 1-3. 1919. — See Hot. Absts. 3, Entry 484. 796. Weiimer, C. Leuchtgaswirkung auf Pflanzen. [Effects of illuminating gas upon plants.] Her. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 36: 140-149. 1918— See Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 614. 797. Weir, James R. Concerning the introduction into the United States of extra- limital wood-destroying fungi. Mycologia 11: 58-65. 1919. — Attention is called to the absence of quarantine laws providing for a close scrutiny of imported timbers which may harbor wood-destroying fungi. Polystictus persoonii and Trametes atypus which are common and evidently serious rot producers in Japan and the Philippines were found on rotted tim- bers at Bcllingham, Washington. Explanations are presented for the apparent small number of wood-destroying fungi in the tropics, and for the possibility of such species becoming serious pests in the temperate zone. — H. R. Rosen. 798. Wurth, Th. Vershlag omtrent de werkzaamheden van het Proefstation Malang over 1917. [Review of experiment station activities for 1917]. Meded. Proefst. Malang. Java 22: 1-20. 1918. — Notes are given on some diseases of Para rubber and coffee. For the former, daily prophylactic disinfection of the tapping cut was found necessary to prevent the spread of canker (Phytophthora faberi) . Die-back (Gloeosporium alborubrum) was severe on trees of all sizes: for the control of it pruning out the diseased parts and spraying adjacent trees with bordeaux mixture are recommended. The brown root disease (Hymenochaele noxia) of coffee was most severe where this crop was planted with Ficus and Hevea. — R. D. Rands. 799. Young, Harry C, and E. H. Cooper. A method of determining the fungicidal coefficient of lime-sulfur and other common fungicides. Rept. Michigan Acad. Sci. 19 (1917) : 221-236. 1918. — The writer formulated a method to determine fungicidal value of fungicides based on the government Hygienic Laboratory method of Anderson and McClintic which determines the bacterial coefficiency of disinfectants by comparing them with a phenol solu- tion of a standard strength. The writer used Glomerella rufomaculans and Endothia parasitica with lime-sulfur, ammoniacal copper carbonate and neutral copper acetate against a copper solution of a standard strength. — G. H. Coons. PHYSIOLOGY B. M. Duggar, Editor DIFFUSION, PERMEABILITY 800. Lutman, B. F. Osmotic pressures in the potato plant at various stages of growth. Amer. Jour. Bot. 6: 181-202. 1 table, 2 fig. 1919. — A series of determinations of the osmotic pressure of sap from various regions in the potato plant at various stages in its growth was made by the use of the method of freezing-point depression. The pressure in seed tubers was found to be between 7 and 10.3 atmospheres, but this is considerably lowered by the absorption of water after planting. The juice of leaves from the young plant shows a higher pressure than that from the stalk, and both are higher than that from the seed piece. With the formation of flower buds and young tubers, the pressure becomes greater in the stalk than in the leaves. In the tuber the pressure remains constant from the first. The pressure in the stalk continues high throughout the active tuber and starch period, due to the presence there of an abundant supply of sugar; but with the return of cool weather and the renewed growth of foliage, it is finally exceeded by the pressure in the new leaves. The pressure in old plants is higher than in young ones, but falls as the plant becomes moribund. The author concludes that a superior osmotic pressure is necessary for the formation of new growth but is not necessary to maintain an organ after it has been formed. He points out the necessity BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, VOL. Ill, NO. 3 118 PHYSIOLOGY [Bot. Absts. of assuming that leaves are directly connected with the root system by a series of tubes the side walls of which are comparatively impermeable, since otherwise the water would be removed from the tubes by the cells of the stalk, where osmotic pressure is higher than in the leaves. He concludes also that high osmotic pressure is not necessary for the growth of reproductive organs, since both tubers and potato berries (as well as tomato fruits) attract to themselves an abundant supply of reserves, although they maintain a very low osmotic pressure. The factors which control the movement of food reserves is unexplained. The bearing of these investigations on the physiological disease of potatoes known as "tip-burn" is set forth. — E. W. Sinnott. 801. Shearer, C. The action of electrolytes on the electrical conductivity of the bacterial cell and their effect on the rate of migration of these cells in an electric field. Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc. 19: 263-265. 1919. — The conductivity of a thick creamy emulsion of the meningo- coccus or B. coli made up in neutral Ringer's solution and measured by a Kohlrausch bridge and cell shows that its resistance is 110 ohms or more than treble that of the Ringer's solution without the bacteria. A bacterial emulsion made of NaCl (0.85 per cent) has a resistance of 110 ohms. This gradually drops so that the resistance becomes equal to that of 0.85 per cent NaCl solution without bacteria. KC1, LiCl, and MgCl 2 act like NaCl in reducing the resist- ance offered by bacteria. Bacterial emulsions made up in BaCl 2 , CaCl2, and StCU having the same conductivity as Ringer's solution show no change in resistance for some time, invari- ably remaining normal. Certain trivalent salts have no action in increasing or decreasing the resistance of the bacterial cell as determined by the conductivity method, but affect the rate of migration of these cells in an electric field. — Michael Levine. WATER RELATIONS 802. Shreve, Edith B. Investigations on the absorption of water by gelatin. Jour. Franklin Inst. 187: 319-337. 1919. — Physiological conclusions from the incomplete informa- tion at present available concerning imbibition by jellies are shown to be unwise. The advan- tages and disadvantages of the various methods of measuring imbibition are discussed. The method of weighing was adopted for this work. The rate of imbibition and the total quantity of imbibed water at apparent equilibrium increased with increase of temperature. No true equilibrium seems attainable at any given temperature between 10° and 30 °C, if sufficient time is allowed. In the Hofmeister series all the compounds except sugar caused increased imbibition when incorporated in the composition of the gel preliminary to the imbibition tests. This is quite different from Hofmeister's results when the compounds are in the sur- rounding liquid, for then some do and some do not cause swelling. — Ernest Shaiv Reynolds. 803. Stewart, E. Grace. Mucilage or slime formation in the cacti. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 46: 157-166. PL 8. 1919. — A review of views of earlier workers. It appears that opinions are about equally divided as to whether mucilage arises from the wall or from the protoplasm, but several agree that it is accumulated between the plasma membrane and the wall. A study was made of Rhipsalis rhombea, R. pachyptera, R. Houlletiana, Opuntia inermis, and Pereskia Pereskia. In the leaves of flower buds of Opuntia and of Rhipsalis and in the other young tissues mucilage cells are often large and numerous, but their size is not due to imbibition of water by the mucilage; it is due to true growth, and becomes evident before any mucilage formation has begun. The mucilage appears first as a thin film between cell wall and cytoplasm, and as it increases the cytoplasm is crowded in toward the center of the cell, the mucilage becoming alveolar; the cell wall nowhere shows a breaking down. Imbibition experiments show that joints of Rhipsalis swell, particularly in the growing regions, this transformation of cell-contents into mucilage which absorbs water, "may be of importance in conserving and regulating the supply of water for the growing cells themselves." — P. A. Mum. fy . MINERAL NUTRIENTS 804. Purvis, J. E. Bracken as a source of potash. Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc. 19: 261-262. 1919.— See^Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 479. March, 1920] PHYSIOLOGY 119 METABOLISM (GENERAL) 805. Bates, Frederick, and H. W. Bearce. New Baume scale for sugar solutions. Jour. Franklin Inst. 187: 215. 1919. 806. Hawk, Philip B., Hamilton R. Fibhback, and Olaf Beroeim. Compressed yeast as food for the growing organism. Amer. Jour. Physiol. 48: 211-220. 1919. — Young white rats, when given a complete diet except for lack of "water-soluble vitamine," showed loss of weight or exceptionally low gains, but when small quantities of dried Fleiscbmann yeast were added to the diet immediate, substantial gains took place. The growth-promoting power of compressed yeast is not destroyed by heating to 105 °C. — Ernest Shaw Reynolds. 807. Hawk, Philip B., Clarence A. Smith, and Ralph C. Holder. Baker's yeast as food for man. Amer. Jour. Physiol. 48: 199-210. 1919. — Fleischmann yeast was used as a substitute for varying percentages of the protein diet and also at times as the source of the "water-soluble vitamine." Under both of these conditions yeast was found to be useful to the body, and in large quantities it had a laxative action. — Ernest Shaw Reynolds. 808. Hollingshead, R. S. Chemical analyses of logan blackberry (loganberry) juices. U. S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 773. 12 p. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 808. 809. Ichimura, Tsutsumi. On the localization of anthocyanin in the spring leaves of some trees and shrubs in the temperate regions of Japan. Bot. Mag. Tokyo 33: 12-15. 1919. — Thii paper describes the localization of anthocyanin in the young leaves of 69 species of Jap- anese plants belonging to 31 families, including in this account 45 genera. The results are presented in tabular form and show that in the majority anthocyanin occurs in the mesophyll, or both epidermis and mesophyll. The figures are as follows: epidermal hairs, 3 per cent; epidermis, 10 per cent; mesophyll, 47 per cent; epidermis and mesophyll, 39 per cent. "It is also noticeable that the lower epidermis and lower hypodermal layer are richer in the pigment than the upper ones in the young leaves." — L. L. Burlingame. 810. Kendall, Arthur I., and Marjorie Ryan. A double sugar medium for the cultural diagnosis of intestinal and other bacteria. Jour. Infect. Diseases 24: 400-404. 1919. — A new double sugar medium is described; this medium consisting of nutrient agar con- taining 2.5 per cent agar, 1 per cent saccharose, and 0.1 per cent mannitol, the reaction being adjusted so that the color, when the Andrade indicator is added, is faintly pink when hot. This medium can be advantageously applied to the cultural diagnosis of aerobic bacteria in general. — Selman A. Waksman. 811. Lynch, Vernon. The function of the nucleus of the living cell. Amer. Jour. Physiol. 48: 258-283. 1919. — Enucleated Ameba proteus cells live almost as long as nucleated cells deprived of food; movements are somewhat affected; nutrition is disturbed; and sensi- tiveness to changes of oxygen content of the environment, to high or low temperatures, and to cyanide is increased. The results favor the "synthesis" theory of function of the nucleus. — Ernest Shaw Reynolds. 812. Mottram, V. H. Sudan III and the detection of fat. Jour. Physiol. [London] 52 1 : xviii-xix. 1918.— "One gram of the powdered solid is shaken with 10 cc. of the saturated solution of Sudan III in 70 per cent alcohol for a minute. The fluid is filtered off through a small fat-free filter paper and the color of the resultant compared with that of a control." For the control 1 gram of fat-free powder is treated as above. "When the tested solid contains more than 0.04 gram of fat the Sudan III filtrate is markedly lighter in color than the control." A colorimetric quantitative method for determining fat content might be worked out upon this basis. — Ernest Shaic Reynolds. 120 PHYSIOLOGY [Bot. Absts. 813. Voegtlin, Carl, and C. N. Myers. Distribution of the antineuritic vitamine in the wheat and corn kernel. Amer. Jour. Physiol. 48: 504-511. 1919. — Feeding experi- ments of "degerminated" corn and wheat in contrast with whole grain upon adult pigeons show that the vitamine is entirely in the embryo; and suggestions are made that the germina- tion processes depend upon the presence of the vitamine, possibly due to direct relationship to metabolism. — Ernest Shaw Reynolds. 814. Zerban, F. Vv\ Progress report of Chemical Research Department of the Louisiana Sugar Experiment Station for 1918. Louisiana Planter and Sugar Manuf. 62: 219-223. 1919. — There are various substances in sugar cane that affect the color of the cane, juice. These include chlorophyll, anthocyanin and saccharetin. The different polyphenol com- pounds, especially in the presence of ircn, are largely responsible for the darkening of the cane juice. — C. W. Edgerton. METABOLISM (NITROGEN RELATIONS) 815. Zerban, F. W., and E. C. Freeland. The color of sugar cane products and decolorization in factory practice. Louisiana Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 165. 32 p. 1919. — The coloring matter in cane juice is mostly due to anthocyanin and the different polyphenol com- pounds, especially in connection with iron. — C. W. Edgerton. 816. Koser, Stewart A., and Leo F. Rettger. Studies on bacterial nutrition. The utilization of nitrogenous compounds of definite chemical composition. Jour. Infect. Diseases 24: 301-321. 1919. — Various amino-acids are quite similar in their ability to support the growth of certain microorganisms. Urea, taurin, creatin, hypoxanthin and uric acid are inferior to amino acids as immediately available sources of nitrogen. Allantoin gives results similar to the amino acids. Combinations of amino-acids or of amino-acids and other nitrog- enous compounds offer no advantage over any single amino-acid. Certain organisms, such as B. anthracis, Proteus zeukeri, B. abortus, B. diphtheriae, B. hoffmanni, B. dysenteriae, and all of the cocci studied with the exception of Sarcina lutea, in a few cases, consistently failed to develop in all of the media employed. B. pullorum developed slightly in one instance only, while B. typhosus exhibited a slight growth in a few media. An extensive bibliography is appended. — Selman A. Waksman. METABOLISM (ENZYMES, FERMENTATION) 817. Coates, C. E. Some notes on the clarification of the juice from frozen and sour cane. Louisiana Planter and Sugar Manuf. 62: 40-41. 1919. — In sugar cane which has been frozen, three types of fermentation develop. (1) There may be a softening of the tissues of the cane with the release of gummy substances into the juice. (2) Gums may be produced by the fer- mentation processes, these being induced by Leuconostoc and other organisms. (3) Acetic acid fermentation may develop. Methods of treating the cane juice to counteract the fer- mentation processes are discussed. — C. W. Edgerton. 818. Diehl, Harold S. The specificity of bacterial proteolytic enzymes and their forma- tion. Jour. Infect. Diseases 24: 347-361. 1919. — No proteolytic enzymes are formed by bacteria on media free from organic nitrogen. On protein-containing media enzymes are formed which will digest both gelatin and casein. The proteolytic enzymes are not preformed in the bacterial cell, but are dependent on the content of the medium on which the cell grows; the specificity of these enzymes is resident in the amino-acids composing the proteins and not in the proteins themselves. Proteolytic enzymes are apparently formed to correspond to the different amino-acids present in the medium whether these acids are combined or free. — Selman A. Waksman. 819. Kopeloff, Nicholas, and Lillian Kopeloff. The deterioration of cane sugar by fungi. Louisiana Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 166. 72 p., PI. I, II; fig. 1. 1919.— Fungi are to be found in practically all sugars and sugar products. Of these, species of Aspergillus and MABCH, 1920] PHYSIOLOGY 121 Penicillin/it are the mos< abundant. In oulturing these fungi, Czapek's agar Beemed to be the most efficient, as a greater number of forms grew on this medium. The various species of fungi were inoculated into sterilized sugars and the amount of deterioration of the sucrose was obtained. Unless the moisture content was reduced to a minimum there was considerable deterioration, this varying with the different forms. A species of blue Aspergillus was not only the most common in sugars but also caused the greatest deterioration. The spores of this fungus contain invertase and can produce an inversion of the sucrose without the development of mycelium. — C. W . Edgerton. 820. Kopeloff, Nicholas, and Lillian Kopeloff. Some new phases of the problem of preventing sugar deterioration. Louisiana Planter and Sugar Manuf. 62:237-238. 1919. — Molds such as species of Aspergillus and Cladosporium occur in all sugar products causing a deterioration, especially if the moisture content is high. Spores of some of these fungi contain the enzyme invertase and a gum-forming enzyme. Consequently the presence of these spores, even if they do not germinate, may result in a deterioration of the sugar. — C. W. Edgerton. 821. Purvis, J. E. The conversion of saw-dust into sugar. Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc. 19: 259-260. 1919. ORGANISM AS A WHOLE 822. Dtjfrenot, J. Les reactifs biologiques de l'espece et la specifite parasitaire. [Bio- logical reagents and specific reactions of parasites.] Rev. Gen. Sci. Pur. et Appl. 30: 44-47. 1919. — A brief essay, based on recent papers by Stakman, Piemeisel, Peltier, Chapman, Legrand, and others, showing that living organisms are the most delicate reagents of which we now have any knowledge or control, certain parasitic bacteria and fungi distinguishing not only between species with obscure characters but between varieties or strains in which no distinguishing characters are visible. [See Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 1033.] — G. J. Peirce. GROWTH, DEVELOPMENT, REPRODUCTION 823. Doncaster, L. Note on an experiment dealing with mutation in bacteria. Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc. 19: 269. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 621. 824. McCall, A. G., J. B. S. Norton, and P. E. Richards. Abnormal stem growth of soybeans in sand cultures with Shive's three-salt nutrient solution. Soil Science. 6: 479- 481. PL 1, 2. 1918.— See Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 859. 825. Salter, Raymond C. Observations on the rate of growth of B. coli. Jour. Infect. Diseases 24: 260-284. 1919. MOVEMENTS OF GROWTH AND TURGOR CHANGES 826. Engler, Arnold. Tropismen und exzentrisches Dickenwachstum der Baume. Ein Beitrag zur Physiologie und Morphologie der Holzgewachse. [Tropisms and eccentric growth in thickness of trees.] Preisschr. Stiftung Schnyder von Wartensee. 21: 1-106. 14 pi., 16 fig. Beer and Co.: Zurich, 1918. — Stout stems, as well as young twig